annotate etc/NEWS @ 45636:58de4f15ebf6

(Spelling): Document ispell-complete-word-dict.
author Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
date Tue, 04 Jun 2002 16:32:55 +0000
parents 8f47aa4a587a
children 77cb605109fc
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
rev   line source
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1 GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. 2001-03-15
42703
8b35cce1f9c8 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 42681
diff changeset
2 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3 See the end for copying conditions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5 Please send Emacs bug reports to bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6 For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
7
41749
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
8 Temporary note:
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
9 +++ indicates that the appropriate manual has already been updated.
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
10 --- means no change in the manuals is called for.
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
11 When you add a new item, please add it without either +++ or ---
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
12 so we will look at it
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
13
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
14
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
15 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.4
41099
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
16
44431
dbbff2e791e6 Emacs can be built without sound.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44418
diff changeset
17 ** Emacs can now be built without sound support.
dbbff2e791e6 Emacs can be built without sound.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44418
diff changeset
18
41099
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
19 ** Emacs now supports new configure options `--program-prefix',
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
20 `--program-suffix' and `--program-transform-name' that affect the names of
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
21 installed programs.
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
22
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
23 ** By default, Emacs now uses a setgid helper program to update game
44857
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
24 scores. The directory ${localstatedir}/games/emacs is the normal
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
25 place for game scores to be stored. This may be controlled by the
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
26 configure option `--with-game-dir'. The specific user that Emacs uses
59ced914827b *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44843
diff changeset
27 to own the game scores is controlled by `--with-game-user'. If access
44996
dbde822f9021 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44972
diff changeset
28 to a game user is not available, then scores will be stored separately
dbde822f9021 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44972
diff changeset
29 in each user's home directory.
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
30
42216
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
31 ---
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
32 ** Leim is now part of the Emacs distribution.
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
33 You no longer need to download a separate tarball in order to build
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
34 Emacs with Leim.
8fc2782f2f8d Document the inclusion of Leim in the standard tarball.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42197
diff changeset
35
42990
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
36 ---
43925
c770b7554015 Document support for AIX 5.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43875
diff changeset
37 ** Support for AIX 5.1 was added.
c770b7554015 Document support for AIX 5.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43875
diff changeset
38
c770b7554015 Document support for AIX 5.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43875
diff changeset
39 ---
41675
30f353761d6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 41623
diff changeset
40 ** Support for FreeBSD/Alpha has been added.
30f353761d6c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 41623
diff changeset
41
42990
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
42 ---
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
43 ** Support for BSD/OS 5.0 was added.
94da0e3159a2 Mention support for BSD/OS 5.0.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42984
diff changeset
44
44898
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
45 ---
45195
8572b81e3c30 Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45119
diff changeset
46 ** Support for GNU/Linux systems on S390 machines was added.
8572b81e3c30 Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45119
diff changeset
47
8572b81e3c30 Document support for s390-linux-gnu.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45119
diff changeset
48 ---
44898
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
49 ** Support for MacOS X was added.
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
50 See the files mac/README and mac/INSTALL for build instructions.
457be7d90d62 Document the MacOS X support.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44876
diff changeset
51
41099
eab977ad2163 Mention installation options --program-prefix, --program-suffix
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41091
diff changeset
52
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
53 * Changes in Emacs 21.4
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
54
45495
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
55 ** The appearance of the fringes can now be customized, using either
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
56 the global command M-x fringe-mode, the frame specific command M-x
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
57 set-fringe-style, the Show/Hide submenu of the top-level Options menu,
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
58 or customizing the `fringe-mode' variable.
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
59
45426
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
60 ** There is a new user option `mail-default-directory' that allows you
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
61 to specify the value of `default-directory' for mail buffers. This
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
62 directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers. It defaults to
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
63 "~/".
784a17ff4998 Move remarks on `mail-default-directory' down to section
Markus Rost <rost@math.uni-bielefeld.de>
parents: 45425
diff changeset
64
44876
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
65 ---
45336
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
66 ** ps-print can now print Unicode characters.
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
67
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
68 Printing text with characters from the mule-unicode-* sets works with
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
69 ps-print, provided that you have installed the appropriate BDF fonts.
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
70 See the file INSTALL for URLs where you can find these fonts.
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
71
a6bd3dde3bfd Document that ps-print can print Unicode characters.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 45302
diff changeset
72 ---
44876
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
73 ** The new options `buffers-menu-show-directories' and
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
74 `buffers-menu-show-status' let you control how buffers are displayed
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
75 in the menu dropped down when you click "Buffers" from the menu bar.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
76
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
77 `buffers-menu-show-directories' controls whether the menu displays
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
78 leading directories as part of the file name visited by the buffer.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
79 If its value is `unless-uniquify', the default, directories will be
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
80 shown unless uniquify-buffer-name-style' is non-nil. The value of nil
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
81 and t turn the display of directories off and on, respectively.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
82
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
83 `buffers-menu-show-status' controls whether the Buffers menu includes
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
84 the modified and read-only status of the buffers. By default it is
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
85 t, and the status is shown.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
86
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
87 Setting these variables directly does not take effect until next time
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
88 the Buffers menu is regenerated.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
89
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
90 +++
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
91 ** `C-u C-x =' now displays text properties of the character at point.
29664616fca1 Add latest new features.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44857
diff changeset
92
44843
4872781b98d4 Customize-face suggesting to customize face under point.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44827
diff changeset
93 ** The commands M-x customize-face and M-x customize-face-other-window
4872781b98d4 Customize-face suggesting to customize face under point.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44827
diff changeset
94 now look at the text at point. If that text has a face specified,
4872781b98d4 Customize-face suggesting to customize face under point.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44827
diff changeset
95 the commands suggest to customize that face.
4872781b98d4 Customize-face suggesting to customize face under point.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44827
diff changeset
96
44018
9ebe6b2c13f3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43973
diff changeset
97 ** Limited support for charset unification has been added.
9ebe6b2c13f3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43973
diff changeset
98 By default, Emacs now knows how to translate latin-N chars between their
9ebe6b2c13f3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43973
diff changeset
99 charset and some other latin-N charset or unicode. You can force a
9ebe6b2c13f3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43973
diff changeset
100 more complete unification by calling (unify-8859-on-decoding-mode 1).
9ebe6b2c13f3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43973
diff changeset
101
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
102 ---
43947
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
103 ** The scrollbar under Motif has a smoother drag-scrolling.
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
104 On the other hand, the size of the thumb does not represent the actual
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
105 amount of text shown any more (only a crude approximation of it).
348e264952d1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43932
diff changeset
106
44694
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
107 +++
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
108 ** Emacs can produce an underscore-like (horizontal bar) cursor.
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
109 The underscore cursor is set by putting `(cursor-type . hbar)' in
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
110 default-frame-alist. It supports variable heights, like the `bar'
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
111 cursor does.
04976f1e1ec2 Document the addition of `hbar'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44680
diff changeset
112
44934
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
113 ** Filesets are collections of files. You can define a fileset in
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
114 various ways, such as based on a directory tree or based on
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
115 program files that include other program files.
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
116
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
117 Once you have defined a fileset, you can perform various operations on
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
118 all the files in it, such as visiting them or searching and replacing
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
119 in them.
ae16f63fe28f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44898
diff changeset
120
43931
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
121 ---
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
122 ** PO translation files are decoded according to their MIME headers
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
123 when Emacs visits them.
27dac8aa4a17 Document addition of po.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43925
diff changeset
124
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
125 ---
43772
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
126 ** The game `mpuz' is enhanced.
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
127
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
128 `mpuz' now allows the 2nd factor not to have two identical digits. By
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
129 default, all trivial operations involving whole lines are performed
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
130 automatically. The game uses faces for better visual feedback.
c8b075cfe7eb Document enhancements to `mpuz.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43754
diff changeset
131
43626
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
132 ** On X and MS Windows, the blinking cursor's "off" state is now shown
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
133 as a hollow box or a thin bar.
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
134
43563
1440b9054cb4 Document the changes with compound-text and compound-text-with-extensions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43503
diff changeset
135 +++
43459
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
136 ** Emacs now supports ICCCM Extended Segments in X selections.
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
137
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
138 Some versions of X, notably XFree86, use Extended Segments to encode
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
139 in X selections characters that belong to character sets which are not
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
140 part of the list of standard charsets supported by the ICCCM spec.
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
141 Examples of such non-standard character sets include ISO 8859-14, ISO
43563
1440b9054cb4 Document the changes with compound-text and compound-text-with-extensions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43503
diff changeset
142 8859-15, KOI8-R, and BIG5. The new coding system
1440b9054cb4 Document the changes with compound-text and compound-text-with-extensions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43503
diff changeset
143 `compound-text-with-extensions' supports these extensions, and is now
1440b9054cb4 Document the changes with compound-text and compound-text-with-extensions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43503
diff changeset
144 used by default for encoding and decoding X selections. If you don't
1440b9054cb4 Document the changes with compound-text and compound-text-with-extensions.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43503
diff changeset
145 want this support, set `selection-coding-system' to `compound-text'.
43459
d242c8e8b2a0 Document the support for ICCCM Extended Segments.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43433
diff changeset
146
43356
ba0eac6c2e94 Mark the new hscroll-related variables as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43353
diff changeset
147 +++
ba0eac6c2e94 Mark the new hscroll-related variables as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43353
diff changeset
148 ** The parameters of automatic hscrolling can now be customized.
43666
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
149 The variable `hscroll-margin' determines how many columns away from
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
150 the window edge point is allowed to get before automatic hscrolling
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
151 will horizontally scroll the window. The default value is 5.
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
152
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
153 The variable `hscroll-step' determines how many columns automatic
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
154 hscrolling will scroll the window when point gets too close to the
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
155 window edge. If its value is zero, the default, Emacs scrolls the
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
156 window so as to center point. If its value is an integer, it says how
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
157 many columns to scroll. If the value is a floating-point number, it
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
158 gives the fraction of the window's width to scroll the window.
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
159
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
160 +++
44827
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
161 ** The user option `tex-start-options-string' has been replaced
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
162 by two new user options: `tex-start-options', which should hold
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
163 command-line options to feed to TeX, and `tex-start-commands' which should hold
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
164 TeX commands to use at startup.
7ced19dba698 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44822
diff changeset
165
43666
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
166 +++
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
167 ** The variable `automatic-hscrolling' was renamed to `auto-hscroll-mode'.
a84483ed5134 Rename the variables related to automatic horizontal scrolling.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43626
diff changeset
168 The old name is still available as an alias.
43353
10f59509c416 Document automatic-hscroll-margin and automatic-hscroll-step.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43345
diff changeset
169
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
170 +++
43388
232b6637e788 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43383
diff changeset
171 ** New display feature: focus follows mouse. If you set the variable
44356
493f53a29dd3 Rename variable autoselect-window-p to mouse-autoselect-window.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44308
diff changeset
172 mouse-autoselect-window to non-nil value, moving the mouse to a different
493f53a29dd3 Rename variable autoselect-window-p to mouse-autoselect-window.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44308
diff changeset
173 Emacs window will select that window (minibuffer window can be selected
493f53a29dd3 Rename variable autoselect-window-p to mouse-autoselect-window.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44308
diff changeset
174 only when it is active). The default is nil, so that this feature is not
493f53a29dd3 Rename variable autoselect-window-p to mouse-autoselect-window.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 44308
diff changeset
175 enabled.
43345
1230529aa3ae *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43302
diff changeset
176
43297
48c78f4f57f1 Document describe-text-at.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43263
diff changeset
177 ** The new command `describe-text-at' pops up a buffer with description
48c78f4f57f1 Document describe-text-at.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43263
diff changeset
178 of text properties, overlays, and widgets at point, and lets you get
48c78f4f57f1 Document describe-text-at.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43263
diff changeset
179 more information about them, by clicking on mouse-sensitive areas or
48c78f4f57f1 Document describe-text-at.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43263
diff changeset
180 moving there and pressing RET.
48c78f4f57f1 Document describe-text-at.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43263
diff changeset
181
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
182 +++
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
183 ** The new command `multi-occur' is just like `occur', except it can
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
184 search multiple buffers. There is also a new command
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
185 `multi-occur-by-filename-regexp' which allows you to specify the
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
186 buffers to search by their filename. Internally, Occur mode has been
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
187 rewritten, and now uses font-lock, among other changes.
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
188
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
189 +++
43433
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
190 ** Emacs normally highlights mouse sensitive text whenever the mouse
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
191 is over the text. By setting the new variable `mouse-highlight', you
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
192 can optionally enable mouse highlighting only after you move the
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
193 mouse, so that highlighting disappears when you press a key. You can
bacf1b0c4081 Minor cleanup.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43415
diff changeset
194 also disable mouse highlighting.
43375
7370da6d0364 Document new mouse-highlight variable and associated behaviour.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43356
diff changeset
195
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
196 +++
43238
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
197 ** font-lock: in modes like C and Lisp where the fontification assumes that
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
198 an open-paren in column 0 is always outside of any string or comment,
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
199 font-lock now highlights any such open-paren-in-column-zero in bold-red
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
200 if it is inside a string or a comment, to indicate that it can cause
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
201 trouble with fontification and/or indentation.
14e305b050b5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43217
diff changeset
202
43100
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
203 +++
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
204 ** There's a new face `minibuffer-prompt'.
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
205 Emacs adds this face to the list of text properties stored in the
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
206 variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', which is used to display the
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
207 prompt string.
b31f95ef830a Document the minibuffer-prompt face.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43061
diff changeset
208
43263
6862a1a4bd8e *** empty log message ***
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43245
diff changeset
209 +++
43206
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
210 ** The new face `mode-line-inactive' is used to display the mode line
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
211 of non-selected windows. The `mode-line' face is now used to display
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
212 the mode line of the currently selected window.
cc9c8c17538f Describe new mode-line-inactive face.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43196
diff changeset
213
43245
6a3915789e36 Describe mode-line-in-non-selected-windows variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43238
diff changeset
214 The new variable `mode-line-in-non-selected-windows' controls whether
6a3915789e36 Describe mode-line-in-non-selected-windows variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43238
diff changeset
215 the `mode-line-inactive' face is used.
6a3915789e36 Describe mode-line-in-non-selected-windows variable.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43238
diff changeset
216
43008
970e7e00f09a Mention "Show/Hide" menu.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43001
diff changeset
217 ** A menu item "Show/Hide" was added to the top-level menu "Options".
970e7e00f09a Mention "Show/Hide" menu.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43001
diff changeset
218 This menu allows you to turn various display features on and off (like
970e7e00f09a Mention "Show/Hide" menu.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43001
diff changeset
219 tool bar and the menu bar itself). You can also move the vertical
43217
cafac76a491b *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43206
diff changeset
220 scroll bar to either side here or turn it off completely. There is also
cafac76a491b *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43206
diff changeset
221 a menu-item to toggle displaying of current date and time, current line
cafac76a491b *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43206
diff changeset
222 and column number in the mode-line.
43008
970e7e00f09a Mention "Show/Hide" menu.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43001
diff changeset
223
43383
d21a74d23497 2002-02-17 Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
parents: 43375
diff changeset
224 ** Speedbar has moved from the "Tools" top level menu to "Show/Hide".
d21a74d23497 2002-02-17 Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
Per Abrahamsen <abraham@dina.kvl.dk>
parents: 43375
diff changeset
225
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
226 +++
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
227 ** Emacs can now indicate in the mode-line the presence of new e-mails
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
228 in a directory or in a file. See the documentation of the user option
43009
a3b76a4ebe1c *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 43008
diff changeset
229 `display-time-mail-directory'.
43001
eb883dc8e44a display-time can now incicate new e-mail in directory.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42990
diff changeset
230
42822
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
231 +++
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
232 ** The new option `Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes' causes Info to behave
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
233 like the stand-alone Info reader (from the GNU Texinfo package) as far
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
234 as motion between nodes and their subnodes is concerned. If it is t
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
235 (the default), Emacs behaves as before when you type SPC in a menu: it
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
236 visits the subnode pointed to by the first menu entry. If this option
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
237 is nil, SPC scrolls to the end of the current node, and only then goes
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
238 to the first menu item, like the stand-alone reader does.
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
239
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
240 This change was already in Emacs 21.1, but wasn't advertised in the
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
241 NEWS.
b2bfe0b4018b Advertise Info-scroll-prefer-subnodes.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42820
diff changeset
242
42786
66b0f6a32c47 LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42749
diff changeset
243 ---
66b0f6a32c47 LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42749
diff changeset
244 ** LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
66b0f6a32c47 LDAP support now defaults to ldapsearch from OpenLDAP version 2.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42749
diff changeset
245
43045
39d6853f817c Mark the pc-selection-mode change as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43043
diff changeset
246 +++
43043
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
247 ** You can now disable pc-selection-mode after enabling it.
43045
39d6853f817c Mark the pc-selection-mode change as documented.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43043
diff changeset
248 M-x pc-selection-mode behaves like a proper minor mode, and with no
43043
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
249 argument it toggles the mode.
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
250
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
251 Turning off PC-Selection mode restores the global key bindings
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
252 that were replaced by turning on the mode.
98b7448c1aac *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43009
diff changeset
253
45565
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
254 ** Emacs now displays a splash screen by default even if command-line
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
255 arguments were given. The new command-line option --no-splash
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
256 disables the splash screen; see also the variable
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
257 `inhibit-startup-message' (which is also aliased as
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
258 `inhibit-splash-screen').
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
259
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
260 ** Changes in support of colors on character terminals
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
261
42729
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
262 +++
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
263 *** The new command-line option --color=MODE lets you specify a standard
42749
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
264 mode for a tty color support. It is meant to be used on character
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
265 terminals whose capabilities are not set correctly in the terminal
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
266 database, or with terminal emulators which support colors, but don't
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
267 set the TERM environment variable to a name of a color-capable
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
268 terminal. "emacs --color" uses the same color commands as GNU `ls'
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
269 when invoked with "ls --color", so if your terminal can support colors
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
270 in "ls --color", it will support "emacs --color" as well. See the
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
271 user manual for the possible values of the MODE parameter.
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
272
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
273 ---
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
274 *** Emacs now supports several character terminals which provide more
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
275 than 8 colors. For example, for `xterm', 16-color, 88-color, and
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
276 256-color modes are supported. Emacs automatically notes at startup
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
277 the extended number of colors, and defines the appropriate entries for
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
278 all of these colors.
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
279
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
280 ---
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
281 *** There's a new support for colors on `rxvt' terminal emulator.
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
282
42749
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
283 +++
42729
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
284 ** Emacs can now be invoked in full-screen mode on a windowed display.
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
285
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
286 When Emacs is invoked on a window system, the new command-line options
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
287 `--fullwidth', `--fullheight', and `--fullscreen' produce a frame
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
288 whose width, height, or both width and height take up the entire
45119
bb7bdd25e045 --fullscreen options supported on Windows too
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 45022
diff changeset
289 screen size. (For now, this does not work with some window managers.)
42729
5814fed2f430 Document the new full-screen options.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42725
diff changeset
290
41847
7423116b7ac3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41820
diff changeset
291 ** Info-index finally offers completion.
7423116b7ac3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41820
diff changeset
292
43493
dcf4af6ac385 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 43459
diff changeset
293 ** shell-mode now supports programmable completion using `pcomplete'.
dcf4af6ac385 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 43459
diff changeset
294
45614
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
295 ** Emacs now tries to set up buffer coding systems for XML files
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
296 automatically. This is accomplished using the general mechanism of a
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
297 new variable called `auto-coding-functions', which you may add to.
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
298
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
299 ** The new command `comint-input-previous-argument' in comint-derived
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
300 modes (shell-mode etc) inserts arguments from previous command lines,
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
301 like bash's `ESC .' binding. It is bound by default to `C-c .', but
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
302 otherwise behaves quite similarly to the bash version.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
303
41730
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
304 ** Controlling the left and right fringe widths.
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
305
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
306 The left and right fringe widths can now be controlled by setting the
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
307 `left-fringe' and `right-fringe' frame parameters to an integer value
41749
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
308 specifying the width in pixels. Setting the width to 0 effectively
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
309 removes the corresponding fringe.
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
310
41730
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
311 The actual fringe widths may deviate from the specified widths, since
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
312 the combined fringe widths must match an integral number of columns.
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
313 The extra width is distributed evenly between the left and right fringe.
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
314 For force a specific fringe width, specify the width as a negative
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
315 integer (if both widths are negative, only the left fringe gets the
42043
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
316 specified width).
41730
fb0e629655ed Document left-fringe and right-fringe frame parameters.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41706
diff changeset
317
41749
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
318 Setting the width to nil (the default), restores the default fringe
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
319 width which is the minimum number of pixels necessary to display any
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
320 of the currently defined fringe bitmaps. The width of the built-in
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
321 fringe bitmaps is 8 pixels.
83a9052556ea Setting left-fringe and rigth-fringe parameters to nil causes
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41748
diff changeset
322
42739
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
323 ** Changes in C-h bindings:
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
324
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
325 C-h e displays the *Messages* buffer.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
326
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
327 C-h followed by a control character is used for displaying files
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
328 that do not change:
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
329
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
330 C-h C-f displays the FAQ.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
331 C-h C-e displays the PROBLEMS file.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
332
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
333 The info-search bindings on C-h C-f, C-h C-k and C-h C-i
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
334 have been moved to C-h F, C-h K and C-h S.
f53ba4c83bf8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42729
diff changeset
335
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
336 C-h c, C-h k, C-h w, and C-h f now handle remapped interactive commands.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
337
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
338 - C-h c and C-h k report the actual command (after possible remapping)
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
339 run by the key sequence.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
340
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
341 - C-h w and C-h f on a command which has been remapped now report the
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
342 command it is remapped to, and the keys which can be used to run
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
343 that command.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
344
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
345 For example, if C-k is bound to kill-line, and kill-line is remapped
43724
16affaf7292b etags honours #line directives.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43666
diff changeset
346 to new-kill-line, these commands now report:
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
347
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
348 - C-h c and C-h k C-k reports:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
349 C-k runs the command new-kill-line
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
350
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
351 - C-h w and C-h f kill-line reports:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
352 kill-line is remapped to new-kill-line which is on C-k, <deleteline>
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
353
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
354 - C-h w and C-h f new-kill-line reports:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
355 new-kill-line is on C-k
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
356
41928
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
357 ** C-w in incremental search now grabs either a character or a word,
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
358 making the decision in a heuristic way. This new job is done by the
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
359 command `isearch-yank-word-or-char'. To restore the old behavior,
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
360 bind C-w to `isearch-yank-word' in `isearch-mode-map'.
31fb6b379d0f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41923
diff changeset
361
44680
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
362 ** Yanking text now discards certain text properties that can
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
363 be inconvenient when you did not expect them. The variable
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
364 `yank-excluded-properties' specifies which ones. Insertion
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
365 of register contents and rectangles also discards these properties.
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
366
45565
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
367 ** Occur, Info, and comint-derived modes now support using
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
368 M-x font-lock-mode to toggle fontification. The variable
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
369 `Info-fontify' is no longer applicable; to disable fontification,
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
370 remove `turn-on-font-lock' from `Info-mode-hook'.
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
371
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
372 ** The Emacs Lisp byte-compiler now displays the actual line and
45614
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
373 character position of errors, where possible. Additionally, the form
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
374 of its warning and error messages have been brought more in line with
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
375 the output of other GNU tools.
45565
c3aabeb6a3af *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45547
diff changeset
376
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
377 ** M-x grep now tries to avoid appending `/dev/null' to the command line
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
378 by using GNU grep `-H' option instead. M-x grep will automatically
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
379 detect whether this is possible or not the first time it is invoked.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
380 When `-H' is used, the grep command line supplied by the user is passed
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
381 unchanged to the system to execute, which allows more complicated
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
382 command lines to be used than was possible before.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
383
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
384 ** The face-customization widget has been reworked to be less confusing.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
385 In particular, when you enable a face attribute using the corresponding
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
386 check-box, there's no longer a redundant `*' option in value selection
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
387 for that attribute; the values you can choose are only those which make
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
388 sense for the attribute. When an attribute is de-selected by unchecking
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
389 its check-box, then the (now ignored, but still present temporarily in
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
390 case you re-select the attribute) value is hidden.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
391
41923
86ecd07d46fb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41847
diff changeset
392 ** In GUD mode when talking to GDB, C-x C-a C-j "jumps" the program
86ecd07d46fb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41847
diff changeset
393 counter to the specified source line (the one where point is).
86ecd07d46fb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41847
diff changeset
394
42874
95d25103a45e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42867
diff changeset
395 ** GUD mode improvements for jdb:
42830
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
396
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
397 *** Search for source files using jdb classpath and class
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
398 information. Fast startup since there is no need to scan all
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
399 source files up front. There is also no need to create and maintain
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
400 lists of source directories to scan. Look at `gud-jdb-use-classpath'
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
401 and `gud-jdb-classpath' customization variables documentation.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
402
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
403 *** Supports the standard breakpoint (gud-break, gud-clear)
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
404 set/clear operations from java source files under the classpath, stack
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
405 traversal (gud-up, gud-down), and run until current stack finish
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
406 (gud-finish).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
407
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
408 *** Supports new jdb (Java 1.2 and later) in addition to oldjdb
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
409 (Java 1.1 jdb).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
410
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
411 *** The previous method of searching for source files has been
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
412 preserved in case someone still wants/needs to use it.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
413 Set gud-jdb-use-classpath to nil.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
414
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
415 Added Customization Variables
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
416
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
417 *** gud-jdb-command-name. What command line to use to invoke jdb.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
418
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
419 *** gud-jdb-use-classpath. Allows selection of java source file searching
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
420 method: set to t for new method, nil to scan gud-jdb-directories for
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
421 java sources (previous method).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
422
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
423 *** gud-jdb-directories. List of directories to scan and search for java
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
424 classes using the original gud-jdb method (if gud-jdb-use-classpath
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
425 is nil).
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
426
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
427 Minor Improvements
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
428
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
429 *** Do not allow debugger output history variable to grow without bounds.
20fac7788e1f *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42822
diff changeset
430
41620
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
431 ** hide-ifdef-mode now uses overlays rather than selective-display
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
432 to hide its text. This should be mostly transparent but slightly
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
433 changes the behavior of motion commands line C-e and C-p.
d5ea676e4052 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41596
diff changeset
434
42677
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
435 ** In Dired's ! command (dired-do-shell-command), `*' and `?' now
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
436 control substitution of the file names only when they are surrounded
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
437 by whitespace. This means you can now use them as shell wildcards
42678
3e3348e192cf *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42677
diff changeset
438 too. If you want to use just plain `*' as a wildcard, type `*""'; the
42681
b683f98f263a *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42678
diff changeset
439 doublequotes make no difference in the shell, but they prevent
42678
3e3348e192cf *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42677
diff changeset
440 special treatment in `dired-do-shell-command'.
42677
449f96bbb6d0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42629
diff changeset
441
44477
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
442 ** Dired's v command now runs external viewers to view certain
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
443 types of files. The variable `dired-view-command-alist' controls
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
444 what external viewers to use and when.
5bcb255d9dc5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44431
diff changeset
445
41596
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
446 ** Unquoted `$' in file names do not signal an error any more when
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
447 the corresponding environment variable does not exist.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
448 Instead, the `$ENVVAR' text is left as is, so that `$$' quoting
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
449 is only rarely needed.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
450
41337
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
451 ** jit-lock can now be delayed with `jit-lock-defer-time'.
41501
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
452
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
453 If this variable is non-nil, its value should be the amount of Emacs
42183
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
454 idle time in seconds to wait before starting fontification. For
41501
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
455 example, if you set `jit-lock-defer-time' to 0.25, fontification will
994a9d1eee71 Minor change of wording in the documentation of jit-lock-defer-time.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41482
diff changeset
456 only happen after 0.25s of idle time.
41337
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
457
43301
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
458 +++
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
459 ** Marking commands extend the region when invoked multiple times. If
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
460 you hit M-C-SPC (mark-sexp), M-@ (mark-word), M-h (mark-paragraph), or
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
461 C-M-h (mark-defun) repeatedly, the marked region will now be extended
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
462 each time, so you can mark the next two sexps with M-C-SPC M-C-SPC,
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
463 for example. This feature also works for mark-end-of-sentence, if you
898b4b31410f * lisp/simple.el (mark-word): Mark more if repeated.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43297
diff changeset
464 bind that to a key.
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
465
44655
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
466 ** Some commands do something special in Transient Mark mode when the
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
467 mark is active--for instance, they limit their operation to the
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
468 region. Even if you don't normally use Transient Mark mode, you might
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
469 want to get this behavior from a particular command. There are two
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
470 ways you can enable Transient Mark mode temporarily, and activate the
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
471 mark, for one command only.
13e9258cbefb *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44625
diff changeset
472
44666
12a75af39ac0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44655
diff changeset
473 One is to type C-SPC C-SPC; this also sets the mark. The other is to
12a75af39ac0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44655
diff changeset
474 type C-u C-x C-x, which does not alter the region.
12a75af39ac0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44655
diff changeset
475
12a75af39ac0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44655
diff changeset
476 After these commands, Transient Mark mode remains enabled
12a75af39ac0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44655
diff changeset
477 until you deactivate the mark--typically with a command that
12a75af39ac0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44655
diff changeset
478 alters the buffer, or typing C-g.
44589
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
479
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
480 ** A prefix argument is no longer required to repeat a jump to a
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
481 previous mark, i.e. C-u C-SPC C-SPC C-SPC ... will cycle through the
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
482 mark ring. Use C-u C-u C-SPC to set the mark immediately after a jump.
cff126affe7f Enhancements to set-mark-command and exchange-point-and-mark.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44477
diff changeset
483
42605
32e40100d0de *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42487
diff changeset
484 ** In the *Occur* buffer, `o' switches to it in another window, and
32e40100d0de *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42487
diff changeset
485 C-o displays the current line's occurrence in another window without
32e40100d0de *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42487
diff changeset
486 switching to it.
42299
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
487
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
488 ** When you specify a frame size with --geometry, the size applies to
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
489 all frames you create. A position specified with --geometry only
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
490 affects the initial frame.
4bc3e5620674 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42281
diff changeset
491
41746
6d817b78bf33 Document prefix arg for M-h.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 41730
diff changeset
492 +++
42183
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
493 ** M-h (mark-paragraph) now accepts a prefix arg.
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
494 With positive arg, M-h marks the current and the following paragraphs;
41748
0302528bddbc Fix wording of the last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41746
diff changeset
495 if the arg is negative, it marks the current and the preceding
0302528bddbc Fix wording of the last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41746
diff changeset
496 paragraphs.
41746
6d817b78bf33 Document prefix arg for M-h.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 41730
diff changeset
497
42101
66b4582e344c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42043
diff changeset
498 ** In Dired, the w command now copies the current line's file name
66b4582e344c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42043
diff changeset
499 into the kill ring.
66b4582e344c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42043
diff changeset
500
42160
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
501 ** The variables dired-free-space-program and dired-free-space-args
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
502 have been renamed to directory-free-space-program and
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
503 directory-free-space-args, and they now apply whenever Emacs puts a
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
504 directory listing into a buffer.
530136f9f1b9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42101
diff changeset
505
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
506 ** mouse-wheels can now scroll a specific fraction of the window
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
507 (rather than a fixed number of lines) and the scrolling is `progressive'.
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
508
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
509 ** The keyboard-coding-system is now automatically set based on
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
510 your current locale settings. If it turns out that your terminal
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
511 does not support the encoding implied by your locale (for example,
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
512 it inserts non-ASCII chars if you hit M-i), you will need to add
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
513
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
514 (set-keyboard-coding-system nil)
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
515
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
516 to your .emacs to revert to the old behavior.
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
517
42197
e900add4145f Adding euc-tw.
Werner LEMBERG <wl@gnu.org>
parents: 42183
diff changeset
518 ** A new coding system `euc-tw' has been added for traditional Chinese
e900add4145f Adding euc-tw.
Werner LEMBERG <wl@gnu.org>
parents: 42183
diff changeset
519 in CNS encoding; it accepts both Big 5 and CNS as input; on saving,
e900add4145f Adding euc-tw.
Werner LEMBERG <wl@gnu.org>
parents: 42183
diff changeset
520 Big 5 is then converted to CNS.
e900add4145f Adding euc-tw.
Werner LEMBERG <wl@gnu.org>
parents: 42183
diff changeset
521
40916
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
522 +++
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
523 ** Emacs now reads the standard abbrevs file ~/.abbrev_defs
41816
51c83c94195a Fix wording of the save-abbrevs feature; from RMS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41756
diff changeset
524 automatically at startup, if it exists. When Emacs offers to save
51c83c94195a Fix wording of the save-abbrevs feature; from RMS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41756
diff changeset
525 modified buffers, it saves the abbrevs too if they have changed. It
51c83c94195a Fix wording of the save-abbrevs feature; from RMS.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41756
diff changeset
526 can do this either silently or asking for confirmation first,
41820
18047a55e5c7 *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 41816
diff changeset
527 according to the value of `save-abbrevs'.
40916
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
528
40729
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
529 ** Display of hollow cursors now obeys the buffer-local value (if any)
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
530 of `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' in the buffer that the cursor
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
531 appears in.
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
532
40686
b6d0ce452871 Document the changes in the default values of tooltip-delay and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40637
diff changeset
533 ** The default values of `tooltip-delay' and `tooltip-hide-delay'
b6d0ce452871 Document the changes in the default values of tooltip-delay and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40637
diff changeset
534 were changed.
b6d0ce452871 Document the changes in the default values of tooltip-delay and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40637
diff changeset
535
40614
ac10bd51a000 Change of normal-erase-is-backspace-mode on terminals.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40575
diff changeset
536 ** On terminals whose erase-char is ^H (Backspace), Emacs
ac10bd51a000 Change of normal-erase-is-backspace-mode on terminals.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40575
diff changeset
537 now uses normal-erase-is-backspace-mode.
ac10bd51a000 Change of normal-erase-is-backspace-mode on terminals.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40575
diff changeset
538
44718
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
539 ** The variable `auto-save-file-name-transforms' now has a third element that
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
540 controls whether or not the function `make-auto-save-file-name' will
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
541 attempt to construct a unique auto-save name (e.g. for remote files).
e1f429a4cfd7 Variable auto-save-file-name-transforms now has a third element.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 44694
diff changeset
542
44199
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
543 ** VC Changes
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
544
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
545 *** There is a new user option `vc-cvs-global-switches' that allows
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
546 you to specify switches that are passed to any CVS command invoked
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
547 by VC. These switches are used as "global options" for CVS, which
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
548 means they are inserted before the command name. For example, this
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
549 allows you to specify a compression level using the "-z#" option for
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
550 CVS.
c157bec8fb40 Add section for VC Changes. New entry for `vc-cvs-global-switches'.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 44160
diff changeset
551
44030
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
552 ** EDiff changes.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
553
44058
b52e085be218 added +++'s
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44030
diff changeset
554 +++
44030
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
555 *** When comparing directories.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
556 Typing D brings up a buffer that lists the differences between the contents of
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
557 directories. Now it is possible to use this buffer to copy the missing files
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
558 from one directory to another.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
559
44058
b52e085be218 added +++'s
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44030
diff changeset
560 +++
44030
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
561 *** When comparing files or buffers.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
562 Typing the = key now offers to perform the word-by-word comparison of the
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
563 currently highlighted regions in an inferior Ediff session. If you answer 'n'
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
564 then it reverts to the old behavior and asks the user to select regions for
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
565 comparison.
67ba867f0082 added a description of the new features in Ediff
Michael Kifer <kifer@cs.stonybrook.edu>
parents: 44018
diff changeset
566
42043
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
567 ** Etags changes.
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
568
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
569 *** In Prolog, etags creates tags for rules in addition to predicates.
0fe5fe39786c Etags changes for Prolog and PHP.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 41928
diff changeset
570
43855
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
571 *** In Perl, packages are tags.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
572 Subroutine tags are named from their package. You can jump to sub tags
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
573 as you did before, by the sub name, or additionally by looking for
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
574 package::sub.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
575
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
576 *** New language PHP: tags are functions, classes and defines.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
577 If the --members option is specified to etags, tags are vars also.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
578
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
579 *** Honour #line directives.
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
580 When Etags parses an input file that contains C preprocessor's #line
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
581 directives, it creates tags using the file name and line number
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
582 specified in those directives. This is useful when dealing with code
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
583 created from Cweb source files. When Etags tags the generated file, it
db463e67459c Better description of what etags does with #line.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43772
diff changeset
584 writes tags pointing to the source file.
43724
16affaf7292b etags honours #line directives.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 43666
diff changeset
585
40493
94818b20da05 Document the change in list-buffers-noselect wrt buffers visiting files
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40487
diff changeset
586 +++
40575
4ce7861c6181 Mention --no-window-system changes in the NEWS.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40526
diff changeset
587 ** The command line option --no-windows has been changed to
4ce7861c6181 Mention --no-window-system changes in the NEWS.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40526
diff changeset
588 --no-window-system. The old one still works, but is deprecated.
4ce7861c6181 Mention --no-window-system changes in the NEWS.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40526
diff changeset
589
45574
a0ad5c5f6951 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45565
diff changeset
590 ** The command `list-text-properties-at' has been deleted because
a0ad5c5f6951 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45565
diff changeset
591 C-u C-x = gives the same information and more.
a0ad5c5f6951 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 45565
diff changeset
592
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
593 ** `buffer-menu' and `list-buffers' now list buffers whose names begin
40493
94818b20da05 Document the change in list-buffers-noselect wrt buffers visiting files
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40487
diff changeset
594 with a space, if they visit files.
94818b20da05 Document the change in list-buffers-noselect wrt buffers visiting files
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40487
diff changeset
595
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
596 ** You can now customize fill-nobreak-predicate to control where
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
597 filling can break lines. We provide two sample predicates,
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
598 fill-single-word-nobreak-p and fill-french-nobreak-p.
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
599
40316
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
600 ** New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
601 When this option is enabled, M-x add-change-log-entry will always
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
602 start a new record regardless of when the last record is.
ddce8f484e75 New user option `add-log-always-start-new-record'.
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40296
diff changeset
603
40378
344e63612d00 renamed `html-xhtml' to `sgml-xml'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40316
diff changeset
604 ** New user option `sgml-xml'.
344e63612d00 renamed `html-xhtml' to `sgml-xml'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40316
diff changeset
605 When this option is enabled, SGML tags are inserted in XML style,
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
606 i.e., there is always a closing tag.
40378
344e63612d00 renamed `html-xhtml' to `sgml-xml'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40316
diff changeset
607 When not customized, it becomes buffer-local when it can be inferred
344e63612d00 renamed `html-xhtml' to `sgml-xml'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40316
diff changeset
608 from the file name or buffer contents.
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
609
45614
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
610 ** `xml-mode' is now an alias for `smgl-mode', which has XML support.
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
611
41756
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
612 ** New user option `isearch-resume-enabled'.
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
613 This option can be disabled, to avoid the normal behaviour of isearch
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
614 which puts calls to `isearch-resume' in the command history.
97f872fb595d Describe isearch-resume-enabled.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 41749
diff changeset
615
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
616 ---
39975
d8c67e075687 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39885
diff changeset
617 ** When the *scratch* buffer is recreated, its mode is set from
d8c67e075687 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39885
diff changeset
618 initial-major-mode, which normally is lisp-interaction-mode,
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
619 instead of using default-major-mode.
39975
d8c67e075687 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39885
diff changeset
620
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
621 ---
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
622 ** Lisp-mode now uses font-lock-doc-face for the docstrings.
39765
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
623
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
624 ** perl-mode has a new variable `perl-indent-continued-arguments'.
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
625
45302
7786a6008175 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45243
diff changeset
626 ** fortran-mode has a new variable `fortran-directive-re'.
45243
e9d89e57a781 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45223
diff changeset
627
45499
a35026845779 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45495
diff changeset
628 ** f90-mode has new navigation commands `f90-end-of-block',
45543
b436ae710691 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45499
diff changeset
629 `f90-beginning-of-block', `f90-next-block', `f90-previous-block'.
45499
a35026845779 *** empty log message ***
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents: 45495
diff changeset
630
45610
e9b72e7f6062 Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 45574
diff changeset
631 ** prolog-mode has a new variable `prolog-font-lock-keywords'
e9b72e7f6062 Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 45574
diff changeset
632 to support use of font-lock.
e9b72e7f6062 Mention prolog-mode new var `prolog-font-lock-keywords'.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 45574
diff changeset
633
39849
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
634 ** `special-display-buffer-names' and `special-display-regexps' now
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
635 understand two new boolean pseudo-frame-parameters `same-frame' and
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
636 `same-window'.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
637
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
638 ** When pure storage overflows while dumping, Emacs now prints how
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
639 much pure storage it will approximately need.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
640
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
641 ** M-x setenv now expands environment variables of the form `$foo' and
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
642 `${foo}' in the specified new value of the environment variable. To
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
643 include a `$' in the value, use `$$'.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
644
39881
9c1b9334eb73 Mark last change as documented in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39879
diff changeset
645 +++
39879
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
646 ** File-name completion can now ignore directories.
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
647 If an element of the list in `completion-ignored-extensions' ends in a
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
648 slash `/', it indicates a subdirectory that should be ignored when
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
649 completing file names. Elements of `completion-ignored-extensions'
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
650 which do not end in a slash are never considered when a completion
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
651 candidate is a directory.
fba70cf81a87 Document the significance of the trailing slash in elements of
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39849
diff changeset
652
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
653 +++
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
654 ** New user option `inhibit-startup-buffer-menu'.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
655 When loading many files, for instance with `emacs *', Emacs normally
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
656 displays a buffer menu. This option turns the buffer menu off.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
657
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
658 ---
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
659 ** Rmail now displays 5-digit message ids in its summary buffer.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
660
39601
fc4fb819666e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39552
diff changeset
661 ** When using M-x revert-buffer in a compilation buffer to rerun a
fc4fb819666e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39552
diff changeset
662 compilation, it is now made sure that the compilation buffer is reused
fc4fb819666e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39552
diff changeset
663 in case it has been renamed.
fc4fb819666e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39552
diff changeset
664
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
665 ---
40963
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
666 ** On MS Windows, the "system caret" now follows the cursor.
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
667 This enables Emacs to work better with programs that need to track
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
668 the cursor, for example screen magnifiers and text to speech programs.
ff6a29bbaf7e Add note about system caret on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 40916
diff changeset
669
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
670 ---
41482
fe774ae6bd57 Added entry for tooltips on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41471
diff changeset
671 ** Tooltips now work on MS Windows.
fe774ae6bd57 Added entry for tooltips on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41471
diff changeset
672 See the Emacs 21.1 NEWS entry for tooltips for details.
fe774ae6bd57 Added entry for tooltips on MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41471
diff changeset
673
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
674 ---
44117
48ee57a8b28c Add news of image support on Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 44087
diff changeset
675 ** Some images are now supported on Windows.
44125
cf467d8b1309 Update images on Windows news.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 44117
diff changeset
676 PBM and XBM images are supported, other formats which require external
44117
48ee57a8b28c Add news of image support on Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 44087
diff changeset
677 libraries may be supported in future.
48ee57a8b28c Add news of image support on Windows
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 44087
diff changeset
678
42725
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
679 ** Pointing devices with more than 3 buttons are now supported on MS Windows.
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
680 The new variable `w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system' controls
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
681 whether Emacs should handle the extra buttons itself (the default), or
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
682 pass them to Windows to be handled with system-wide functions.
7982df5e7d71 Add note about support for more mouse buttons in MS Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 42703
diff changeset
683
43302
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
684 ** Under X11, it is possible to swap Alt and Meta (and Super and Hyper).
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
685 The new variables `x-alt-keysym', `x-hyper-keysym', `x-meta-keysym',
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
686 and `x-super-keysym' can be used to choose which keysyms Emacs should
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
687 use for the modifiers. For example, the following two lines swap
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
688 Meta and Alt:
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
689 (setq x-alt-keysym 'meta)
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
690 (setq x-meta-keysym 'alt)
2f479ac769e1 (Vx_alt_keysym, Vx_hyper_keysym, Vx_meta_keysym)
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents: 43301
diff changeset
691
41246
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
692 ---
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
693 ** A French translation of the `Emacs Survival Guide' is available.
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
694
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
695 ---
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
696 ** A French translation of the Emacs Tutorial is available.
003c53bb8906 Mention the French translations of the tutorial and the survival guide.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41229
diff changeset
697
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
698 ** When emacs is configured to use `xaw3d' scroll-bars, emacs will
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
699 tell the scroll-bar library which colors to use for the bevels, to
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
700 prevent the library from using dithering.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
701
39738
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
702 ** New modes and packages
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
703
44972
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
704 *** The new cua package provides CUA-like keybindings using C-x for
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
705 cut (kill), C-c for copy, C-v for paste (yank), and C-z for undo.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
706 With cua, the region can be set and extended using shifted movement
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
707 keys (like pc-selection-mode) and typed text replaces the active
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
708 region (like delete-selection-mode). Do not enable these modes with
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
709 cua-mode. Customize the variable `cua-mode' to enable cua.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
710
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
711 In addition, cua provides unified rectangle support with visible
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
712 rectangle highlighting: Use S-return to start a rectangle, extend it
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
713 using the movement commands (or mouse-3), and cut or copy it using C-x
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
714 or C-c (using C-w and M-w also works).
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
715
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
716 Use M-o and M-c to `open' or `close' the rectangle, use M-b or M-f, to
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
717 fill it with blanks or another character, use M-u or M-l to upcase or
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
718 downcase the rectangle, use M-i to increment the numbers in the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
719 rectangle, use M-n to fill the rectangle with a numeric sequence (such
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
720 as 10 20 30...), use M-r to replace a regexp in the rectangle, and use
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
721 M-' or M-/ to restrict command on the rectangle to a subset of the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
722 rows. See the commentary in cua-base.el for more rectangle commands.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
723
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
724 Cua also provides unified support for registers: Use a numeric
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
725 prefix argument between 0 and 9, i.e. M-0 .. M-9, for C-x, C-c, and
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
726 C-v to cut or copy into register 0-9, or paste from register 0-9.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
727
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
728 The last text deleted (not killed) is automatically stored in
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
729 register 0. This includes text deleted by typing text.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
730
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
731 Finally, cua provides a global mark which is set using S-C-space.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
732 When the global mark is active, any text which is cut or copied is
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
733 automatically inserted at the global mark position. See the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
734 commentary in cua-base.el for more global mark related commands.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
735
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
736 The features of cua also works with the standard emacs bindings for
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
737 kill, copy, yank, and undo. If you want to use cua mode, but don't
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
738 want the C-x, C-c, C-v, and C-z bindings, you may customize the
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
739 `cua-enable-cua-keys' variable.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
740
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
741 *** The new keypad setup package provides simplified configuration
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
742 of the numeric keypad which is available on most keyboards.
0cdd0e248c05 Describe cua and keypad packages.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44957
diff changeset
743
40847
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
744 +++
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
745 *** Calc is now part of the Emacs distribution.
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
746
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
747 Calc is an advanced desk calculator and mathematical tool written in
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
748 Emacs Lisp. Its documentation is in a separate manual; within Emacs,
40865
19d072877aaa Mention calccard.tex and calccard.ps.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40847
diff changeset
749 type "C-h i m calc RET" to read that manual. A reference card is
19d072877aaa Mention calccard.tex and calccard.ps.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40847
diff changeset
750 available in `etc/calccard.tex' and `etc/calccard.ps'.
40847
0de09e872237 An entry for Calc.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40729
diff changeset
751
40889
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
752 +++
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
753 *** The Emacs Lisp Reference Manual is now part of the distribution.
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
754
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
755 The ELisp reference manual in Info format is built as part of the
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
756 Emacs build procedure and installed together with the Emacs User
41706
4289324b443e Mantion the new menu-bar items to reach the new manuals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41675
diff changeset
757 Manual. A menu item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy
4289324b443e Mantion the new menu-bar items to reach the new manuals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41675
diff changeset
758 accessible (Help->More Manuals->Emacs Lisp Reference).
40889
c410bf71eef7 Mention the addition of the ELisp reference.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 40865
diff changeset
759
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
760 ---
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
761 ** Indentation of simple and extended loop forms has been added to the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
762 cl-indent package. The new user options
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
763 `lisp-loop-keyword-indentation', `lisp-loop-forms-indentation', and
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
764 `lisp-simple-loop-indentation' can be used to customize the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
765 indentation of keywords and forms in loop forms.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
766
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
767 ---
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
768 ** Indentation of backquoted forms has been made customizable in the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
769 cl-indent package. See the new user option `lisp-backquote-indentation'.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
770
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
771 ---
41437
390b2eab7f6f Mention the Elisp Intro manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41367
diff changeset
772 *** The Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp manual is now part of
390b2eab7f6f Mention the Elisp Intro manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41367
diff changeset
773 the distribution.
390b2eab7f6f Mention the Elisp Intro manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41367
diff changeset
774
390b2eab7f6f Mention the Elisp Intro manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41367
diff changeset
775 This manual is now part of the standard distribution and is installed,
41706
4289324b443e Mantion the new menu-bar items to reach the new manuals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41675
diff changeset
776 together with the Emacs User Manual, into the Info directory. A menu
4289324b443e Mantion the new menu-bar items to reach the new manuals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41675
diff changeset
777 item was added to the menu bar that makes it easy accessible
4289324b443e Mantion the new menu-bar items to reach the new manuals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41675
diff changeset
778 (Help->More Manuals->Introduction to Emacs Lisp).
41437
390b2eab7f6f Mention the Elisp Intro manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41367
diff changeset
779
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
780 *** The new global minor mode `read-file-name-electric-shadow-mode'
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
781 modifies the way filenames being entered by the user in the minibuffer are
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
782 displayed, so that it's clear when part of the entered filename will be
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
783 ignored due to emacs' filename parsing rules. The ignored portion can be
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
784 made dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticable. The display
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
785 method may be displayed by customizing the variable
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
786 `read-file-name-electric-shadow-properties'.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
787
39738
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
788 *** The ruler-mode.el library provides a minor mode for displaying an
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
789 "active" ruler in the header line. You can use the mouse to visually
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
790 change the `fill-column', `window-margins' and `tab-stop-list'
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
791 settings.
9c1411458564 Add ruler-mode.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39647
diff changeset
792
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
793 *** The minor mode Reveal mode makes text visible on the fly as you
41623
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
794 move your cursor into hidden region of the buffer.
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
795 It should work with any package that uses overlays to hide parts
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
796 of a buffer, such as outline-minor-mode, hs-minor-mode, hide-ifdef-mode, ...
8cf1bafe44b1 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41620
diff changeset
797
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
798 There is also Global Reveal mode which affects all buffers.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
799
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
800 ---
44822
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
801 *** The new package ibuffer provides a powerful, completely
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
802 customizable replacement for buff-menu.el.
0ecfbafcac13 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 44724
diff changeset
803
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
804 ---
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
805 ** Support for `magic cookie' standout modes has been removed.
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
806 Emacs will still work on terminals that require magic cookies in order
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
807 to use standout mode, however they will not be able to display
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
808 mode-lines in inverse-video.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
809
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
810
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
811 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 21.4
40729
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
812
45547
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
813 ** The `read-file-name' function now takes an additional argument which
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
814 specifies a predicate which the file name read must satify. The
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
815 new variable `read-file-name-predicate' contains the predicate argument
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
816 while reading the file name from the minibuffer; the predicate in this
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
817 variable is used by read-file-name-internal to filter the completion list.
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
818
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
819 ** The new variable `read-file-name-function' can be used by lisp code
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
820 to override the internal read-file-name function.
a227ea81fd67 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45543
diff changeset
821
45495
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
822 ** The New lisp library fringe.el controls the apperance of fringes.
93fb152ed2b0 Fringe customization.
Simon Josefsson <jas@extundo.com>
parents: 45426
diff changeset
823
44134
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
824 ** The `defmacro' form may contain declarations specifying how to
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
825 indent the macro in Lisp mode and how to debug it with Edebug. The
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
826 syntax of defmacro has been extended to
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
827
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
828 (defmacro NAME LAMBDA-LIST [DOC-STRING] [DECLARATION ...] ...)
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
829
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
830 DECLARATION is a list `(declare DECLARATION-SPECIFIER ...)'. The
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
831 declaration specifiers supported are:
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
832
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
833 (indent INDENT)
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
834 Set NAME's `lisp-indent-function' property to INDENT.
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
835
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
836 (edebug DEBUG)
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
837 Set NAME's `edebug-form-spec' property to DEBUG. (This is
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
838 equivalent to writing a `def-edebug-spec' for the macro.
ee7e76098967 Declarations in macros.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 44125
diff changeset
839
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
840 ** Interactive commands can be remapped through keymaps.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
841
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
842 This is an alternative to using defadvice or substitute-key-definition
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
843 to modify the behaviour of a key binding using the normal keymap
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
844 binding and lookup functionality.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
845
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
846 When a key sequence is bound to a command, and that command is
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
847 remapped to another command, that command is run instead of the
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
848 original command.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
849
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
850 Example:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
851 Suppose that minor mode my-mode has defined the commands
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
852 my-kill-line and my-kill-word, and it wants C-k (and any other key
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
853 bound to kill-line) to run the command my-kill-line instead of
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
854 kill-line, and likewise it wants to run my-kill-word instead of
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
855 kill-word.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
856
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
857 Instead of rebinding C-k and the other keys in the minor mode map,
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
858 command remapping allows you to directly map kill-line into
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
859 my-kill-line and kill-word into my-kill-word through the minor mode
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
860 map using define-key:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
861
43503
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
862 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-line] 'my-kill-line)
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
863 (define-key my-mode-map [remap kill-word] 'my-kill-word)
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
864
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
865 Now, when my-mode is enabled, and the user enters C-k or M-d,
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
866 the commands my-kill-line and my-kill-word are run.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
867
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
868 Notice that only one level of remapping is supported. In the above
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
869 example, this means that if my-kill-line is remapped to other-kill,
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
870 then C-k still runs my-kill-line.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
871
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
872 The following changes have been made to provide command remapping:
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
873
43503
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
874 - Command remappings are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
875 `remap', i.e. `(define-key MAP [remap CMD] DEF)' remaps command CMD
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
876 to definition DEF in keymap MAP. The definition is not limited to
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
877 another command; it can be anything accepted for a normal binding.
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
878
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
879 - The new function `remap-command' returns the binding for a remapped
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
880 command in the current keymaps, or nil if it isn't remapped.
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
881
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
882 - key-binding now remaps interactive commands unless the optional
43503
324295ebaf57 Modify description of command remapping which now uses a `remap'
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43493
diff changeset
883 third argument NO-REMAP is non-nil.
43159
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
884
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
885 - where-is-internal now returns nil for a remapped command (e.g.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
886 kill-line if my-mode is enabled), and the actual key binding for
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
887 the command it is remapped to (e.g. C-k for my-kill-line).
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
888 It also has a new optional fifth argument, NO-REMAP, which inhibits
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
889 remapping if non-nil (e.g. it returns C-k for kill-line and
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
890 <kill-line> for my-kill-line).
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
891
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
892 - The new variable `this-original-command' contains the original
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
893 command before remapping. It is equal to `this-command' when the
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
894 command was not remapped.
c69608fb5b19 Added command remapping.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43143
diff changeset
895
45223
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
896 ** New variable emulation-mode-map-alists.
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
897
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
898 Lisp packages using many minor mode keymaps can now maintain their own
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
899 keymap alist separate from minor-mode-map-alist by adding their keymap
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
900 alist to this list.
4cb22a508fe3 Added emulation-mode-map-alists.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 45195
diff changeset
901
43139
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
902 ** Atomic change groups.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
903
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
904 To perform some changes in the current buffer "atomically" so that
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
905 they either all succeed or are all undone, use `atomic-change-group'
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
906 around the code that makes changes. For instance:
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
907
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
908 (atomic-change-group
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
909 (insert foo)
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
910 (delete-region x y))
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
911
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
912 If an error (or other nonlocal exit) occurs inside the body of
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
913 `atomic-change-group', it unmakes all the changes in that buffer that
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
914 were during the execution of the body. The change group has no effect
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
915 on any other buffers--any such changes remain.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
916
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
917 If you need something more sophisticated, you can directly call the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
918 lower-level functions that `atomic-change-group' uses. Here is how.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
919
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
920 To set up a change group for one buffer, call `prepare-change-group'.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
921 Specify the buffer as argument; it defaults to the current buffer.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
922 This function returns a "handle" for the change group. You must save
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
923 the handle to activate the change group and then finish it.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
924
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
925 Before you change the buffer again, you must activate the change
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
926 group. Pass the handle to `activate-change-group' afterward to
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
927 do this.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
928
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
929 After you make the changes, you must finish the change group. You can
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
930 either accept the changes or cancel them all. Call
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
931 `accept-change-group' to accept the changes in the group as final;
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
932 call `cancel-change-group' to undo them all.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
933
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
934 You should use `unwind-protect' to make sure the group is always
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
935 finished. The call to `activate-change-group' should be inside the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
936 `unwind-protect', in case the user types C-g just after it runs.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
937 (This is one reason why `prepare-change-group' and
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
938 `activate-change-group' are separate functions.) Once you finish the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
939 group, don't use the handle again--don't try to finish the same group
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
940 twice.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
941
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
942 To make a multibuffer change group, call `prepare-change-group' once
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
943 for each buffer you want to cover, then use `nconc' to combine the
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
944 returned values, like this:
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
945
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
946 (nconc (prepare-change-group buffer-1)
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
947 (prepare-change-group buffer-2))
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
948
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
949 You can then activate the multibuffer change group with a single call
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
950 to `activate-change-group', and finish it with a single call to
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
951 `accept-change-group' or `cancel-change-group'.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
952
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
953 Nested use of several change groups for the same buffer works as you
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
954 would expect. Non-nested use of change groups for the same buffer
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
955 will lead to undesirable results, so don't let it happen; the first
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
956 change group you start for any given buffer should be the last one
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
957 finished.
22ff542d67ee *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 43100
diff changeset
958
44680
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
959 ** New function remove-list-of-text-properties.
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
960
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
961 The new function `remove-list-of-text-properties' is almost the same
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
962 as `remove-text-properties'. The only difference is that it takes
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
963 a list of property names as argument rather than a property list.
39c7ce6f26c1 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44666
diff changeset
964
44724
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
965 ** New functions insert-for-yank and insert-buffer-substring-as-yank.
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
966
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
967 These functions work like `insert' and `insert-buffer-substring', but
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
968 removes the text properties in the `yank-excluded-properties' list.
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
969
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
970 ** New function insert-buffer-substring-no-properties.
867beadfbb38 *** empty log message ***
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44718
diff changeset
971
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
972 ** Enhanced networking support.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
974 *** There is a new `make-network-process' function which supports
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
975 opening of stream and datagram connections to a server, as well as
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
976 create a stream or datagram server inside emacs.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
977
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
978 - A server is started using :server t arg.
44072
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
979 - Datagram connection is selected using :type 'datagram arg.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
980 - A server can open on a random port using :service t arg.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
981 - Local sockets are supported using :family 'local arg.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
982 - Non-blocking connect is supported using :nowait t arg.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
983
44072
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
984 To test for the availability of a given feature, use featurep like this:
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
985 (featurep 'make-network-process '(:type datagram))
434c70e973e8 Explain how to use featurep with make-network-process.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 44058
diff changeset
986
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
987 *** Original open-network-stream is now emulated using make-network-process.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
988
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
989 *** New function open-network-stream-nowait.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
990
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
991 This function initiates a non-blocking connect and returns immediately
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
992 before the connection is established. The filter and sentinel
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
993 functions can be specified as arguments to open-network-stream-nowait.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
994 When the non-blocking connect completes, the sentinel is called with
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
995 the status matching "open" or "failed".
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
996
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
997 *** New function open-network-stream-server.
44308
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
998 MORE INFO NEEDED HERE.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
999
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1000 *** New functions process-datagram-address and set-process-datagram-address.
44308
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1001 MORE INFO NEEDED HERE.
43973
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1002
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1003 *** By default, the function process-contact still returns (HOST SERVICE)
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1004 for a network process. Using the new optional KEY arg, the complete list
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1005 of network process properties or a specific property can be selected.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1006
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1007 Using :local and :remote as the KEY, the address of the local or
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1008 remote end-point is returned. An Inet address is represented as a 5
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1009 element vector, where the first 4 elements contain the IP address and
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1010 the fifth is the port number.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1011
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1012 *** Network processes can now be stopped and restarted with
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1013 `stop-process' and `continue-process'. For a server process, no
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1014 connections are accepted in the stopped state. For a client process,
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1015 no input is received in the stopped state.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1016
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1017 *** Function list-processes now has an optional argument; if non-nil,
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1018 only the processes whose query-on-exit flag is set are listed.
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1019
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1020 *** New set-process-query-on-exit-flag and process-query-on-exit-flag
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1021 functions. The existing process-kill-without-query function is still
7e66682c7ec6 Describe enhanced networking support.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43947
diff changeset
1022 supported, but new code should use the new functions.
43602
b0f0d5c8cb4f Describe non-blocking connect using open-network-stream.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43563
diff changeset
1023
42940
7c0e12d6edb5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42874
diff changeset
1024 ** New function substring-no-properties.
7c0e12d6edb5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42874
diff changeset
1025
43626
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
1026 ** New function minibuffer-selected-window.
de43922d0921 Blinking cursor enhancement.
Kim F. Storm <storm@cua.dk>
parents: 43607
diff changeset
1027
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1028 ** New function `call-process-shell-command'.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1029
44957
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1030 ** The dummy function keys made by easymenu
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1031 are now always lower case. If you specify the
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1032 menu item name "Ada", for instance, it uses `ada'
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1033 as the "key" bound by that key binding.
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1034
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1035 This is relevant only if Lisp code looks for
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1036 the bindings that were made with easymenu.
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1037
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1038 ** The function `commandp' takes an additional optional
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1039 argument. If it is non-nil, then `commandp' checks
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1040 for a function that could be called with `call-interactively',
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1041 and does not return t for keyboard macros.
15ba9db103f6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44934
diff changeset
1042
45022
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1043 ** master-mode.el implements a minor mode for scrolling a slave
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1044 buffer without leaving your current buffer, the master buffer.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1045
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1046 It can be used by sql.el, for example: the SQL buffer is the master
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1047 and its SQLi buffer is the slave. This allows you to scroll the SQLi
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1048 buffer containing the output from the SQL buffer containing the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1049 commands.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1050
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1051 This is how to use sql.el and master.el together: the variable
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1052 sql-buffer contains the slave buffer. It is a local variable in the
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1053 SQL buffer.
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1054
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1055 (add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1056 (function (lambda ()
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1057 (master-mode t)
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1058 (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1059 (add-hook 'sql-set-sqli-hook
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1060 (function (lambda ()
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1061 (master-set-slave sql-buffer))))
4359b383982c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44996
diff changeset
1062
44418
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1063 ** File local variables.
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1064
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1065 A file local variables list cannot specify a string with text
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1066 properties--any specified text properties are discarded.
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1067
42958
2d81f84af342 Document the extended color support for xterm and rxvt, and the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42940
diff changeset
1068 +++
42984
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1069 *** The meanings of scroll-up-aggressively and scroll-down-aggressively
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1070 have been interchanged, so that the former now controls scrolling up,
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1071 and the latter now controls scrolling down.
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1072
069f39874fde *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42974
diff changeset
1073 +++
42820
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1074 ** New function window-body-height.
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1075
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1076 This is like window-height but does not count the mode line
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1077 or the header line.
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1078
44160
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1079 ** New functions `lax-plist-get' and `lax-plist-put'.
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1080
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1081 These functions are like `plist-get' and `plist-put' except that they
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1082 compare the property name using `equal' rather than `eq'.
9139b10bc7e6 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44134
diff changeset
1083
44308
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1084 ** New function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1085
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1086 The `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' most not be used (as previously
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1087 recommended) for making entries in the tool bar for local keymaps.
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1088 Instead, use the function `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu', which lets
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1089 you specify the map to use as an argument.
ecd559f0d5c3 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44295
diff changeset
1090
42820
6477316b4dd9 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42786
diff changeset
1091 +++
43415
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1092 ** The function `atan' now accepts an optional second argument.
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1093
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1094 When called with 2 arguments, as in `(atan Y X)', `atan' returns the
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1095 angle in radians between the vector [X, Y] and the X axis. (This is
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1096 equivalent to the standard C library function `atan2'.)
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1097
59c97b8695ee Document the optional second arg of `atan'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43390
diff changeset
1098 +++
42867
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1099 ** You can now make a window as short as one line.
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1100
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1101 A window that is just one line tall does not display either a mode
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1102 line or a header line, even if the variables `mode-line-format' and
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1103 `header-line-format' call for them. A window that is two lines tall
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1104 cannot display both a mode line and a header line at once; if the
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1105 variables call for both, only the mode line actually appears.
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1106
68f16b55e041 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42830
diff changeset
1107 +++
42749
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1108 ** The new frame parameter `tty-color-mode' specifies the mode to use
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1109 for color support on character terminal frames. Its value can be a
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1110 number of colors to support, or a symbol. See the Emacs Lisp
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1111 Reference manual for more detailed documentation.
62c6ce7088f2 Document the new --color arg and tty-color-mode frame parameter.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 42739
diff changeset
1112
44418
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1113 ** Mode line display ignores text properties in the value
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1114 of a variable whose `risky-local-variables' property is nil.
68cfd204d729 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 44356
diff changeset
1115
42629
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1116 ** Already true in Emacs 21.1, but not emphasized clearly enough:
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1117
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1118 Multibyte buffers can now faithfully record all 256 character codes
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1119 from 0 to 255. As a result, most of the past reasons to use unibyte
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1120 buffers no longer exist. We only know of three reasons to use them
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1121 now:
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1122
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1123 1. If you prefer to use unibyte text all of the time.
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1124
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1125 2. For reading files into temporary buffers, when you want to avoid
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1126 the time it takes to convert the format.
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1127
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1128 3. For binary files where format conversion would be pointless and
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1129 wasteful.
180b3f3a8fb8 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42605
diff changeset
1130
42487
88fb2c8602aa *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42437
diff changeset
1131 ** If text has a `keymap' property, that keymap takes precedence
88fb2c8602aa *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42437
diff changeset
1132 over minor mode keymaps.
88fb2c8602aa *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42437
diff changeset
1133
42425
aa6c345a4af0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42367
diff changeset
1134 ** A hex escape in a string forces the string to be multibyte.
aa6c345a4af0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42367
diff changeset
1135 An octal escape makes it unibyte.
aa6c345a4af0 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42367
diff changeset
1136
44625
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1137 ** Only one of the beginning or end of an invisible, intangible region is
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1138 considered an acceptable value for point; which one is determined by
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1139 examining how the invisible/intangible properties are inherited when new
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1140 text is inserted adjacent to them. If text inserted at the beginning would
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1141 inherit the invisible/intangible properties, then that position is
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1142 considered unacceptable, and point is forced to the position following the
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1143 invisible/intangible text. If text inserted at the end would inherit the
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1144 properties, then the opposite happens.
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1145
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1146 Thus, point can only go to one end of an invisible, intangible region, but
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1147 not the other one. This prevents C-f and C-b from appearing to stand still
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1148 on the screen.
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1149
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1150 ** field-beginning and field-end now accept an additional optional
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1151 argument, LIMIT.
42367
e79ed5ab7b08 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42342
diff changeset
1152
42437
5426f6a09f35 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42434
diff changeset
1153 +++
42434
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
1154 ** define-abbrev now accepts an optional argument SYSTEM-FLAG. If
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
1155 non-nil, this marks the abbrev as a "system" abbrev, which means that
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
1156 it won't be stored in the user's abbrevs file if he saves the abbrevs.
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
1157 Major modes that predefine some abbrevs should always specify this
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
1158 flag.
2c3aa5c554ca *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 42425
diff changeset
1159
42281
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
1160 ** Support for Mocklisp has been removed.
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
1161
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
1162 ** The function insert-string is now obsolete.
18095fb6473e *** empty log message ***
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42216
diff changeset
1163
41596
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1164 ** The precedence of file-name-handlers has been changed.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1165 Instead of blindly choosing the first handler that matches,
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1166 find-file-name-handler now gives precedence to a file-name handler
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1167 that matches near the end of the file name. More specifically, the
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1168 handler whose (match-beginning 0) is the largest is chosen.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1169 In case of ties, the old "first matched" rule applies.
3c035e37d086 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41594
diff changeset
1170
41594
452efff38a6e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41501
diff changeset
1171 ** Dense keymaps now handle inheritance correctly.
41847
7423116b7ac3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41820
diff changeset
1172 Previously a dense keymap would hide all of the simple-char key
7423116b7ac3 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41820
diff changeset
1173 bindings of the parent keymap.
41594
452efff38a6e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41501
diff changeset
1174
41337
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1175 ** jit-lock obeys a new text-property `jit-lock-defer-multiline'.
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1176 If a piece of text with that property gets contextually refontified
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1177 (see jit-lock-defer-contextually), then all of that text will
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1178 be refontified. This is useful when the syntax of a textual element
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1179 depends on text several lines further down (and when font-lock-multiline
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1180 is not appropriate to solve that problem). For example in Perl:
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1181
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1182 s{
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1183 foo
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1184 }{
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1185 bar
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1186 }e
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1187
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1188 Adding/removing the last `e' changes the `bar' from being a piece of
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1189 text to being a piece of code, so you'd put a jit-lock-defer-multiline
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1190 property over the second half of the command to force (deferred)
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1191 refontification of `bar' whenever the `e' is added/removed.
3a8e8dd8a64e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41298
diff changeset
1192
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
1193 ** describe-vector now takes a second argument `describer' which is
42183
ccf68d58861d Fix typos. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@teleline.es>.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42160
diff changeset
1194 called to print the entries' values. It defaults to `princ'.
41298
dd0332958888 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41246
diff changeset
1195
44625
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1196 ** face-attribute, face-foreground, face-background, and face-stipple now
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1197 accept a new optional argument, INHERIT, which controls how face
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1198 inheritance is used when determining the value of a face attribute.
cd1ab4027e5a More updates.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44622
diff changeset
1199
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1200 ** defcustom and other custom declarations now use a default group
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1201 (the last group defined in the same file) when no :group was given.
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1202
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1203 ** emacsserver now runs pre-command-hook and post-command-hook when
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1204 it receives a request from emacsclient.
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1205
41471
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1206 ** The variable `recursive-load-depth-limit' has been deleted.
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1207 Emacs now signals an error if the same file is loaded with more
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1208 than 3 levels of nesting.
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1209
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1210 ** The default values of paragraph-start and indent-line-function have
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1211 been changed to reflect those used in Text mode rather than those used
41ef4373121e *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41439
diff changeset
1212 in Indented-Text mode.
41229
70059cb88be4 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41099
diff changeset
1213
40973
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1214 ** If a major mode function has a non-nil `no-clone-indirect'
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1215 property, `clone-indirect-buffer' signals an error if you use
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1216 it in that buffer.
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1217
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1218 ** If you set `query-replace-skip-read-only' non-nil,
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1219 `query-replace' and related functions simply ignore
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1220 a match if part of it has a read-only property.
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1221
41367
65eb0f7957c8 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41356
diff changeset
1222 ** In `replace-match', the replacement text no longer inherits
41356
39332ec6c47d Fix typos.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41355
diff changeset
1223 properties from surrounding text.
40973
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1224
40729
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1225 ** New function `buffer-local-value'.
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1226
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1227 - Function: buffer-local-value variable buffer
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1228
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1229 This function returns the buffer-local binding of VARIABLE (a symbol)
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1230 in buffer BUFFER. If VARIABLE does not have a buffer-local binding in
650fb912b343 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40686
diff changeset
1231 buffer BUFFER, it returns the default value of VARIABLE instead.
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1232
40973
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1233 ** The default value of `paragraph-start' and `indent-line-function' has
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1234 been changed to reflect the one used in Text mode rather than the one
5959d9cfe456 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40963
diff changeset
1235 used in Indented Text mode.
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1236
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1237 ** New function `text-clone-create'. Text clones are chunks of text
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1238 that are kept identical by transparently propagating changes from one
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1239 clone to the other.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1240
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1241 ** font-lock can manage arbitrary text-properties beside `face'.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1242 *** the FACENAME returned in font-lock-keywords can be a list
43607
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 43602
diff changeset
1243 of the form (face FACE PROP1 VAL1 PROP2 VAL2 ...) so you can set
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1244 other properties than `face'.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1245 *** font-lock-extra-managed-props can be set to make sure those extra
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1246 properties are automatically cleaned up by font-lock.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1247
43932
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
1248 ** The special treatment of faces whose names are of the form `fg:COLOR'
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
1249 or `bg:COLOR' has been removed. Lisp programs should use the
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
1250 `defface' facility for defining faces with specific colors.
435ee4108bad Document removal of special treatment of fg:COLOR and bg:COLOR faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43931
diff changeset
1251
40487
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1252 ** The new function `run-mode-hooks' and the new macro `delay-mode-hooks'
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1253 are used by define-derived-mode to make sure the mode hook for the
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1254 parent mode is run at the end of the child mode.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1255
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1256 ** `provide' and `featurep' now accept an optional second argument
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1257 to test/provide subfeatures. Also `provide' now checks `after-load-alist'
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1258 and run any code associated with the provided feature.
8c17e2ae6bf5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 40378
diff changeset
1259
40295
b2456ad80460 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40215
diff changeset
1260 ** The variable `compilation-parse-errors-filename-function' can
b2456ad80460 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40215
diff changeset
1261 be used to transform filenames found in compilation output.
b2456ad80460 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40215
diff changeset
1262
40190
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
1263 +++
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
1264 ** Functions `file-name-sans-extension' and `file-name-extension' now
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
1265 ignore the leading dots in file names, so that file names such as
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
1266 `.emacs' are treated as extensionless.
9ba78bf11cf1 Document changes in file-name-sans-extension and file-name-extension.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39975
diff changeset
1267
39778
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
1268 ** Functions `user-uid' and `user-real-uid' now return floats if the
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
1269 user UID doesn't fit in a Lisp integer. Function `user-full-name'
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
1270 accepts a float as UID parameter.
939f548d08cd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39771
diff changeset
1271
39765
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1272 ** `define-key-after' now accepts keys longer than 1.
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1273
40296
a5332cff58ba *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 40295
diff changeset
1274 ** `define-derived-mode' now accepts nil as the parent.
39765
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1275
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1276 ** The local variable `no-byte-compile' in elisp files is now obeyed.
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1277
39849
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1278 ** New functions `keymap-prompt' and `current-active-maps'.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1279
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1280 ** New function `describe-buffer-bindings'.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1281
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1282 ** New vars `exec-suffixes' and `load-suffixes' used when
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1283 searching for an executable resp. an elisp file.
10b9480202e8 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39784
diff changeset
1284
45614
8f47aa4a587a *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 45610
diff changeset
1285 ** Variable aliases have been implemented:
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1286
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1287 - Macro: defvaralias ALIAS-VAR BASE-VAR
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1288
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1289 This defines the symbol ALIAS-VAR as a variable alias for symbol
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1290 BASE-VAR. This means that retrieving the value of ALIAS-VAR returns
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1291 the value of BASE-VAR, and changing the value of ALIAS-VAR changes the
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1292 value of BASE-VAR.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1293
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1294 - Function: indirect-variable VARIABLE
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1295
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1296 This function returns the variable at the end of the chain of aliases
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1297 of VARIABLE. If VARIABLE is not a symbol, or if VARIABLE is not
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1298 defined as an alias, the function returns VARIABLE.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1299
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1300 It might be noteworthy that variables aliases work for all kinds of
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1301 variables, including buffer-local and frame-local variables.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1302
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1303 ** Functions from `post-gc-hook' are run at the end of garbage
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1304 collection. The hook is run with GC inhibited, so use it with care.
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1305
39604
3eb5c468047e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39601
diff changeset
1306 ** If the second argument to `copy-file' is the name of a directory,
39605
80c62639fd20 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39604
diff changeset
1307 the file is copied to that directory instead of signaling an error.
39604
3eb5c468047e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39601
diff changeset
1308
39647
387ceba6fde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39605
diff changeset
1309 ** The variables most-positive-fixnum and most-negative-fixnum
387ceba6fde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39605
diff changeset
1310 have been moved from the CL package to the core.
387ceba6fde4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39605
diff changeset
1311
41355
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
1312 ** On MS Windows, locale-coding-system is used to interact with the OS.
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
1313 The Windows specific variable w32-system-coding-system, which was
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
1314 formerly used for that purpose is now an alias for locale-coding-system.
ffd42182dd37 Added note about locale-coding-system on Windows.
Jason Rumney <jasonr@gnu.org>
parents: 41340
diff changeset
1315
43754
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
1316 ** Functions y-or-n-p, read-char, read-keysequence and alike that
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
1317 display a prompt but don't use the minibuffer now display the prompt
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
1318 using the text properties (esp. the face) of the prompt string.
877062848c63 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 43724
diff changeset
1319
39765
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1320 ** New packages:
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1321
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1322 *** The new package syntax.el provides an efficient way to find the
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1323 current syntactic context (as returned by parse-partial-sexp).
e8c0b3b54fc7 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 39738
diff changeset
1324
41340
00ed4838100e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 41337
diff changeset
1325 *** The TCL package tcl-mode.el was replaced by tcl.el.
42703
8b35cce1f9c8 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 42681
diff changeset
1326 This was actually done in Emacs-21.1, and was not documented.
8b35cce1f9c8 *** empty log message ***
Colin Walters <walters@gnu.org>
parents: 42681
diff changeset
1327
44622
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1328 *** The new package button.el implements simple and fast `clickable buttons'
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1329 in emacs buffers. `buttons' are much lighter-weight than the `widgets'
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1330 implemented by widget.el, and can be used by lisp code that doesn't
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1331 require the full power of widgets. Emacs uses buttons for such things
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1332 as help and apropos buffers.
a632dc3d85af Add entries for some things I did earlier:
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 44589
diff changeset
1333
39552
fa9fb33863fe *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39517
diff changeset
1334
25995
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
1335 * Installation Changes in Emacs 21.1
0c93f1c6603a Note --with-pop change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25992
diff changeset
1336
36039
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
1337 See the INSTALL file for information on installing extra libraries and
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
1338 fonts to take advantage of the new graphical features and extra
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
1339 charsets in this release.
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
1340
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
1341 ** Support for GNU/Linux on IA64 machines has been added.
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
1342
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1343 ** Support for LynxOS has been added.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1344
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1345 ** There are new configure options associated with the support for
29962
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
1346 images and toolkit scrollbars. Use the --help option in `configure'
cb2595f03c92 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 29949
diff changeset
1347 to list them.
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
1348
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
1349 ** You can build a 64-bit Emacs for SPARC/Solaris systems which
32182
f5d09b70a4b8 irix64, gnus-mule.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32050
diff changeset
1350 support 64-bit executables and also on Irix 6.5. This increases the
33484
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
1351 maximum buffer size. See etc/MACHINES for instructions. Changes to
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
1352 build on other 64-bit systems should be straightforward modulo any
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
1353 necessary changes to unexec.
30576
e53905a0a16b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30568
diff changeset
1354
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1355 ** There is a new configure option `--disable-largefile' to omit
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1356 Unix-98-style support for large files if that is available.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1357
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1358 ** There is a new configure option `--without-xim' that instructs
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1359 Emacs to not use X Input Methods (XIM), if these are available.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1360
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1361 ** `movemail' defaults to supporting POP. You can turn this off using
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1362 the --without-pop configure option, should that be necessary.
32428
e67d8ebd2b24 windows/mac non-support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32314
diff changeset
1363
32865
34e286ed22a5 Say that Emacs can now be built on the Macintosh.
Andrew Choi <akochoi@shaw.ca>
parents: 32845
diff changeset
1364 ** This version can be built for the Macintosh, but does not implement
32966
c75de0056053 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32915
diff changeset
1365 all of the new display features described below. The port currently
34204
10c8428f0fd1 Point to the Mac OS chapter in the docs.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34191
diff changeset
1366 lacks unexec, asynchronous processes, and networking support. See the
10c8428f0fd1 Point to the Mac OS chapter in the docs.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34191
diff changeset
1367 "Emacs and the Mac OS" appendix in the Emacs manual, for the
10c8428f0fd1 Point to the Mac OS chapter in the docs.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34191
diff changeset
1368 description of aspects specific to the Mac.
32428
e67d8ebd2b24 windows/mac non-support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32314
diff changeset
1369
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1370 ** Note that the MS-Windows port does not yet implement various of the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1371 new display features described below.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1372
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
1373
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1374 * Changes in Emacs 21.1
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
1375
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1376 ** Emacs has a new redisplay engine.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1377
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1378 The new redisplay handles characters of variable width and height.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1379 Italic text can be used without redisplay problems. Fonts containing
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1380 oversized characters, i.e. characters larger than the logical height
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1381 of a font can be used. Images of various formats can be displayed in
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1382 the text.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1383
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1384 ** Emacs has a new face implementation.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1385
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1386 The new faces no longer fundamentally use X font names to specify the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1387 font. Instead, each face has several independent attributes--family,
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1388 height, width, weight and slant--that it may or may not specify.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1389 These attributes can be merged from various faces, and then together
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1390 specify a font.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1391
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1392 Faces are supported on terminals that can display color or fonts.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1393 These terminal capabilities are auto-detected. Details can be found
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1394 under Lisp changes, below.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1395
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1396 ** Emacs can display faces on TTY frames.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1397
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1398 Emacs automatically detects terminals that are able to display colors.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1399 Faces with a weight greater than normal are displayed extra-bright, if
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1400 the terminal supports it. Faces with a weight less than normal and
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1401 italic faces are displayed dimmed, if the terminal supports it.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1402 Underlined faces are displayed underlined if possible. Other face
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1403 attributes such as `overline', `strike-through', and `box' are ignored
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1404 on terminals.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1405
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1406 The command-line options `-fg COLOR', `-bg COLOR', and `-rv' are now
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1407 supported on character terminals.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1408
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1409 Emacs automatically remaps all X-style color specifications to one of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1410 the colors supported by the terminal. This means you could have the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1411 same color customizations that work both on a windowed display and on
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1412 a TTY or when Emacs is invoked with the -nw option.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1413
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1414 ** New default font is Courier 12pt under X.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1415
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1416 ** Sound support
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1417
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1418 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and FreeBSD (Voxware
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1419 driver and native BSD driver, a.k.a. Luigi's driver). Currently
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1420 supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio (*.au).
39075
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
1421 You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes' to enable
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
1422 sound support.
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1423
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1424 ** Emacs now resizes mini-windows if appropriate.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1425
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1426 If a message is longer than one line, or minibuffer contents are
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1427 longer than one line, Emacs can resize the minibuffer window unless it
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1428 is on a frame of its own. You can control resizing and the maximum
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1429 minibuffer window size by setting the following variables:
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1430
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1431 - User option: max-mini-window-height
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1432
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1433 Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1434 fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1435 specifies a number of lines.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1436
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1437 Default is 0.25.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1438
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1439 - User option: resize-mini-windows
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1440
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1441 How to resize mini-windows. If nil, don't resize. If t, always
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1442 resize to fit the size of the text. If `grow-only', let mini-windows
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1443 grow only, until they become empty, at which point they are shrunk
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1444 again.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1445
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1446 Default is `grow-only'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1447
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1448 ** LessTif support.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1449
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1450 Emacs now runs with the LessTif toolkit (see
37155
28fe777ce995 Change version of LessTif that's required.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37077
diff changeset
1451 <http://www.lesstif.org>). You will need version 0.92.26, or later.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1452
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1453 ** LessTif/Motif file selection dialog.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1454
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1455 When Emacs is configured to use LessTif or Motif, reading a file name
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1456 from a menu will pop up a file selection dialog if `use-dialog-box' is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1457 non-nil.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1458
39485
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
1459 ** File selection dialog on MS-Windows is supported.
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
1460
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
1461 When a file is visited by clicking File->Open, the MS-Windows version
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
1462 now pops up a standard file selection dialog where you can select a
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
1463 file to visit. File->Save As also pops up that dialog.
5e20b8bbcc45 Document the support for file selection dialog on MS-Windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39441
diff changeset
1464
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1465 ** Toolkit scroll bars.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1466
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1467 Emacs now uses toolkit scroll bars if available. When configured for
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1468 LessTif/Motif, it will use that toolkit's scroll bar. Otherwise, when
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1469 configured for Lucid and Athena widgets, it will use the Xaw3d scroll
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1470 bar if Xaw3d is available. You can turn off the use of toolkit scroll
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1471 bars by specifying `--with-toolkit-scroll-bars=no' when configuring
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1472 Emacs.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1473
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1474 When you encounter problems with the Xaw3d scroll bar, watch out how
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1475 Xaw3d is compiled on your system. If the Makefile generated from
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1476 Xaw3d's Imakefile contains a `-DNARROWPROTO' compiler option, and your
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1477 Emacs system configuration file `s/your-system.h' does not contain a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1478 define for NARROWPROTO, you might consider adding it. Take
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1479 `s/freebsd.h' as an example.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1480
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1481 Alternatively, if you don't have access to the Xaw3d source code, take
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1482 a look at your system's imake configuration file, for example in the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1483 directory `/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/config' (paths are different on
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1484 different systems). You will find files `*.cf' there. If your
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1485 system's cf-file contains a line like `#define NeedWidePrototypes NO',
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1486 add a `#define NARROWPROTO' to your Emacs system configuration file.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1487
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1488 The reason for this is that one Xaw3d function uses `double' or
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1489 `float' function parameters depending on the setting of NARROWPROTO.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1490 This is not a problem when Imakefiles are used because each system's
37156
f59630066b4b Fix a typo.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37155
diff changeset
1491 imake configuration file contains the necessary information. Since
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1492 Emacs doesn't use imake, this has do be done manually.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1493
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1494 ** Tool bar support.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1495
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1496 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. For details
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1497 of how to define a tool bar, see the page describing Lisp-level
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1498 changes. Tool-bar global minor mode controls whether or not it is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1499 displayed and is on by default. The appearance of the bar is improved
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1500 if Emacs has been built with XPM image support. Otherwise monochrome
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1501 icons will be used.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1502
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1503 To make the tool bar more useful, we need contributions of extra icons
41439
7a15f05f14e2 Remove sentence about contributions to PBM icons.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41437
diff changeset
1504 for specific modes (with copyright assignments).
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1505
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1506 ** Tooltips.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1507
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1508 Tooltips are small X windows displaying a help string at the current
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1509 mouse position. The Lisp package `tooltip' implements them. You can
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1510 turn them off via the user option `tooltip-mode'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1511
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1512 Tooltips also provides support for GUD debugging. If activated,
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1513 variable values can be displayed in tooltips by pointing at them with
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1514 the mouse in source buffers. You can customize various aspects of the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1515 tooltip display in the group `tooltip'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1516
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1517 ** Automatic Hscrolling
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1518
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1519 Horizontal scrolling now happens automatically if
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1520 `automatic-hscrolling' is set (the default). This setting can be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1521 customized.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1522
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1523 If a window is scrolled horizontally with set-window-hscroll, or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1524 scroll-left/scroll-right (C-x <, C-x >), this serves as a lower bound
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1525 for automatic horizontal scrolling. Automatic scrolling will scroll
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1526 the text more to the left if necessary, but won't scroll the text more
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1527 to the right than the column set with set-window-hscroll etc.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1528
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1529 ** When using a windowing terminal, each Emacs window now has a cursor
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1530 of its own. By default, when a window is selected, the cursor is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1531 solid; otherwise, it is hollow. The user-option
37228
21998919cfe9 show-cursor-in-non-selected-windows is no cursor-in-non-selected-windows.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37222
diff changeset
1532 `cursor-in-non-selected-windows' controls how to display the
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1533 cursor in non-selected windows. If nil, no cursor is shown, if
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
1534 non-nil a hollow box cursor is shown.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1535
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1536 ** Fringes to the left and right of windows are used to display
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1537 truncation marks, continuation marks, overlay arrows and alike. The
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1538 foreground, background, and stipple of these areas can be changed by
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1539 customizing face `fringe'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1540
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1541 ** The mode line under X is now drawn with shadows by default.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1542 You can change its appearance by modifying the face `mode-line'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1543 In particular, setting the `:box' attribute to nil turns off the 3D
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1544 appearance of the mode line. (The 3D appearance makes the mode line
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1545 occupy more space, and thus might cause the first or the last line of
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1546 the window to be partially obscured.)
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1547
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1548 The variable `mode-line-inverse-video', which was used in older
38832
ce6b6f1fd86f Correct description of `mode-line-inverse-video'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 38649
diff changeset
1549 versions of emacs to make the mode-line stand out, is now deprecated.
ce6b6f1fd86f Correct description of `mode-line-inverse-video'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 38649
diff changeset
1550 However, setting it to nil will cause the `mode-line' face to be
ce6b6f1fd86f Correct description of `mode-line-inverse-video'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 38649
diff changeset
1551 ignored, and mode-lines to be drawn using the default text face.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1552
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1553 ** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1554
36848
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
1555 Different parts of the mode line have been made mouse-sensitive on all
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
1556 systems which support the mouse. Moving the mouse to a
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
1557 mouse-sensitive part in the mode line changes the appearance of the
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
1558 mouse pointer to an arrow, and help about available mouse actions is
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
1559 displayed either in the echo area, or in the tooltip window if you
87bf5cef20c7 Mode line is mouse-sensitive on all systems which have a mouse.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36821
diff changeset
1560 have enabled one.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1561
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1562 Currently, the following actions have been defined:
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1563
40916
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
1564 - Mouse-1 on the buffer name in the mode line goes to the next buffer.
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
1565
4a749a84888c *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40889
diff changeset
1566 - Mouse-3 on the buffer-name goes to the previous buffer.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1567
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1568 - Mouse-2 on the read-only or modified status in the mode line (`%' or
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1569 `*') toggles the status.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1570
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1571 - Mouse-3 on the mode name displays a minor-mode menu.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1572
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1573 ** Hourglass pointer
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1574
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1575 Emacs can optionally display an hourglass pointer under X. You can
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1576 turn the display on or off by customizing group `cursor'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1577
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1578 ** Blinking cursor
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1579
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1580 M-x blink-cursor-mode toggles a blinking cursor under X and on
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1581 terminals having terminal capabilities `vi', `vs', and `ve'. Blinking
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1582 and related parameters like frequency and delay can be customized in
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1583 the group `cursor'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1584
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1585 ** New font-lock support mode `jit-lock-mode'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1586
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1587 This support mode is roughly equivalent to `lazy-lock' but is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1588 generally faster. It supports stealth and deferred fontification.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1589 See the documentation of the function `jit-lock-mode' for more
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1590 details.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1591
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1592 Font-lock uses jit-lock-mode as default support mode, so you don't
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1593 have to do anything to activate it.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1594
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1595 ** The default binding of the Delete key has changed.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1596
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1597 The new user-option `normal-erase-is-backspace' can be set to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1598 determine the effect of the Delete and Backspace function keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1599
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1600 On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1601 according to the keyboard used. If the keyboard has both a Backspace
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1602 key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1603 option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1604 delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward. On
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1605 keyboards which either have only one key (usually labeled DEL), or two
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1606 keys DEL and BS which produce the same effect, the option's value is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1607 set to nil, and these keys delete backward.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1608
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1609 If not running under a window system, setting this option accomplishes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1610 a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1611 Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1612 `keyboard-translate'. The former functionality of C-h is available on
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1613 the F1 key. You should probably not use this setting on a text-only
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1614 terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1615
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1616 Programmatically, you can call function normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1617 to toggle the behavior of the Delete and Backspace keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1618
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1619 ** The default for user-option `next-line-add-newlines' has been
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1620 changed to nil, i.e. C-n will no longer add newlines at the end of a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1621 buffer by default.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1622
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1623 ** The <home> and <end> keys now move to the beginning or end of the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1624 current line, respectively. C-<home> and C-<end> move to the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1625 beginning and end of the buffer.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1626
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1627 ** Emacs now checks for recursive loads of Lisp files. If the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1628 recursion depth exceeds `recursive-load-depth-limit', an error is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1629 signaled.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1630
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1631 ** When an error is signaled during the loading of the user's init
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1632 file, Emacs now pops up the *Messages* buffer.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1633
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1634 ** Emacs now refuses to load compiled Lisp files which weren't
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1635 compiled with Emacs. Set `load-dangerous-libraries' to t to change
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1636 this behavior.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1637
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1638 The reason for this change is an incompatible change in XEmacs's byte
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1639 compiler. Files compiled with XEmacs can contain byte codes that let
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1640 Emacs dump core.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1641
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1642 ** Toggle buttons and radio buttons in menus.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1643
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1644 When compiled with LessTif (or Motif) support, Emacs uses toolkit
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1645 widgets for radio and toggle buttons in menus. When configured for
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1646 Lucid, Emacs draws radio buttons and toggle buttons similar to Motif.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1647
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1648 ** The menu bar configuration has changed. The new configuration is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1649 more CUA-compliant. The most significant change is that Options is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1650 now a separate menu-bar item, with Mule and Customize as its submenus.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1651
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1652 ** Item Save Options on the Options menu allows saving options set
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1653 using that menu.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1654
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1655 ** Highlighting of trailing whitespace.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1656
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1657 When `show-trailing-whitespace' is non-nil, Emacs displays trailing
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1658 whitespace in the face `trailing-whitespace'. Trailing whitespace is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1659 defined as spaces or tabs at the end of a line. To avoid busy
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1660 highlighting when entering new text, trailing whitespace is not
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1661 displayed if point is at the end of the line containing the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1662 whitespace.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1663
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1664 ** C-x 5 1 runs the new command delete-other-frames which deletes
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1665 all frames except the selected one.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1666
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1667 ** The new user-option `confirm-kill-emacs' can be customized to
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1668 let Emacs ask for confirmation before exiting.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1669
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1670 ** The header line in an Info buffer is now displayed as an emacs
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1671 header-line (which is like a mode-line, but at the top of the window),
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1672 so that it remains visible even when the buffer has been scrolled.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1673 This behavior may be disabled by customizing the option
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1674 `Info-use-header-line'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1675
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1676 ** Polish, Czech, German, and French translations of Emacs' reference card
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1677 have been added. They are named `pl-refcard.tex', `cs-refcard.tex',
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1678 `de-refcard.tex' and `fr-refcard.tex'. Postscript files are included.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1679
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1680 ** An `Emacs Survival Guide', etc/survival.tex, is available.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1681
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1682 ** A reference card for Dired has been added. Its name is
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1683 `dired-ref.tex'. A French translation is available in
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1684 `fr-drdref.tex'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1685
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1686 ** C-down-mouse-3 is bound differently. Now if the menu bar is not
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1687 displayed it pops up a menu containing the items which would be on the
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1688 menu bar. If the menu bar is displayed, it pops up the major mode
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1689 menu or the Edit menu if there is no major mode menu.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1690
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1691 ** Variable `load-path' is no longer customizable through Customize.
38067
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
1692
38107
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 38102
diff changeset
1693 You can no longer use `M-x customize-variable' to customize `load-path'
38067
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
1694 because it now contains a version-dependent component. You can still
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
1695 use `add-to-list' and `setq' to customize this variable in your
c1e43c8d51d2 Clarify the meaning of ``load-path is not customizable''. Someone just
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38012
diff changeset
1696 `~/.emacs' init file or to modify it from any Lisp program in general.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1697
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1698 ** C-u C-x = provides detailed information about the character at
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1699 point in a pop-up window.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1700
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1701 ** Emacs can now support 'wheeled' mice (such as the MS IntelliMouse)
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1702 under XFree86. To enable this, use the `mouse-wheel-mode' command, or
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1703 customize the variable `mouse-wheel-mode'.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1704
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1705 The variables `mouse-wheel-follow-mouse' and `mouse-wheel-scroll-amount'
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1706 determine where and by how much buffers are scrolled.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1707
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1708 ** Emacs' auto-save list files are now by default stored in a
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1709 sub-directory `.emacs.d/auto-save-list/' of the user's home directory.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1710 (On MS-DOS, this subdirectory's name is `_emacs.d/auto-save.list/'.)
37365
cf22cb863f75 Fix a typo in auto-save-list-file-prefix.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37289
diff changeset
1711 You can customize `auto-save-list-file-prefix' to change this location.
36821
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1712
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1713 ** The function `getenv' is now callable interactively.
3caf523e6afd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36811
diff changeset
1714
34271
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
1715 ** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
1716 to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
1717
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
1718 ** The new command M-x delete-trailing-whitespace RET will delete the
33990
d9a19778f425 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33913
diff changeset
1719 trailing whitespace within the current restriction. You can also add
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
1720 this function to `write-file-hooks' or `local-write-file-hooks'.
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
1721
33559
c6a08bfab7fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33541
diff changeset
1722 ** When visiting a file with M-x find-file-literally, no newlines will
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
1723 be added to the end of the buffer even if `require-final-newline' is
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
1724 non-nil.
33559
c6a08bfab7fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33541
diff changeset
1725
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
1726 ** The new user-option `find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings' can be
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
1727 set to suppress warnings ``X and Y are the same file'' when visiting a
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
1728 file that is already visited under a different name.
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
1729
31807
db5ea3d2a1b4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31742
diff changeset
1730 ** The new user-option `electric-help-shrink-window' can be set to
db5ea3d2a1b4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31742
diff changeset
1731 nil to prevent adjusting the help window size to the buffer size.
db5ea3d2a1b4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31742
diff changeset
1732
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
1733 ** New command M-x describe-character-set reads a character set name
32280
e3b6714d835d Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 32266
diff changeset
1734 and displays information about that.
31248
87ff760a4902 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 31231
diff changeset
1735
30693
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1736 ** The new variable `auto-mode-interpreter-regexp' contains a regular
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1737 expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1738
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1739 This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1740 determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1741 mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1742 interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1743 regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1744 associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.
fc3acf3f8131 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30650
diff changeset
1745
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
1746 ** New function executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p is
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
1747 suitable as an after-save-hook as an alternative to `executable-chmod'.
29532
9609bc6529ac executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29509
diff changeset
1748
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1749 ** The most preferred coding-system is now used to save a buffer if
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1750 buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and it is safe for the buffer
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1751 contents. (The most preferred is set by set-language-environment or
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1752 by M-x prefer-coding-system.) Thus if you visit an ASCII file and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1753 insert a non-ASCII character from your current language environment,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1754 the file will be saved silently with the appropriate coding.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1755 Previously you would be prompted for a safe coding system.
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
1756
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1757 ** The many obsolete language `setup-...-environment' commands have
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1758 been removed -- use `set-language-environment'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1759
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1760 ** The new Custom option `keyboard-coding-system' specifies a coding
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1761 system for keyboard input.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1762
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
1763 ** New variable `inhibit-iso-escape-detection' determines if Emacs'
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
1764 coding system detection algorithm should pay attention to ISO2022's
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
1765 escape sequences. If this variable is non-nil, the algorithm ignores
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
1766 such escape sequences. The default value is nil, and it is
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
1767 recommended not to change it except for the special case that you
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1768 always want to read any escape code verbatim. If you just want to
30296
8454f2730931 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30290
diff changeset
1769 read a specific file without decoding escape codes, use C-x RET c
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1770 (`universal-coding-system-argument'). For instance, C-x RET c latin-1
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
1771 RET C-x C-f filename RET.
30205
e596e66d3044 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30203
diff changeset
1772
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1773 ** Variable `default-korean-keyboard' is initialized properly from the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1774 environment variable `HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE'.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1775
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1776 ** New command M-x list-charset-chars reads a character set name and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1777 displays all characters in that character set.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1778
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1779 ** M-x set-terminal-coding-system (C-x RET t) now allows CCL-based
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1780 coding systems such as cpXXX and cyrillic-koi8.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
1781
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1782 ** Emacs now attempts to determine the initial language environment
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1783 and preferred and locale coding systems systematically from the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1784 LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG environment variables during startup.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1785
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1786 ** New language environments `Polish', `Latin-8' and `Latin-9'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1787 Latin-8 and Latin-9 correspond respectively to the ISO character sets
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1788 8859-14 (Celtic) and 8859-15 (updated Latin-1, with the Euro sign).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1789 GNU Intlfonts doesn't support these yet but recent X releases have
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1790 8859-15. See etc/INSTALL for information on obtaining extra fonts.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1791 There are new Leim input methods for Latin-8 and Latin-9 prefix (only)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1792 and Polish `slash'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1793
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1794 ** New language environments `Dutch' and `Spanish'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1795 These new environments mainly select appropriate translations
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1796 of the tutorial.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1797
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1798 ** In Ethiopic language environment, special key bindings for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1799 function keys are changed as follows. This is to conform to "Emacs
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1800 Lisp Coding Convention".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1801
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1802 new command old-binding
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1803 --- ------- -----------
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1804 f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer f5
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1805 S-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-region f5
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1806 C-f3 ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker f5
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1807
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1808 f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1809 S-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-region unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1810 C-f4 ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1811
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1812 S-f5 ethio-toggle-punctuation f3
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1813 S-f6 ethio-modify-vowel f6
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1814 S-f7 ethio-replace-space f7
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1815 S-f8 ethio-input-special-character f8
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1816 S-f9 ethio-replace-space unchanged
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1817 C-f9 ethio-toggle-space f2
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1818
39885
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
1819 ** There are new Leim input methods.
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
1820 New input methods "turkish-postfix", "turkish-alt-postfix",
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
1821 "greek-mizuochi", "TeX", and "greek-babel" are now part of the Leim
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
1822 package.
91b2bb6856b0 List the new input methods introduced with Emacs 21.1.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39881
diff changeset
1823
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1824 ** The rule of input method "slovak" is slightly changed. Now the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1825 rules for translating "q" and "Q" to "`" (backquote) are deleted, thus
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1826 typing them inserts "q" and "Q" respectively. Rules for translating
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1827 "=q", "+q", "=Q", and "+Q" to "`" are also deleted. Now, to input
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1828 "`", you must type "=q".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1829
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1830 ** When your terminal can't display characters from some of the ISO
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1831 8859 character sets but can display Latin-1, you can display
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1832 more-or-less mnemonic sequences of ASCII/Latin-1 characters instead of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1833 empty boxes (under a window system) or question marks (not under a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1834 window system). Customize the option `latin1-display' to turn this
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1835 on.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1836
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1837 ** M-; now calls comment-dwim which tries to do something clever based
31026
3cd6db455d11 Mark comment-dwim as described in the manual.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 31024
diff changeset
1838 on the context. M-x kill-comment is now an alias to comment-kill,
33411
a873b191d4c5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33373
diff changeset
1839 defined in newcomment.el. You can choose different styles of region
a873b191d4c5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33373
diff changeset
1840 commenting with the variable `comment-style'.
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
1841
28799
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
1842 ** New user options `display-time-mail-face' and
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
1843 `display-time-use-mail-icon' control the appearance of mode-line mail
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
1844 indicator used by the display-time package. On a suitable display the
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
1845 indicator can be an icon and is mouse-sensitive.
94a120630e7d display-time stuff
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28789
diff changeset
1846
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1847 ** On window-systems, additional space can be put between text lines
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1848 on the display using several methods
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1849
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1850 - By setting frame parameter `line-spacing' to PIXELS. PIXELS must be
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1851 a positive integer, and specifies that PIXELS number of pixels should
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1852 be put below text lines on the affected frame or frames.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1853
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1854 - By setting X resource `lineSpacing', class `LineSpacing'. This is
33838
415baa3f1914 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 33796
diff changeset
1855 equivalent to specifying the frame parameter.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1856
28870
b3629cc23098 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28855
diff changeset
1857 - By specifying `--line-spacing=N' or `-lsp N' on the command line.
28695
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1858
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1859 - By setting buffer-local variable `line-spacing'. The meaning is
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1860 the same, but applies to the a particular buffer only.
3930c7410fd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28677
diff changeset
1861
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
1862 ** The new command `clone-indirect-buffer' can be used to create
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
1863 an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. The
29752
76ef59b86226 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29696
diff changeset
1864 command `clone-indirect-buffer-other-window', bound to C-x 4 c,
28660
9de15cb0c24b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28658
diff changeset
1865 does the same but displays the indirect buffer in another window.
28626
79911b5afa95 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28556
diff changeset
1866
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
1867 ** New user options `backup-directory-alist' and
28757
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
1868 `make-backup-file-name-function' control the placement of backups,
2fb6dbfe29f6 concat change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28751
diff changeset
1869 typically in a single directory or in an invisible sub-directory.
28525
05658544eaff backup-directory-alist, make-backup-file-name-function.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28506
diff changeset
1870
28396
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
1871 ** New commands iso-iso2sgml and iso-sgml2iso convert between Latin-1
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
1872 characters and the corresponding SGML (HTML) entities.
225ae57ab78e iso-iso2sgml
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28335
diff changeset
1873
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
1874 ** New X resources recognized
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1875
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1876 *** The X resource `synchronous', class `Synchronous', specifies
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1877 whether Emacs should run in synchronous mode. Synchronous mode
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1878 is useful for debugging X problems.
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1879
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1880 Example:
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1881
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
1882 emacs.synchronous: true
28140
343d3197bdea *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28132
diff changeset
1883
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1884 *** The X resource `visualClass, class `VisualClass', specifies the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1885 visual Emacs should use. The resource's value should be a string of
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1886 the form `CLASS-DEPTH', where CLASS is the name of the visual class,
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1887 and DEPTH is the requested color depth as a decimal number. Valid
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1888 visual class names are
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1889
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1890 TrueColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1891 PseudoColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1892 DirectColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1893 StaticColor
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1894 GrayScale
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1895 StaticGray
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1896
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1897 Visual class names specified as X resource are case-insensitive, i.e.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1898 `pseudocolor', `Pseudocolor' and `PseudoColor' all have the same
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1899 meaning.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1900
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1901 The program `xdpyinfo' can be used to list the visual classes
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1902 supported on your display, and which depths they have. If
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1903 `visualClass' is not specified, Emacs uses the display's default
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1904 visual.
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1905
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1906 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1907
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
1908 emacs.visualClass: TrueColor-8
27994
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1909
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1910 *** The X resource `privateColormap', class `PrivateColormap',
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1911 specifies that Emacs should use a private colormap if it is using the
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1912 default visual, and that visual is of class PseudoColor. Recognized
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1913 resource values are `true' or `on'.
0ef07a7894e2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27966
diff changeset
1914
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1915 Example:
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1916
28159
20862b49300f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28149
diff changeset
1917 emacs.privateColormap: true
27995
82c488f26a07 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27994
diff changeset
1918
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1919 ** Faces and frame parameters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1920
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1921 There are four new faces `scroll-bar', `border', `cursor' and `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1922 Setting the frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1923 `scroll-bar-background' sets foreground and background color of face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1924 `scroll-bar' and vice versa. Setting frame parameter `border-color'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1925 sets the background color of face `border' and vice versa. Likewise
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1926 for frame parameters `cursor-color' and face `cursor', and frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1927 parameter `mouse-color' and face `mouse'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1929 Changing frame parameter `font' sets font-related attributes of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1930 `default' face and vice versa. Setting frame parameters
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
1931 `foreground-color' or `background-color' sets the colors of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1932 `default' face and vice versa.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1933
25951
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
1934 ** New face `menu'.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
1935
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
1936 The face `menu' can be used to change colors and font of Emacs' menus.
b3f0ced6423b Add entry for face `menu'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25949
diff changeset
1937
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1938 ** New frame parameter `screen-gamma' for gamma correction.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1939
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1940 The new frame parameter `screen-gamma' specifies gamma-correction for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1941 colors. Its value may be nil, the default, in which case no gamma
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1942 correction occurs, or a number > 0, usually a float, that specifies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1943 the screen gamma of a frame's display.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1944
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1945 PC monitors usually have a screen gamma of 2.2. smaller values result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1946 in darker colors. You might want to try a screen gamma of 1.5 for LCD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1947 color displays. The viewing gamma Emacs uses is 0.4545. (1/2.2).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1949 The X resource name of this parameter is `screenGamma', class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1950 `ScreenGamma'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1952 ** Tabs and variable-width text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1954 Tabs are now displayed with stretch properties; the width of a tab is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1955 defined as a multiple of the normal character width of a frame, and is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1956 independent of the fonts used in the text where the tab appears.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1957 Thus, tabs can be used to line up text in different fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1958
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1959 ** Enhancements of the Lucid menu bar
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1960
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1961 *** The Lucid menu bar now supports the resource "margin".
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1962
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1963 emacs.pane.menubar.margin: 5
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1964
28677
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
1965 The default margin is 4 which makes the menu bar appear like the
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
1966 LessTif/Motif one.
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
1967
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
1968 *** Arrows that indicate sub-menus are now drawn with shadows, as in
950ff4674e17 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 28660
diff changeset
1969 LessTif and Motif.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1971 ** A block cursor can be drawn as wide as the glyph under it under X.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1973 As an example: if a block cursor is over a tab character, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1974 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. To do this, set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1975 `x-stretch-cursor' to a non-nil value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1977 ** Empty display lines at the end of a buffer may be marked with a
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1978 bitmap (this is similar to the tilde displayed by vi and Less).
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1979
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1980 This behavior is activated by setting the buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1981 `indicate-empty-lines' to a non-nil value. The default value of this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1982 variable is found in `default-indicate-empty-lines'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1983
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1984 ** There is a new "aggressive" scrolling method.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1986 When scrolling up because point is above the window start, if the
33624
a4bef8dfb930 *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 33620
diff changeset
1987 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-up-aggressively' is a
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1988 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
1989 fraction of the window's height from the top of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1990
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1991 When scrolling down because point is below the window end, if the
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
1992 value of the buffer-local variable `scroll-down-aggressively' is a
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1993 number, Emacs chooses a new window start so that point ends up that
31124
265c24a487bf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31073
diff changeset
1994 fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
1995
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1996 ** You can now easily create new *Info* buffers using either
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1997 M-x clone-buffer, C-u m <entry> RET or C-u g <entry> RET.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1998 M-x clone-buffer can also be used on *Help* and several other special
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
1999 buffers.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2000
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2001 ** The command `Info-search' now uses a search history.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2002
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2003 ** Listing buffers with M-x list-buffers (C-x C-b) now shows
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2004 abbreviated file names. Abbreviations can be customized by changing
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2005 `directory-abbrev-alist'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2006
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2007 ** A new variable, backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch, gives
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2008 the highest file uid for which backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2009 forced on. The assumption is that uids less than or equal to this
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2010 value are special uids (root, bin, daemon, etc.--not real system
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2011 users) and that files owned by these users should not change ownership,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2012 even if your system policy allows users other than root to edit them.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2013
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2014 The default is 200; set the variable to nil to disable the feature.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2015
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2016 ** The rectangle commands now avoid inserting undesirable spaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2017 notably at the end of lines.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2019 All these functions have been rewritten to avoid inserting unwanted
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2020 spaces, and an optional prefix now allows them to behave the old way.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2021
37446
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2022 ** The function `replace-rectangle' is an alias for `string-rectangle'.
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2023
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2024 ** The new command M-x string-insert-rectangle is like `string-rectangle',
1b121f2746a8 Change entries for string-rectangle and alike.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37388
diff changeset
2025 but inserts text instead of replacing it.
35640
6ed788afc91f Document the incompatible change in string-rectangle.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35578
diff changeset
2026
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2027 ** The new command M-x query-replace-regexp-eval acts like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2028 query-replace-regexp, but takes a Lisp expression which is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2029 after each match to get the replacement text.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2030
29972
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
2031 ** M-x query-replace recognizes a new command `e' (or `E') that lets
39c1579e89a8 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29962
diff changeset
2032 you edit the replacement string.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
2033
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2034 ** The new command mail-abbrev-complete-alias, bound to `M-TAB'
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2035 (if you load the library `mailabbrev'), lets you complete mail aliases
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2036 in the text, analogous to lisp-complete-symbol.
28805
d77e34df755e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28799
diff changeset
2037
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2038 ** The variable `echo-keystrokes' may now have a floating point value.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2039
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2040 ** If your init file is compiled (.emacs.elc), `user-init-file' is set
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2041 to the source name (.emacs.el), if that exists, after loading it.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2042
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2043 ** The help string specified for a menu-item whose definition contains
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2044 the property `:help HELP' is now displayed under X, on MS-Windows, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2045 MS-DOS, either in the echo area or with tooltips. Many standard menus
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2046 displayed by Emacs now have help strings.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2047
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2048 --
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2049 ** New user option `read-mail-command' specifies a command to use to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2050 read mail from the menu etc.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2051
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2052 ** The environment variable `EMACSLOCKDIR' is no longer used on MS-Windows.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2053 This environment variable was used when creating lock files. Emacs on
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2054 MS-Windows does not use this variable anymore. This change was made
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2055 before Emacs 21.1, but wasn't documented until now.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2056
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2057 ** Highlighting of mouse-sensitive regions is now supported in the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2058 MS-DOS version of Emacs.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2059
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2060 ** The new command `msdos-set-mouse-buttons' forces the MS-DOS version
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2061 of Emacs to behave as if the mouse had a specified number of buttons.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2062 This comes handy with mice that don't report their number of buttons
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2063 correctly. One example is the wheeled mice, which report 3 buttons,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2064 but clicks on the middle button are not passed to the MS-DOS version
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2065 of Emacs.
29676
6c84e790448f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29657
diff changeset
2066
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2067 ** Customize changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2068
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2069 *** Customize now supports comments about customized items. Use the
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2070 `State' menu to add comments, or give a prefix argument to
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2071 M-x customize-set-variable or M-x customize-set-value. Note that
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2072 customization comments will cause the customizations to fail in
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
2073 earlier versions of Emacs.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2075 *** The new option `custom-buffer-done-function' says whether to kill
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2076 Custom buffers when you've done with them or just bury them (the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2077 default).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2078
37901
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2079 *** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2080 does not allow you to save customizations in your `~/.emacs' init
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2081 file. This is because saving customizations from such a session would
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2082 wipe out all the other customizationss you might have on your init
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2083 file.
9447d0447996 Document that customizations from "emacs -q" cannot be saved.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37805
diff changeset
2084
43061
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2085 ** If Emacs was invoked with the `-q' or `--no-init-file' options, it
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2086 does not save disabled and enabled commands for future sessions, to
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2087 avoid overwriting existing customizations of this kind that are
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2088 already in your init file.
357ce0fca815 Document the new behavior of novice.el under "emacs -q".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 43045
diff changeset
2089
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2090 ** New features in evaluation commands
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2091
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
2092 *** The commands to evaluate Lisp expressions, such as C-M-x in Lisp
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2093 modes, C-j in Lisp Interaction mode, and M-:, now bind the variables
38562
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2094 print-level, print-length, and debug-on-error based on the new
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2095 customizable variables eval-expression-print-level,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2096 eval-expression-print-length, and eval-expression-debug-on-error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2097
38562
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2098 The default values for the first two of these variables are 12 and 4
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2099 respectively, which means that `eval-expression' now prints at most
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2100 the first 12 members of a list and at most 4 nesting levels deep (if
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2101 the list is longer or deeper than that, an ellipsis `...' is
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2102 printed).
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2103
38590
7c2e49c3cf0a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38573
diff changeset
2104 <RET> or <mouse-2> on the printed text toggles between an abbreviated
7c2e49c3cf0a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38573
diff changeset
2105 printed representation and an unabbreviated one.
38573
37d0e44d564c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38562
diff changeset
2106
38562
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2107 The default value of eval-expression-debug-on-error is t, so any error
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2108 during evaluation produces a backtrace.
5a192d819ce2 Mention the effect of eval-expression-print-length and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38527
diff changeset
2109
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
2110 *** The function `eval-defun' (C-M-x) now loads Edebug and instruments
30056
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
2111 code when called with a prefix argument.
2381ee2fec5b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30038
diff changeset
2112
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2113 ** CC mode changes.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2114
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2115 Note: This release contains changes that might not be compatible with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2116 current user setups (although it's believed that these
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2117 incompatibilities will only show in very uncommon circumstances).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2118 However, since the impact is uncertain, these changes may be rolled
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2119 back depending on user feedback. Therefore there's no forward
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2120 compatibility guarantee wrt the new features introduced in this
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2121 release.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2122
37009
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2123 *** The hardcoded switch to "java" style in Java mode is gone.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2124 CC Mode used to automatically set the style to "java" when Java mode
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2125 is entered. This has now been removed since it caused too much
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2126 confusion.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2127
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2128 However, to keep backward compatibility to a certain extent, the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2129 default value for c-default-style now specifies the "java" style for
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2130 java-mode, but "gnu" for all other modes (as before). So you won't
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2131 notice the change if you haven't touched that variable.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2132
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2133 *** New cleanups, space-before-funcall and compact-empty-funcall.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2134 Two new cleanups have been added to c-cleanup-list:
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2135
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2136 space-before-funcall causes a space to be inserted before the opening
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2137 parenthesis of a function call, which gives the style "foo (bar)".
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2138
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2139 compact-empty-funcall causes any space before a function call opening
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2140 parenthesis to be removed if there are no arguments to the function.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2141 It's typically useful together with space-before-funcall to get the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2142 style "foo (bar)" and "foo()".
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2143
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2144 *** Some keywords now automatically trigger reindentation.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2145 Keywords like "else", "while", "catch" and "finally" have been made
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2146 "electric" to make them reindent automatically when they continue an
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2147 earlier statement. An example:
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2148
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2149 for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2150 if (a[i])
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2151 res += a[i]->offset;
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2152 else
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2153
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2154 Here, the "else" should be indented like the preceding "if", since it
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2155 continues that statement. CC Mode will automatically reindent it after
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2156 the "else" has been typed in full, since it's not until then it's
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2157 possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a continuation of
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2158 the preceding "if".
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2159
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2160 CC Mode uses Abbrev mode to achieve this, which is therefore turned on
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2161 by default.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2162
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2163 *** M-a and M-e now moves by sentence in multiline strings.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2164 Previously these two keys only moved by sentence in comments, which
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2165 meant that sentence movement didn't work in strings containing
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2166 documentation or other natural language text.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2167
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2168 The reason it's only activated in multiline strings (i.e. strings that
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2169 contain a newline, even when escaped by a '\') is to avoid stopping in
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2170 the short strings that often reside inside statements. Multiline
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2171 strings almost always contain text in a natural language, as opposed
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2172 to other strings that typically contain format specifications,
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2173 commands, etc. Also, it's not that bothersome that M-a and M-e misses
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2174 sentences in single line strings, since they're short anyway.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2175
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2176 *** Support for autodoc comments in Pike mode.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2177 Autodoc comments for Pike are used to extract documentation from the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2178 source, like Javadoc in Java. Pike mode now recognize this markup in
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2179 comment prefixes and paragraph starts.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2180
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2181 *** The comment prefix regexps on c-comment-prefix may be mode specific.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2182 When c-comment-prefix is an association list, it specifies the comment
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2183 line prefix on a per-mode basis, like c-default-style does. This
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2184 change came about to support the special autodoc comment prefix in
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2185 Pike mode only.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2186
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2187 *** Better handling of syntactic errors.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2188 The recovery after unbalanced parens earlier in the buffer has been
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2189 improved; CC Mode now reports them by dinging and giving a message
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2190 stating the offending line, but still recovers and indent the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2191 following lines in a sane way (most of the time). An "else" with no
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2192 matching "if" is handled similarly. If an error is discovered while
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2193 indenting a region, the whole region is still indented and the error
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2194 is reported afterwards.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2195
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2196 *** Lineup functions may now return absolute columns.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2197 A lineup function can give an absolute column to indent the line to by
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2198 returning a vector with the desired column as the first element.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2199
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2200 *** More robust and warning-free byte compilation.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2201 Although this is strictly not a user visible change (well, depending
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2202 on the view of a user), it's still worth mentioning that CC Mode now
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2203 can be compiled in the standard ways without causing trouble. Some
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2204 code have also been moved between the subpackages to enhance the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2205 modularity somewhat. Thanks to Martin Buchholz for doing the
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2206 groundwork.
cceb6b28e250 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36917
diff changeset
2207
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2208 *** c-style-variables-are-local-p now defaults to t.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2209 This is an incompatible change that has been made to make the behavior
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2210 of the style system wrt global variable settings less confusing for
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2211 non-advanced users. If you know what this variable does you might
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2212 want to set it to nil in your .emacs, otherwise you probably don't
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2213 have to bother.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2214
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2215 Defaulting c-style-variables-are-local-p to t avoids the confusing
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2216 situation that occurs when a user sets some style variables globally
30445
507cbd3f9296 Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 30415
diff changeset
2217 and edits both a Java and a non-Java file in the same Emacs session.
30412
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2218 If the style variables aren't buffer local in this case, loading of
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2219 the second file will cause the default style (either "gnu" or "java"
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2220 by default) to override the global settings made by the user.
527532050288 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30372
diff changeset
2221
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2222 *** New initialization procedure for the style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2223 When the initial style for a buffer is determined by CC Mode (from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2224 variable c-default-style), the global values of style variables now
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2225 take precedence over the values specified by the chosen style. This
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2226 is different than the old behavior: previously, the style-specific
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2227 settings would override the global settings. This change makes it
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2228 possible to do simple configuration in the intuitive way with
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2229 Customize or with setq lines in one's .emacs file.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2230
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2231 By default, the global value of every style variable is the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2232 special symbol set-from-style, which causes the value to be taken from
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2233 the style system. This means that in effect, only an explicit setting
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2234 of a style variable will cause the "overriding" behavior described
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2235 above.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2236
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2237 Also note that global settings override style-specific settings *only*
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2238 when the initial style of a buffer is chosen by a CC Mode major mode
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2239 function. When a style is chosen in other ways --- for example, by a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2240 call like (c-set-style "gnu") in a hook, or via M-x c-set-style ---
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2241 then the style-specific values take precedence over any global style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2242 values. In Lisp terms, global values override style-specific values
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2243 only when the new second argument to c-set-style is non-nil; see the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2244 function documentation for more info.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2245
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2246 The purpose of these changes is to make it easier for users,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2247 especially novice users, to do simple customizations with Customize or
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2248 with setq in their .emacs files. On the other hand, the new system is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2249 intended to be compatible with advanced users' customizations as well,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2250 such as those that choose styles in hooks or whatnot. This new system
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2251 is believed to be almost entirely compatible with current
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2252 configurations, in spite of the changed precedence between style and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2253 global variable settings when a buffer's default style is set.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2254
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2255 (Thanks to Eric Eide for clarifying this explanation a bit.)
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2256
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2257 **** c-offsets-alist is now a customizable variable.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2258 This became possible as a result of the new initialization behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2259
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2260 This variable is treated slightly differently from the other style
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2261 variables; instead of using the symbol set-from-style, it will be
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2262 completed with the syntactic symbols it doesn't already contain when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2263 the style is first initialized. This means it now defaults to the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2264 empty list to make all syntactic elements get their values from the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2265 style system.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2266
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2267 **** Compatibility variable to restore the old behavior.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2268 In case your configuration doesn't work with this change, you can set
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2269 c-old-style-variable-behavior to non-nil to get the old behavior back
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2270 as far as possible.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2271
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2272 *** Improvements to line breaking and text filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2273 CC Mode now handles this more intelligently and seamlessly wrt the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2274 surrounding code, especially inside comments. For details see the new
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2275 chapter about this in the manual.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2276
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2277 **** New variable to recognize comment line prefix decorations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2278 The variable c-comment-prefix-regexp has been added to properly
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2279 recognize the line prefix in both block and line comments. It's
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2280 primarily used to initialize the various paragraph recognition and
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2281 adaptive filling variables that the text handling functions uses.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2282
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2283 **** New variable c-block-comment-prefix.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2284 This is a generalization of the now obsolete variable
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2285 c-comment-continuation-stars to handle arbitrary strings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2286
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2287 **** CC Mode now uses adaptive fill mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2288 This to make it adapt better to the paragraph style inside comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2289
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2290 It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages inside CC
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2291 Mode, notably Kyle E. Jones' Filladapt mode (http://wonderworks.com/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2292 A new convenience function c-setup-filladapt sets up Filladapt for use
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2293 inside CC Mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2294
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2295 Note though that the 2.12 version of Filladapt lacks a feature that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2296 causes it to work suboptimally when c-comment-prefix-regexp can match
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2297 the empty string (which it commonly does). A patch for that is
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2298 available from the CC Mode web site (http://www.python.org/emacs/
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2299 cc-mode/).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2300
38894
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
2301 **** The variables `c-hanging-comment-starter-p' and
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
2302 `c-hanging-comment-ender-p', which controlled how comment starters and
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
2303 enders were filled, are not used anymore. The new version of the
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
2304 function `c-fill-paragraph' keeps the comment starters and enders as
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
2305 they were before the filling.
681dc47ffb61 Document the removal of c-hanging-comment-starter-p and
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38832
diff changeset
2306
26820
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2307 **** It's now possible to selectively turn off auto filling.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2308 The variable c-ignore-auto-fill is used to ignore auto fill mode in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2309 specific contexts, e.g. in preprocessor directives and in string
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2310 literals.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2311
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2312 **** New context sensitive line break function c-context-line-break.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2313 It works like newline-and-indent in normal code, and adapts the line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2314 prefix according to the comment style when used inside comments. If
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2315 you're normally using newline-and-indent, you might want to switch to
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2316 this function.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2317
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2318 *** Fixes to IDL mode.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2319 It now does a better job in recognizing only the constructs relevant
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2320 to IDL. E.g. it no longer matches "class" as the beginning of a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2321 struct block, but it does match the CORBA 2.3 "valuetype" keyword.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2322 Thanks to Eric Eide.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2323
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2324 *** Improvements to the Whitesmith style.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2325 It now keeps the style consistently on all levels and both when
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2326 opening braces hangs and when they don't.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2327
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2328 **** New lineup function c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2329
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2330 *** New lineup functions c-lineup-template-args and c-indent-multi-line-block.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2331 See their docstrings for details. c-lineup-template-args does a
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2332 better job of tracking the brackets used as parens in C++ templates,
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2333 and is used by default to line up continued template arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2334
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2335 *** c-lineup-comment now preserves alignment with a comment on the
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2336 previous line. It used to instead preserve comments that started in
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2337 the column specified by comment-column.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2338
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2339 *** c-lineup-C-comments handles "free form" text comments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2340 In comments with a long delimiter line at the start, the indentation
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2341 is kept unchanged for lines that start with an empty comment line
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2342 prefix. This is intended for the type of large block comments that
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2343 contain documentation with its own formatting. In these you normally
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2344 don't want CC Mode to change the indentation.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2345
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2346 *** The `c' syntactic symbol is now relative to the comment start
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2347 instead of the previous line, to make integers usable as lineup
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2348 arguments.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2349
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2350 *** All lineup functions have gotten docstrings.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2351
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2352 *** More preprocessor directive movement functions.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2353 c-down-conditional does the reverse of c-up-conditional.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2354 c-up-conditional-with-else and c-down-conditional-with-else are
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2355 variants of these that also stops at "#else" lines (suggested by Don
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2356 Provan).
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2357
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2358 *** Minor improvements to many movement functions in tricky situations.
b7d914dd51a6 cc-mode changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26786
diff changeset
2359
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2360 ** Dired changes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2361
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2362 *** New variable `dired-recursive-deletes' determines if the delete
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2363 command will delete non-empty directories recursively. The default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2364 is, delete only empty directories.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2365
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2366 *** New variable `dired-recursive-copies' determines if the copy
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2367 command will copy directories recursively. The default is, do not
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2368 copy directories recursively.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2369
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2370 *** In command `dired-do-shell-command' (usually bound to `!') a `?'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2371 in the shell command has a special meaning similar to `*', but with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2372 the difference that the command will be run on each file individually.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2373
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2374 *** The new command `dired-find-alternate-file' (usually bound to `a')
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2375 replaces the Dired buffer with the buffer for an alternate file or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2376 directory.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2377
38989
6dcbf4154ff0 Change key for dired-show-file-type to `y'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38938
diff changeset
2378 *** The new command `dired-show-file-type' (usually bound to `y') shows
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2379 a message in the echo area describing what type of file the point is on.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2380 This command invokes the external program `file' do its work, and so
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2381 will only work on systems with that program, and will be only as
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2382 accurate or inaccurate as it is.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2383
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2384 *** Dired now properly handles undo changes of adding/removing `-R'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2385 from ls switches.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2386
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2387 *** Dired commands that prompt for a destination file now allow the use
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2388 of the `M-n' command in the minibuffer to insert the source filename,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2389 which the user can then edit. This only works if there is a single
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2390 source file, not when operating on multiple marked files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2391
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2392 ** Gnus changes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2393
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2394 The Gnus NEWS entries are short, but they reflect sweeping changes in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2395 four areas: Article display treatment, MIME treatment,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2396 internationalization and mail-fetching.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2397
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2398 *** The mail-fetching functions have changed. See the manual for the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2399 many details. In particular, all procmail fetching variables are gone.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2400
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2401 If you used procmail like in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2402
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2403 (setq nnmail-use-procmail t)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2404 (setq nnmail-spool-file 'procmail)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2405 (setq nnmail-procmail-directory "~/mail/incoming/")
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2406 (setq nnmail-procmail-suffix "\\.in")
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2407
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2408 this now has changed to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2409
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2410 (setq mail-sources
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2411 '((directory :path "~/mail/incoming/"
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2412 :suffix ".in")))
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2413
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2414 More information is available in the info doc at Select Methods ->
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2415 Getting Mail -> Mail Sources
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2416
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2417 *** Gnus is now a MIME-capable reader. This affects many parts of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2418 Gnus, and adds a slew of new commands. See the manual for details.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2419 Separate MIME packages like RMIME, mime-compose etc., will probably no
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2420 longer work; remove them and use the native facilities.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2421
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2422 The FLIM/SEMI package still works with Emacs 21, but if you want to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2423 use the native facilities, you must remove any mailcap.el[c] that was
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2424 installed by FLIM/SEMI version 1.13 or earlier.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2425
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2426 *** Gnus has also been multilingualized. This also affects too many
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2427 parts of Gnus to summarize here, and adds many new variables. There
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2428 are built-in facilities equivalent to those of gnus-mule.el, which is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2429 now just a compatibility layer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2430
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2431 *** gnus-mule.el is now just a compatibility layer over the built-in
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2432 Gnus facilities.
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2433
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2434 *** gnus-auto-select-first can now be a function to be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2435 called to position point.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2436
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2437 *** The user can now decide which extra headers should be included in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2438 summary buffers and NOV files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2439
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2440 *** `gnus-article-display-hook' has been removed. Instead, a number
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2441 of variables starting with `gnus-treat-' have been added.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2442
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2443 *** The Gnus posting styles have been redone again and now work in a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2444 subtly different manner.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2445
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2446 *** New web-based backends have been added: nnslashdot, nnwarchive
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2447 and nnultimate. nnweb has been revamped, again, to keep up with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2448 ever-changing layouts.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2449
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2450 *** Gnus can now read IMAP mail via nnimap.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2451
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2452 *** There is image support of various kinds and some sound support.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2453
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2454 ** Changes in Texinfo mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2455
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2456 *** A couple of new key bindings have been added for inserting Texinfo
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2457 macros
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2458
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2459 Key binding Macro
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2460 -------------------------
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2461 C-c C-c C-s @strong
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2462 C-c C-c C-e @emph
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2463 C-c C-c u @uref
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2464 C-c C-c q @quotation
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2465 C-c C-c m @email
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2466 C-c C-o @<block> ... @end <block>
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2467 M-RET @item
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2468
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2469 *** The " key now inserts either " or `` or '' depending on context.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2470
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2471 ** Changes in Outline mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2472
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2473 There is now support for Imenu to index headings. A new command
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2474 `outline-headers-as-kill' copies the visible headings in the region to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2475 the kill ring, e.g. to produce a table of contents.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2476
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2477 ** Changes to Emacs Server
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2478
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2479 *** The new option `server-kill-new-buffers' specifies what to do
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2480 with buffers when done with them. If non-nil, the default, buffers
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2481 are killed, unless they were already present before visiting them with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2482 Emacs Server. If nil, `server-temp-file-regexp' specifies which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2483 buffers to kill, as before.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2484
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2485 Please note that only buffers are killed that still have a client,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2486 i.e. buffers visited with `emacsclient --no-wait' are never killed in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2487 this way.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2488
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2489 ** Both emacsclient and Emacs itself now accept command line options
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2490 of the form +LINE:COLUMN in addition to +LINE.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2491
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2492 ** Changes to Show Paren mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2493
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2494 *** Overlays used by Show Paren mode now use a priority property.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2495 The new user option show-paren-priority specifies the priority to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2496 use. Default is 1000.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2497
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2498 ** New command M-x check-parens can be used to find unbalanced paren
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2499 groups and strings in buffers in Lisp mode (or other modes).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2500
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2501 ** Changes to hideshow.el
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2502
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2503 *** Generalized block selection and traversal
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2504
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2505 A block is now recognized by its start and end regexps (both strings),
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2506 and an integer specifying which sub-expression in the start regexp
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2507 serves as the place where a `forward-sexp'-like function can operate.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2508 See the documentation of variable `hs-special-modes-alist'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2509
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2510 *** During incremental search, if Hideshow minor mode is active,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2511 hidden blocks are temporarily shown. The variable `hs-headline' can
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2512 be used in the mode line format to show the line at the beginning of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2513 the open block.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2514
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2515 *** User option `hs-hide-all-non-comment-function' specifies a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2516 function to be called at each top-level block beginning, instead of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2517 the normal block-hiding function.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2518
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2519 *** The command `hs-show-region' has been removed.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2520
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2521 *** The key bindings have changed to fit the Emacs conventions,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2522 roughly imitating those of Outline minor mode. Notably, the prefix
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2523 for all bindings is now `C-c @'. For details, see the documentation
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2524 for `hs-minor-mode'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2525
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2526 *** The variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' has been removed, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2527 hideshow.el now always behaves as if this variable were set to t.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2528
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2529 ** Changes to Change Log mode and Add-Log functions
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2530
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2531 *** If you invoke `add-change-log-entry' from a backup file, it makes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2532 an entry appropriate for the file's parent. This is useful for making
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2533 log entries by comparing a version with deleted functions.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2534
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2535 **** New command M-x change-log-merge merges another log into the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2536 current buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2537
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2538 *** New command M-x change-log-redate fixes any old-style date entries
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2539 in a log file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2540
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2541 *** Change Log mode now adds a file's version number to change log
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2542 entries if user-option `change-log-version-info-enabled' is non-nil.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2543 Unless the file is under version control the search for a file's
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2544 version number is performed based on regular expressions from
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2545 `change-log-version-number-regexp-list' which can be customized.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2546 Version numbers are only found in the first 10 percent of a file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2547
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2548 *** Change Log mode now defines its own faces for font-lock highlighting.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2549
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2550 ** Changes to cmuscheme
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2551
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2552 *** The user-option `scheme-program-name' has been renamed
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2553 `cmuscheme-program-name' due to conflicts with xscheme.el.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2554
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2555 ** Changes in Font Lock
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2556
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2557 *** The new function `font-lock-remove-keywords' can be used to remove
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2558 font-lock keywords from the current buffer or from a specific major mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2559
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2560 *** Multi-line patterns are now supported. Modes using this, should
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2561 set font-lock-multiline to t in their font-lock-defaults.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2562
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2563 *** `font-lock-syntactic-face-function' allows major-modes to choose
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2564 the face used for each string/comment.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2565
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2566 *** A new standard face `font-lock-doc-face'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2567 Meant for Lisp docstrings, Javadoc comments and other "documentation in code".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2568
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2569 ** Changes to Shell mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2570
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2571 *** The `shell' command now accepts an optional argument to specify the buffer
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2572 to use, which defaults to "*shell*". When used interactively, a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2573 non-default buffer may be specified by giving the `shell' command a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2574 prefix argument (causing it to prompt for the buffer name).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2575
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2576 ** Comint (subshell) changes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2577
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2578 These changes generally affect all modes derived from comint mode, which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2579 include shell-mode, gdb-mode, scheme-interaction-mode, etc.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2580
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2581 *** Comint now by default interprets some carriage-control characters.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2582 Comint now removes CRs from CR LF sequences, and treats single CRs and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2583 BSs in the output in a way similar to a terminal (by deleting to the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2584 beginning of the line, or deleting the previous character,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2585 respectively). This is achieved by adding `comint-carriage-motion' to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2586 the `comint-output-filter-functions' hook by default.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2587
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2588 *** By default, comint no longer uses the variable `comint-prompt-regexp'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2589 to distinguish prompts from user-input. Instead, it notices which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2590 parts of the text were output by the process, and which entered by the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2591 user, and attaches `field' properties to allow emacs commands to use
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2592 this information. Common movement commands, notably beginning-of-line,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2593 respect field boundaries in a fairly natural manner. To disable this
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2594 feature, and use the old behavior, customize the user option
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2595 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2596
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2597 *** Comint now includes new features to send commands to running processes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2598 and redirect the output to a designated buffer or buffers.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2599
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2600 *** The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command reads a command and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2601 buffer name from the mini-buffer. The command is sent to the current
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2602 buffer's process, and its output is inserted into the specified buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2603
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2604 The command M-x comint-redirect-send-command-to-process acts like
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2605 M-x comint-redirect-send-command but additionally reads the name of
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2606 the buffer whose process should be used from the mini-buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2607
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2608 *** Packages based on comint now highlight user input and program prompts,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2609 and support choosing previous input with mouse-2. To control these features,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2610 see the user-options `comint-highlight-input' and `comint-highlight-prompt'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2611
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2612 *** The new command `comint-write-output' (usually bound to `C-c C-s')
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2613 saves the output from the most recent command to a file. With a prefix
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2614 argument, it appends to the file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2615
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2616 *** The command `comint-kill-output' has been renamed `comint-delete-output'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2617 (usually bound to `C-c C-o'); the old name is aliased to it for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2618 compatibility.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2619
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2620 *** The new function `comint-add-to-input-history' adds commands to the input
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2621 ring (history).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2622
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2623 *** The new variable `comint-input-history-ignore' is a regexp for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2624 identifying history lines that should be ignored, like tcsh time-stamp
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2625 strings, starting with a `#'. The default value of this variable is "^#".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2626
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2627 ** Changes to Rmail mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2628
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2629 *** The new user-option rmail-user-mail-address-regexp can be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2630 set to fine tune the identification of the correspondent when
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2631 receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2632 recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil, the default,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2633 `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2634 as correspondent.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2635
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2636 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2637 mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2638 regexp matching your mail addresses.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2639
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2640 *** The new user-option rmail-confirm-expunge controls whether and how
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2641 to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages from an
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2642 Rmail file. You can choose between no confirmation, confirmation
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2643 with y-or-n-p, or confirmation with yes-or-no-p. Default is to ask
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2644 for confirmation with yes-or-no-p.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2645
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2646 *** RET is now bound in the Rmail summary to rmail-summary-goto-msg,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2647 like `j'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2648
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2649 *** There is a new user option `rmail-digest-end-regexps' that
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2650 specifies the regular expressions to detect the line that ends a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2651 digest message.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2652
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2653 *** The new user option `rmail-automatic-folder-directives' specifies
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2654 in which folder to put messages automatically.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2655
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2656 *** The new function `rmail-redecode-body' allows to fix a message
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2657 with non-ASCII characters if Emacs happens to decode it incorrectly
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2658 due to missing or malformed "charset=" header.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2659
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2660 ** The new user-option `mail-envelope-from' can be used to specify
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2661 an envelope-from address different from user-mail-address.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2662
38925
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2663 ** The variable mail-specify-envelope-from controls whether to
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2664 use the -f option when sending mail.
d5d4948816a7 Label all user-level changes with either +++ or ---.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38900
diff changeset
2665
39300
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2666 ** The Rmail command `o' (`rmail-output-to-rmail-file') now writes the
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2667 current message in the internal `emacs-mule' encoding, rather than in
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2668 the encoding taken from the variable `buffer-file-coding-system'.
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2669 This allows to save messages whose characters cannot be safely encoded
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2670 by the buffer's coding system, and makes sure the message will be
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2671 displayed correctly when you later visit the target Rmail file.
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2672
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2673 If you want your Rmail files be encoded in a specific coding system
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2674 other than `emacs-mule', you can customize the variable
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2675 `rmail-file-coding-system' to set its value to that coding system.
8b178b9f2ee1 Document that rmail-output-to-rmail-file now writes in emacs-mule.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39270
diff changeset
2676
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2677 ** Changes to TeX mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2678
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2679 *** The default mode has been changed from `plain-tex-mode' to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2680 `latex-mode'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2681
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2682 *** latex-mode now has a simple indentation algorithm.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2683
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2684 *** M-f and M-p jump around \begin...\end pairs.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2685
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2686 *** Added support for outline-minor-mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2687
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2688 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2689
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2690 *** RefTeX has new support for index generation. Index entries can be
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2691 created with `C-c <', with completion available on index keys.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2692 Pressing `C-c /' indexes the word at the cursor with a default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2693 macro. `C-c >' compiles all index entries into an alphabetically
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2694 sorted *Index* buffer which looks like the final index. Entries
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2695 can be edited from that buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2696
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2697 *** Label and citation key selection now allow to select several
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2698 items and reference them together (use `m' to mark items, `a' or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2699 `A' to use all marked entries).
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2700
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2701 *** reftex.el has been split into a number of smaller files to reduce
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2702 memory use when only a part of RefTeX is being used.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2703
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2704 *** a new command `reftex-view-crossref-from-bibtex' (bound to `C-c &'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2705 in BibTeX-mode) can be called in a BibTeX database buffer in order
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2706 to show locations in LaTeX documents where a particular entry has
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2707 been cited.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2708
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2709 ** Emacs Lisp mode now allows multiple levels of outline headings.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2710 The level of a heading is determined from the number of leading
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2711 semicolons in a heading line. Toplevel forms starting with a `('
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2712 in column 1 are always made leaves.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2713
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2714 ** The M-x time-stamp command (most commonly used on write-file-hooks)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2715 has the following new features:
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2716
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2717 *** The patterns for finding the time stamp and for updating a pattern
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2718 may match text spanning multiple lines. For example, some people like
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2719 to have the filename and date on separate lines. The new variable
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2720 time-stamp-inserts-lines controls the matching for multi-line patterns.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2721
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2722 *** More than one time stamp can be updated in the same file. This
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2723 feature is useful if you need separate time stamps in a program source
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2724 file to both include in formatted documentation and insert in the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2725 compiled binary. The same time-stamp will be written at each matching
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2726 pattern. The variable time-stamp-count enables this new feature; it
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2727 defaults to 1.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2728
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2729 ** Partial Completion mode now completes environment variables in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2730 file names.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2731
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2732 ** Ispell changes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2733
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2734 *** The command `ispell' now spell-checks a region if
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2735 transient-mark-mode is on, and the mark is active. Otherwise it
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2736 spell-checks the current buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2737
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2738 *** Support for synchronous subprocesses - DOS/Windoze - has been
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2739 added.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2740
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2741 *** An "alignment error" bug was fixed when a manual spelling
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2742 correction is made and re-checked.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2743
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2744 *** An Italian, Portuguese, and Slovak dictionary definition has been added.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2745
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2746 *** Region skipping performance has been vastly improved in some
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2747 cases.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2748
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2749 *** Spell checking HTML buffers has been improved and isn't so strict
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2750 on syntax errors.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2751
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2752 *** The buffer-local words are now always placed on a new line at the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2753 end of the buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2754
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2755 *** Spell checking now works in the MS-DOS version of Emacs.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
2756
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2757 ** Makefile mode changes
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2758
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2759 *** The mode now uses the abbrev table `makefile-mode-abbrev-table'.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2760
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2761 *** Conditionals and include statements are now highlighted when
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2762 Fontlock mode is active.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2763
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2764 ** Isearch changes
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2765
30477
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
2766 *** Isearch now puts a call to `isearch-resume' in the command history,
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
2767 so that searches can be resumed.
5996e9860cd2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30467
diff changeset
2768
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
2769 *** In Isearch mode, C-M-s and C-M-r are now bound like C-s and C-r,
28506
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2770 respectively, i.e. you can repeat a regexp isearch with the same keys
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2771 that started the search.
3d557619ba03 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28496
diff changeset
2772
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2773 *** In Isearch mode, mouse-2 in the echo area now yanks the current
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2774 selection into the search string rather than giving an error.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2775
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2776 *** There is a new lazy highlighting feature in incremental search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2777
26417
5678b244c3ac Changes in `list-buffers'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26407
diff changeset
2778 Lazy highlighting is switched on/off by customizing variable
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2779 `isearch-lazy-highlight'. When active, all matches for the current
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2780 search string are highlighted. The current match is highlighted as
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2781 before using face `isearch' or `region'. All other matches are
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2782 highlighted using face `isearch-lazy-highlight-face' which defaults to
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
2783 `secondary-selection'.
26407
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2784
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2785 The extra highlighting makes it easier to anticipate where the cursor
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2786 will end up each time you press C-s or C-r to repeat a pending search.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2787 Highlighting of these additional matches happens in a deferred fashion
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2788 using "idle timers," so the cycles needed do not rob isearch of its
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2789 usual snappy response.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2790
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2791 If `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is set to t, highlights for
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2792 matches are automatically cleared when you end the search. If it is
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2793 set to nil, you can remove the highlights manually with `M-x
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2794 isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup'.
ef48fc763e7f Isearch lazy highlight
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26403
diff changeset
2795
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2796 ** VC Changes
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2797
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2798 VC has been overhauled internally. It is now modular, making it
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2799 easier to plug-in arbitrary version control backends. (See Lisp
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2800 Changes for details on the new structure.) As a result, the mechanism
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2801 to enable and disable support for particular version systems has
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2802 changed: everything is now controlled by the new variable
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2803 `vc-handled-backends'. Its value is a list of symbols that identify
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2804 version systems; the default is '(RCS CVS SCCS). When finding a file,
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2805 each of the backends in that list is tried in order to see whether the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2806 file is registered in that backend.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2807
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2808 When registering a new file, VC first tries each of the listed
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2809 backends to see if any of them considers itself "responsible" for the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2810 directory of the file (e.g. because a corresponding subdirectory for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2811 master files exists). If none of the backends is responsible, then
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2812 the first backend in the list that could register the file is chosen.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2813 As a consequence, the variable `vc-default-back-end' is now obsolete.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2814
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2815 The old variable `vc-master-templates' is also obsolete, although VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2816 still supports it for backward compatibility. To define templates for
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2817 RCS or SCCS, you should rather use the new variables
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2818 vc-{rcs,sccs}-master-templates. (There is no such feature under CVS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2819 where it doesn't make sense.)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2820
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2821 The variables `vc-ignore-vc-files' and `vc-handle-cvs' are also
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2822 obsolete now, you must set `vc-handled-backends' to nil or exclude
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2823 `CVS' from the list, respectively, to achieve their effect now.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2824
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2825 *** General Changes
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2826
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2827 The variable `vc-checkout-carefully' is obsolete: the corresponding
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2828 checks are always done now.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2829
31858
269d69b69fe4 Update hideshow.el section.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 31827
diff changeset
2830 VC Dired buffers are now kept up-to-date during all version control
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2831 operations.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2832
33111
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
2833 `vc-diff' output is now displayed in `diff-mode'.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
2834 `vc-print-log' uses `log-view-mode'.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
2835 `vc-log-mode' (used for *VC-Log*) has been replaced by `log-edit-mode'.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
2836
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2837 The command C-x v m (vc-merge) now accepts an empty argument as the
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2838 first revision number. This means that any recent changes on the
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2839 current branch should be picked up from the repository and merged into
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2840 the working file (``merge news'').
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2841
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2842 The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2843 (vc-retrieve-snapshot) now ask for a directory name from which to work
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2844 downwards.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2845
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2846 *** Multiple Backends
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2847
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2848 VC now lets you register files in more than one backend. This is
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2849 useful, for example, if you are working with a slow remote CVS
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2850 repository. You can then use RCS for local editing, and occasionally
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2851 commit your changes back to CVS, or pick up changes from CVS into your
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2852 local RCS archives.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2853
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2854 To make this work, the ``more local'' backend (RCS in our example)
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2855 should come first in `vc-handled-backends', and the ``more remote''
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2856 backend (CVS) should come later. (The default value of
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2857 `vc-handled-backends' already has it that way.)
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2858
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2859 You can then commit changes to another backend (say, RCS), by typing
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2860 C-u C-x v v RCS RET (i.e. vc-next-action now accepts a backend name as
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2861 a revision number). VC registers the file in the more local backend
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2862 if that hasn't already happened, and commits to a branch based on the
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2863 current revision number from the more remote backend.
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2864
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2865 If a file is registered in multiple backends, you can switch to
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2866 another one using C-x v b (vc-switch-backend). This does not change
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2867 any files, it only changes VC's perspective on the file. Use this to
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2868 pick up changes from CVS while working under RCS locally.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2869
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2870 After you are done with your local RCS editing, you can commit your
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2871 changes back to CVS using C-u C-x v v CVS RET. In this case, the
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2872 local RCS archive is removed after the commit, and the log entry
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2873 buffer is initialized to contain the entire RCS change log of the file.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2874
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2875 *** Changes for CVS
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2876
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2877 There is a new user option, `vc-cvs-stay-local'. If it is `t' (the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2878 default), then VC avoids network queries for files registered in
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2879 remote repositories. The state of such files is then only determined
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2880 by heuristics and past information. `vc-cvs-stay-local' can also be a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2881 regexp to match against repository hostnames; only files from hosts
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2882 that match it are treated locally. If the variable is nil, then VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2883 queries the repository just as often as it does for local files.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2884
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2885 If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, then VC also makes local backups of
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2886 repository versions. This means that ordinary diffs (C-x v =) and
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2887 revert operations (C-x v u) can be done completely locally, without
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2888 any repository interactions at all. The name of a local version
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2889 backup of FILE is FILE.~REV.~, where REV is the repository version
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2890 number. This format is similar to that used by C-x v ~
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2891 (vc-version-other-window), except for the trailing dot. As a matter
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2892 of fact, the two features can each use the files created by the other,
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2893 the only difference being that files with a trailing `.' are deleted
33862
09fdef086f4d C-c C-c u in Texinfo now produces @uref, not @url.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 33838
diff changeset
2894 automatically after commit. (This feature doesn't work on MS-DOS,
09fdef086f4d C-c C-c u in Texinfo now produces @uref, not @url.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 33838
diff changeset
2895 since DOS disallows more than a single dot in the trunk of a file
09fdef086f4d C-c C-c u in Texinfo now produces @uref, not @url.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 33838
diff changeset
2896 name.)
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2897
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2898 If `vc-cvs-stay-local' is on, and there have been changes in the
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2899 repository, VC notifies you about it when you actually try to commit.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2900 If you want to check for updates from the repository without trying to
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2901 commit, you can either use C-x v m RET to perform an update on the
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2902 current file, or you can use C-x v r RET to get an update for an
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2903 entire directory tree.
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2904
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2905 The new user option `vc-cvs-use-edit' indicates whether VC should call
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2906 "cvs edit" to make files writeable; it defaults to `t'. (This option
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2907 is only meaningful if the CVSREAD variable is set, or if files are
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2908 "watched" by other developers.)
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2909
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2910 The commands C-x v s (vc-create-snapshot) and C-x v r
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2911 (vc-retrieve-snapshot) are now also implemented for CVS. If you give
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2912 an empty snapshot name to the latter, that performs a `cvs update',
33541
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2913 starting at the given directory.
3542a106155f Updated VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 33499
diff changeset
2914
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2915 *** Lisp Changes in VC
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2916
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2917 VC has been restructured internally to make it modular. You can now
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2918 add support for arbitrary version control backends by writing a
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2919 library that provides a certain set of backend-specific functions, and
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2920 then telling VC to use that library. For example, to add support for
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2921 a version system named SYS, you write a library named vc-sys.el, which
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2922 provides a number of functions vc-sys-... (see commentary at the top
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2923 of vc.el for a detailed list of them). To make VC use that library,
36275
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2924 you need to put it somewhere into Emacs' load path and add the symbol
44540d398934 Some corrections to the VC news.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents: 36259
diff changeset
2925 `SYS' to the list `vc-handled-backends'.
31388
c0199a9a07fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31279
diff changeset
2926
36525
cb77fd8249b6 Change the `***' for the EDT entry to `**'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36470
diff changeset
2927 ** The customizable EDT emulation package now supports the EDT
35163
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
2928 SUBS command and EDT scroll margins. It also works with more
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
2929 terminal/keyboard configurations and it now works under XEmacs.
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
2930 See etc/edt-user.doc for more information.
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
2931
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2932 ** New modes and packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
2933
34394
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
2934 *** The new global minor mode `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
2935 automatically hides the `(default ...)' part of minibuffer prompts when
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
2936 the default is not applicable.
d6a4dd5cd345 Entry for `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34389
diff changeset
2937
33618
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2938 *** Artist is an Emacs lisp package that allows you to draw lines,
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2939 rectangles and ellipses by using your mouse and/or keyboard. The
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2940 shapes are made up with the ascii characters |, -, / and \.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2941
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2942 Features are:
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2943
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2944 - Intersecting: When a `|' intersects with a `-', a `+' is
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2945 drawn, like this: | \ /
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
2946 --+-- X
33618
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2947 | / \
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2948
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2949 - Rubber-banding: When drawing lines you can interactively see the
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2950 result while holding the mouse button down and moving the mouse. If
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2951 your machine is not fast enough (a 386 is a bit too slow, but a
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2952 pentium is well enough), you can turn this feature off. You will
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2953 then see 1's and 2's which mark the 1st and 2nd endpoint of the line
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2954 you are drawing.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2955
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2956 - Arrows: After having drawn a (straight) line or a (straight)
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2957 poly-line, you can set arrows on the line-ends by typing < or >.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2958
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2959 - Flood-filling: You can fill any area with a certain character by
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2960 flood-filling.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2961
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2962 - Cut copy and paste: You can cut, copy and paste rectangular
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2963 regions. Artist also interfaces with the rect package (this can be
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2964 turned off if it causes you any trouble) so anything you cut in
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2965 artist can be yanked with C-x r y and vice versa.
33796
10ffa5b56f53 mention `delete-trailing-whitespace'
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 33720
diff changeset
2966
33618
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2967 - Drawing with keys: Everything you can do with the mouse, you can
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2968 also do without the mouse.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2969
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2970 - Aspect-ratio: You can set the variable artist-aspect-ratio to
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2971 reflect the height-width ratio for the font you are using. Squares
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2972 and circles are then drawn square/round. Note, that once your
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2973 ascii-file is shown with font with a different height-width ratio,
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2974 the squares won't be square and the circles won't be round.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2975
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2976 - Drawing operations: The following drawing operations are implemented:
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2977
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2978 lines straight-lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2979 rectangles squares
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2980 poly-lines straight poly-lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2981 ellipses circles
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2982 text (see-thru) text (overwrite)
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2983 spray-can setting size for spraying
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2984 vaporize line vaporize lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2985 erase characters erase rectangles
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2986
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2987 Straight lines are lines that go horizontally, vertically or
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2988 diagonally. Plain lines go in any direction. The operations in
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2989 the right column are accessed by holding down the shift key while
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2990 drawing.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2991
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2992 It is possible to vaporize (erase) entire lines and connected lines
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2993 (rectangles for example) as long as the lines being vaporized are
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2994 straight and connected at their endpoints. Vaporizing is inspired
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2995 by the drawrect package by Jari Aalto <jari.aalto@poboxes.com>.
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2996
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2997 - Picture mode compatibility: Artist is picture mode compatible (this
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2998 can be turned off).
beb961476e7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33559
diff changeset
2999
32448
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3000 *** The new package Eshell is an operating system command shell
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3001 implemented entirely in Emacs Lisp. Use `M-x eshell' to invoke it.
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3002 It functions similarly to bash and zsh, and allows running of Lisp
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3003 functions and external commands using the same syntax. It supports
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3004 history lists, aliases, extended globbing, smart scrolling, etc. It
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3005 will work on any platform Emacs has been ported to. And since most of
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3006 the basic commands -- ls, rm, mv, cp, ln, du, cat, etc. -- have been
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3007 rewritten in Lisp, it offers an operating-system independent shell,
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3008 all within the scope of your Emacs process.
4925b241a9ac Added a note about Eshell.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 32428
diff changeset
3009
30781
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3010 *** The new package timeclock.el is a mode is for keeping track of time
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3011 intervals. You can use it for whatever purpose you like, but the
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3012 typical scenario is to keep track of how much time you spend working
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3013 on certain projects.
59479ef35bf2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30776
diff changeset
3014
35927
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3015 *** The new package hi-lock.el provides commands to highlight matches
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3016 of interactively entered regexps. For example,
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
3017
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
3018 M-x highlight-regexp RET clearly RET RET
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3019
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3020 will highlight all occurrences of `clearly' using a yellow background
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3021 face. New occurrences of `clearly' will be highlighted as they are
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3022 typed. `M-x unhighlight-regexp RET' will remove the highlighting.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3023 Any existing face can be used for highlighting and a set of
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3024 appropriate faces is provided. The regexps can be written into the
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3025 current buffer in a form that will be recognized the next time the
35927
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3026 corresponding file is read. There are commands to highlight matches
f41b5b91e80d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35923
diff changeset
3027 to phrases and to highlight entire lines containing a match.
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3028
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
3029 *** The new package zone.el plays games with Emacs' display when
30565
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3030 Emacs is idle.
338238ca63ce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30564
diff changeset
3031
38099
3255cb9d0be2 Mention tildify.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38067
diff changeset
3032 *** The new package tildify.el allows to add hard spaces or other text
3255cb9d0be2 Mention tildify.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38067
diff changeset
3033 fragments in accordance with the current major mode.
3255cb9d0be2 Mention tildify.el.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38067
diff changeset
3034
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3035 *** The new package xml.el provides a simple but generic XML
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3036 parser. It doesn't parse the DTDs however.
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3037
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3038 *** The comment operations are now provided by the newcomment.el
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3039 package which allows different styles of comment-region and should
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3040 be more robust while offering the same functionality.
33913
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
3041 `comment-region' now doesn't always comment a-line-at-a-time, but only
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
3042 comments the region, breaking the line at point if necessary.
29218
e956cc90f6c0 newcomment and the change of binding for M-;
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 29162
diff changeset
3043
28879
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3044 *** The Ebrowse package implements a C++ class browser and tags
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3045 facilities tailored for use with C++. It is documented in a
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3046 separate Texinfo file.
2a918425ca15 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28870
diff changeset
3047
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3048 *** The PCL-CVS package available by either running M-x cvs-examine or
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3049 by visiting a CVS administrative directory (with a prefix argument)
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3050 provides an alternative interface to VC-dired for CVS. It comes with
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3051 `log-view-mode' to view RCS and SCCS logs and `log-edit-mode' used to
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
3052 enter check-in log messages.
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3053
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3054 *** The new package called `woman' allows to browse Unix man pages
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3055 without invoking external programs.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3056
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3057 The command `M-x woman' formats manual pages entirely in Emacs Lisp
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3058 and then displays them, like `M-x manual-entry' does. Unlike
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3059 `manual-entry', `woman' does not invoke any external programs, so it
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3060 is useful on systems such as MS-DOS/MS-Windows where the `man' and
28955
6cfd3ddf0911 Correct a typo in description of `woman.el'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28946
diff changeset
3061 Groff or `troff' commands are not readily available.
28834
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3062
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3063 The command `M-x woman-find-file' asks for the file name of a man
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3064 page, then formats and displays it like `M-x woman' does.
636c8cafb7d4 Mention `woman'.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28805
diff changeset
3065
28098
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3066 *** The new command M-x re-builder offers a convenient interface for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3067 authoring regular expressions with immediate visual feedback.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3068
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3069 The buffer from which the command was called becomes the target for
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3070 the regexp editor popping up in a separate window. Matching text in
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3071 the target buffer is immediately color marked during the editing.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3072 Each sub-expression of the regexp will show up in a different face so
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3073 even complex regexps can be edited and verified on target data in a
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3074 single step.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3075
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3076 On displays not supporting faces the matches instead blink like
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3077 matching parens to make them stand out. On such a setup you will
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3078 probably also want to use the sub-expression mode when the regexp
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3079 contains such to get feedback about their respective limits.
2fc1959fa99d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28094
diff changeset
3080
27644
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3081 *** glasses-mode is a minor mode that makes
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3082 unreadableIdentifiersLikeThis readable. It works as glasses, without
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3083 actually modifying content of a buffer.
1ac28043dbd6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27573
diff changeset
3084
27498
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3085 *** The package ebnf2ps translates an EBNF to a syntactic chart in
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3086 PostScript.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3087
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3088 Currently accepts ad-hoc EBNF, ISO EBNF and Bison/Yacc.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3089
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3090 The ad-hoc default EBNF syntax has the following elements:
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3091
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3092 ; comment (until end of line)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3093 A non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3094 "C" terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3095 ?C? special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3096 $A default non-terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3097 $"C" default terminal
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3098 $?C? default special
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3099 A = B. production (A is the header and B the body)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3100 C D sequence (C occurs before D)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3101 C | D alternative (C or D occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3102 A - B exception (A excluding B, B without any non-terminal)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3103 n * A repetition (A repeats n (integer) times)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3104 (C) group (expression C is grouped together)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3105 [C] optional (C may or not occurs)
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3106 C+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3107 {C}+ one or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3108 {C}* zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3109 {C} zero or more occurrences of C
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3110 C / D equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3111 {C || D}+ equivalent to: C {D C}*
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3112 {C || D}* equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3113 {C || D} equivalent to: [C {D C}*]
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3114
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3115 Please, see ebnf2ps documentation for EBNF syntax and how to use it.
960ea40c1a7e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27475
diff changeset
3116
27328
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
3117 *** The package align.el will align columns within a region, using M-x
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
3118 align. Its mode-specific rules, based on regular expressions,
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
3119 determine where the columns should be split. In C and C++, for
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
3120 example, it will align variable names in declaration lists, or the
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
3121 equal signs of assignments.
7748234c70d7 align.el
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27307
diff changeset
3122
27266
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
3123 *** `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' is a new minor mode supporting
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
3124 paragraphs in the same style as `paragraph-indent-text-mode'.
8ce11c7a7fcb read-mail-command, outline mode changes, change-log-merge,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27200
diff changeset
3125
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
3126 *** bs.el is a new package for buffer selection similar to
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
3127 list-buffers or electric-buffer-list. Use M-x bs-show to display a
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3128 buffer menu with this package. See the Custom group `bs'.
27016
62cd5f1749cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27005
diff changeset
3129
29696
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
3130 *** find-lisp.el is a package emulating the Unix find command in Lisp.
a5051216d618 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29676
diff changeset
3131
27733
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3132 *** calculator.el is a small calculator package that is intended to
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3133 replace desktop calculators such as xcalc and calc.exe. Actually, it
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3134 is not too small - it has more features than most desktop calculators,
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3135 and can be customized easily to get many more functions. It should
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3136 not be confused with "calc" which is a much bigger mathematical tool
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3137 which answers different needs.
d6a89b95b32d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27714
diff changeset
3138
26964
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3139 *** The minor modes cwarn-mode and global-cwarn-mode highlights
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3140 suspicious C and C++ constructions. Currently, assignments inside
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3141 expressions, semicolon following `if', `for' and `while' (except, of
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3142 course, after a `do .. while' statement), and C++ functions with
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3143 reference parameters are recognized. The modes require font-lock mode
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3144 to be enabled.
2939daf50656 Font-lock changes by Anders Lindgren.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26933
diff changeset
3145
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
3146 *** smerge-mode.el provides `smerge-mode', a simple minor-mode for files
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
3147 containing diff3-style conflict markers, such as generated by RCS.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
3148
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3149 *** 5x5.el is a simple puzzle game.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3150
38938
0815e13f099e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38925
diff changeset
3151 *** hl-line.el provides `hl-line-mode', a minor mode to highlight the
0815e13f099e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38925
diff changeset
3152 current line in the current buffer. It also provides
0815e13f099e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38925
diff changeset
3153 `global-hl-line-mode' to provide the same behaviour in all buffers.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3154
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3155 *** ansi-color.el translates ANSI terminal escapes into text-properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3156
35578
f499794dc393 flyspell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35577
diff changeset
3157 Please note: if `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' and
31936
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
3158 `global-font-lock-mode' are non-nil, loading ansi-color.el will
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
3159 disable font-lock and add `ansi-color-apply' to
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
3160 `comint-preoutput-filter-functions' for all shell-mode buffers. This
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
3161 displays the output of "ls --color=yes" using the correct foreground
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
3162 and background colors.
3d17044d63a9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31924
diff changeset
3163
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3164 *** delphi.el provides a major mode for editing the Delphi (Object
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3165 Pascal) language.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3167 *** quickurl.el provides a simple method of inserting a URL based on
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3168 the text at point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3169
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3170 *** sql.el provides an interface to SQL data bases.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3171
25862
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
3172 *** fortune.el uses the fortune program to create mail/news signatures.
62b8ede0e424 Mention fortune.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 25853
diff changeset
3173
35163
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
3174 *** whitespace.el is a package for warning about and cleaning bogus
2aa481613ac4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35162
diff changeset
3175 whitespace in a file.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3176
25992
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3177 *** PostScript mode (ps-mode) is a new major mode for editing PostScript
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3178 files. It offers: interaction with a PostScript interpreter, including
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3179 (very basic) error handling; fontification, easily customizable for
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3180 interpreter messages; auto-indentation; insertion of EPSF templates and
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3181 often used code snippets; viewing of BoundingBox; commenting out /
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3182 uncommenting regions; conversion of 8bit characters to PostScript octal
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3183 codes. All functionality is accessible through a menu.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3184
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3185 *** delim-col helps to prettify columns in a text region or rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3186
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3187 Here is an example of columns:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3188
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3189 horse apple bus
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3190 dog pineapple car EXTRA
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3191 porcupine strawberry airplane
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3192
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3193 Doing the following settings:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3194
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3195 (setq delimit-columns-str-before "[ ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3196 (setq delimit-columns-str-after " ]")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3197 (setq delimit-columns-str-separator ", ")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3198 (setq delimit-columns-separator "\t")
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3199
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3200
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3201 Selecting the lines above and typing:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3202
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3203 M-x delimit-columns-region
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3204
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3205 It results:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3206
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3207 [ horse , apple , bus , ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3208 [ dog , pineapple , car , EXTRA ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3209 [ porcupine, strawberry, airplane, ]
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3210
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3211 delim-col has the following options:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3212
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3213 delimit-columns-str-before Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3214 before all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3215
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3216 delimit-columns-str-separator Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3217 between each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3218
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3219 delimit-columns-str-after Specify a string to be inserted
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3220 after all columns.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3221
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3222 delimit-columns-separator Specify a regexp which separates
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3223 each column.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3224
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3225 delim-col has the following commands:
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3226
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3227 delimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3228 delimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
8f40394739f2 Add sh-script changes.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25984
diff changeset
3229
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3230 *** Recentf mode maintains a menu for visiting files that were
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3231 operated on recently. User option recentf-menu-filter specifies a
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3232 menu filter function to change the menu appearance. For example, the
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3233 recent file list can be displayed:
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3234
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3235 - organized by major modes, directories or user defined rules.
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
3236 - sorted by file paths, file names, ascending or descending.
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
3237 - showing paths relative to the current default-directory
30319
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3238
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3239 The `recentf-filter-changer' menu filter function allows to
c84efa0acd91 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30305
diff changeset
3240 dynamically change the menu appearance.
26030
c5e8559a53cb Add description of recentf.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26016
diff changeset
3241
26149
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
3242 *** elide-head.el provides a mechanism for eliding boilerplate header
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
3243 text.
0a342d5afcc2 elide-head.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26144
diff changeset
3244
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
3245 *** footnote.el provides `footnote-mode', a minor mode supporting use
26786
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
3246 of footnotes. It is intended for use with Message mode, but isn't
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
3247 specific to Message mode.
d30b640777b8 footnote.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26768
diff changeset
3248
26924
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
3249 *** diff-mode.el provides `diff-mode', a major mode for
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
3250 viewing/editing context diffs (patches). It is selected for files
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
3251 with extension `.diff', `.diffs', `.patch' and `.rej'.
5348841810f6 Add diff-mode.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26835
diff changeset
3252
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
3253 *** EUDC, the Emacs Unified Directory Client, provides a common user
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
3254 interface to access directory servers using different directory
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
3255 protocols. It has a separate manual.
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
3256
28132
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
3257 *** autoconf.el provides a major mode for editing configure.in files
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
3258 for Autoconf, selected automatically.
2a26c31d59c5 replace-rectangle, autoconf.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28098
diff changeset
3259
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
3260 *** windmove.el provides moving between windows.
28855
1be9a502caca Cleaned some left over bogus conflict markers.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28854
diff changeset
3261
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3262 *** crm.el provides a facility to read multiple strings from the
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
3263 minibuffer with completion.
27714
22a581e00fe4 Mention some new packages, extra configure options.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27693
diff changeset
3264
28883
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
3265 *** todo-mode.el provides management of TODO lists and integration
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
3266 with the diary features.
e43afc57ee04 todo-mode
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28879
diff changeset
3267
28912
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
3268 *** autoarg.el provides a feature reported from Twenex Emacs whereby
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
3269 numeric keys supply prefix args rather than self inserting.
717c04b51e93 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28883
diff changeset
3270
29814
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
3271 *** The function `turn-off-auto-fill' unconditionally turns off Auto
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
3272 Fill mode.
daf26bf9d779 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29752
diff changeset
3273
33020
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
3274 *** pcomplete.el is a library that provides programmable completion
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
3275 facilities for Emacs, similar to what zsh and tcsh offer. The main
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
3276 difference is that completion functions are written in Lisp, meaning
e21feeab77fb See ChangeLog
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 33007
diff changeset
3277 they can be profiled, debugged, etc.
32465
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3278
38379
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
3279 *** antlr-mode is a new major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
3280 It is automatically turned on for files whose names have the extension
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
3281 `.g'.
dd827746979d Mention antlr-mode.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38307
diff changeset
3282
38900
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3283 ** Changes in sort.el
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3284
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3285 The function sort-numeric-fields interprets numbers starting with `0'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3286 as octal and numbers starting with `0x' or `0X' as hexadecimal. The
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3287 new user-option sort-numeric-base can be used to specify a default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3288 numeric base.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3289
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3290 ** Changes to Ange-ftp
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3291
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3292 *** Ange-ftp allows you to specify of a port number in remote file
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3293 names cleanly. It is appended to the host name, separated by a hash
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3294 sign, e.g. `/foo@bar.org#666:mumble'. (This syntax comes from EFS.)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3295
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3296 *** If the new user-option `ange-ftp-try-passive-mode' is set, passive
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3297 ftp mode will be used if the ftp client supports that.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3298
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3299 *** Ange-ftp handles the output of the w32-style clients which
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3300 output ^M at the end of lines.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3301
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3302 ** The recommended way of using Iswitchb is via the new global minor
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3303 mode `iswitchb-mode'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3304
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3305 ** Just loading the msb package doesn't switch on Msb mode anymore.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3306 If you have `(require 'msb)' in your .emacs, please replace it with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3307 `(msb-mode 1)'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3308
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3309 ** Flyspell mode has various new options. See the `flyspell' Custom
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3310 group.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3311
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3312 ** The user option `backward-delete-char-untabify-method' controls the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3313 behavior of `backward-delete-char-untabify'. The following values
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3314 are recognized:
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3315
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3316 `untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space;
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3317 `hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces;
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3318 `all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines;
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3319 nil -- just delete one character.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3320
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3321 Default value is `untabify'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3322
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3323 [This change was made in Emacs 20.3 but not mentioned then.]
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3324
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3325 ** In Cperl mode `cperl-invalid-face' should now be a normal face
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3326 symbol, not double-quoted.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3327
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3328 ** Some packages are declared obsolete, to be removed in a future
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3329 version. They are: auto-show, c-mode, hilit19, hscroll, ooutline,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3330 profile, rnews, rnewspost, and sc. Their implementations have been
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3331 moved to lisp/obsolete.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3332
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3333 ** auto-compression mode is no longer enabled just by loading jka-compr.el.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3334 To control it, set `auto-compression-mode' via Custom or use the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3335 `auto-compression-mode' command.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3336
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3337 ** `browse-url-gnome-moz' is a new option for
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3338 `browse-url-browser-function', invoking Mozilla in GNOME, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3339 `browse-url-kde' can be chosen for invoking the KDE browser.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3340
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3341 ** The user-option `browse-url-new-window-p' has been renamed to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3342 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3343
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3344 ** The functions `keep-lines', `flush-lines' and `how-many' now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3345 operate on the active region in Transient Mark mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3346
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3347 ** `gnus-user-agent' is a new possibility for `mail-user-agent'. It
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3348 is like `message-user-agent', but with all the Gnus paraphernalia.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3349
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3350 ** The Strokes package has been updated. If your Emacs has XPM
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3351 support, you can use it for pictographic editing. In Strokes mode,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3352 use C-mouse-2 to compose a complex stoke and insert it into the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3353 buffer. You can encode or decode a strokes buffer with new commands
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3354 M-x strokes-encode-buffer and M-x strokes-decode-buffer. There is a
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3355 new command M-x strokes-list-strokes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3356
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3357 ** Hexl contains a new command `hexl-insert-hex-string' which inserts
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3358 a string of hexadecimal numbers read from the mini-buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3359
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3360 ** Hexl mode allows to insert non-ASCII characters.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3361
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3362 The non-ASCII characters are encoded using the same encoding as the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3363 file you are visiting in Hexl mode.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3364
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3365 ** Shell script mode changes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3366
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3367 Shell script mode (sh-script) can now indent scripts for shells
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3368 derived from sh and rc. The indentation style is customizable, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3369 sh-script can attempt to "learn" the current buffer's style.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3370
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3371 ** Etags changes.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3372
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3373 *** In DOS, etags looks for file.cgz if it cannot find file.c.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3374
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3375 *** New option --ignore-case-regex is an alternative to --regex. It is now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3376 possible to bind a regexp to a language, by prepending the regexp with
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3377 {lang}, where lang is one of the languages that `etags --help' prints out.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3378 This feature is useful especially for regex files, where each line contains
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3379 a regular expression. The manual contains details.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3380
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3381 *** In C and derived languages, etags creates tags for function
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3382 declarations when given the --declarations option.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3383
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3384 *** In C++, tags are created for "operator". The tags have the form
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3385 "operator+", without spaces between the keyword and the operator.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3386
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3387 *** You shouldn't generally need any more the -C or -c++ option: etags
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3388 automatically switches to C++ parsing when it meets the `class' or
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3389 `template' keywords.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3390
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3391 *** Etags now is able to delve at arbitrary deeps into nested structures in
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3392 C-like languages. Previously, it was limited to one or two brace levels.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3393
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3394 *** New language Ada: tags are functions, procedures, packages, tasks, and
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3395 types.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3396
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3397 *** In Fortran, `procedure' is not tagged.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3398
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3399 *** In Java, tags are created for "interface".
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3400
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3401 *** In Lisp, "(defstruct (foo", "(defun (operator" and similar constructs
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3402 are now tagged.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3403
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3404 *** In makefiles, tags the targets.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3405
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3406 *** In Perl, the --globals option tags global variables. my and local
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3407 variables are tagged.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3408
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3409 *** New language Python: def and class at the beginning of a line are tags.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3410
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3411 *** .ss files are Scheme files, .pdb is Postscript with C syntax, .psw is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3412 for PSWrap.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3413
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3414 ** Changes in etags.el
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3415
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3416 *** The new user-option tags-case-fold-search can be used to make
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3417 tags operations case-sensitive or case-insensitive. The default
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3418 is to use the same setting as case-fold-search.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3419
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3420 *** You can display additional output with M-x tags-apropos by setting
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3421 the new variable tags-apropos-additional-actions.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3422
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3423 If non-nil, the variable's value should be a list of triples (TITLE
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3424 FUNCTION TO-SEARCH). For each triple, M-x tags-apropos processes
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3425 TO-SEARCH and lists tags from it. TO-SEARCH should be an alist,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3426 obarray, or symbol. If it is a symbol, the symbol's value is used.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3427
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3428 TITLE is a string to use to label the list of tags from TO-SEARCH.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3429
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3430 FUNCTION is a function to call when an entry is selected in the Tags
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3431 List buffer. It is called with one argument, the selected symbol.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3432
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3433 A useful example value for this variable might be something like:
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3434
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3435 '(("Emacs Lisp" Info-goto-emacs-command-node obarray)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3436 ("Common Lisp" common-lisp-hyperspec common-lisp-hyperspec-obarray)
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3437 ("SCWM" scwm-documentation scwm-obarray))
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3438
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3439 *** The face tags-tag-face can be used to customize the appearance
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3440 of tags in the output of M-x tags-apropos.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3441
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3442 *** Setting tags-apropos-verbose to a non-nil value displays the
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3443 names of tags files in the *Tags List* buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3444
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3445 *** You can now search for tags that are part of the filename itself.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3446 If you have tagged the files topfile.c subdir/subfile.c
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3447 /tmp/tempfile.c, you can now search for tags "topfile.c", "subfile.c",
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3448 "dir/sub", "tempfile", "tempfile.c". If the tag matches the file name,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3449 point will go to the beginning of the file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3450
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3451 *** Compressed files are now transparently supported if
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3452 auto-compression-mode is active. You can tag (with Etags) and search
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3453 (with find-tag) both compressed and uncompressed files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3454
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3455 *** Tags commands like M-x tags-search no longer change point
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3456 in buffers where no match is found. In buffers where a match is
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3457 found, the original value of point is pushed on the marker ring.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3458
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3459 ** Fortran mode has a new command `fortran-strip-sequence-nos' to
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3460 remove text past column 72. The syntax class of `\' in Fortran is now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3461 appropriate for C-style escape sequences in strings.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3462
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3463 ** SGML mode's default `sgml-validate-command' is now `nsgmls'.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3464
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3465 ** A new command `view-emacs-problems' (C-h P) displays the PROBLEMS file.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3466
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3467 ** The Dabbrev package has a new user-option `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3468 containing a list of regular expressions. Buffers matching a regular
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3469 expression from that list, are not checked.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3470
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3471 ** Emacs can now figure out modification times of remote files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3472 When you do C-x C-f /user@host:/path/file RET and edit the file,
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3473 and someone else modifies the file, you will be prompted to revert
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3474 the buffer, just like for the local files.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3475
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3476 ** The buffer menu (C-x C-b) no longer lists the *Buffer List* buffer.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3477
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3478 ** When invoked with a prefix argument, the command `list-abbrevs' now
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3479 displays local abbrevs, only.
a3e94a8271e0 Reshuffle user-level changes to bring more important ones closer to the
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38894
diff changeset
3480
33290
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
3481 ** Refill minor mode provides preliminary support for keeping
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
3482 paragraphs filled as you modify them.
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
3483
38605
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
3484 ** The variable `double-click-fuzz' specifies how much the mouse
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
3485 may be moved between clicks that are recognized as a pair. Its value
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
3486 is measured in pixels.
f99d2e5ee830 Add description of double-click-fuzz.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38590
diff changeset
3487
33290
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
3488 ** The new global minor mode `auto-image-file-mode' allows image files
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
3489 to be visited as images.
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
3490
39270
daf37eb76fde grep-command and grep-find-command user options.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39255
diff changeset
3491 ** Two new user-options `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'
daf37eb76fde grep-command and grep-find-command user options.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39255
diff changeset
3492 were added to compile.el.
daf37eb76fde grep-command and grep-find-command user options.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39255
diff changeset
3493
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3494 ** Withdrawn packages
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3495
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3496 *** mldrag.el has been removed. mouse.el provides the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3497 functionality with aliases for the mldrag functions.
26133
5eb182b0c724 eval-reg removed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26107
diff changeset
3498
27369
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
3499 *** eval-reg.el has been obsoleted by changes to edebug.el and removed.
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
3500
b7162d2b3d0b ph.el, user-init-file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27361
diff changeset
3501 *** ph.el has been obsoleted by EUDC and removed.
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
3502
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
3503
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3504 * Incompatible Lisp changes
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3505
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3506 There are a few Lisp changes which are not backwards-compatible and
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3507 may require changes to existing code. Here is a list for reference.
35421
adba111543f5 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35420
diff changeset
3508 See the sections below for details.
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3509
35297
e268b7b500f0 Changes for makefile support in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 35278
diff changeset
3510 ** Since `format' preserves text properties, the idiom
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
3511 `(format "%s" foo)' no longer works to copy and remove properties.
41091
418fff19f92e Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41055
diff changeset
3512 Use `copy-sequence' to copy the string, then use `set-text-properties'
418fff19f92e Minor clarification.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 41055
diff changeset
3513 to remove the properties of the copy.
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3514
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3515 ** Since the `keymap' text property now has significance, some code
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3516 which uses both `local-map' and `keymap' properties (for portability)
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3517 may, for instance, give rise to duplicate menus when the keymaps from
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3518 these properties are active.
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3519
34029
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
3520 ** The change in the treatment of non-ASCII characters in search
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
3521 ranges may affect some code.
34017
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
3522
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
3523 ** A non-nil value for the LOCAL arg of add-hook makes the hook
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
3524 buffer-local even if `make-local-hook' hasn't been called, which might
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
3525 make a difference to some code.
8cf5499796cc *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34001
diff changeset
3526
34029
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
3527 ** The new treatment of the minibuffer prompt might affect code which
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
3528 operates on the minibuffer.
d80bd382fa99 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34017
diff changeset
3529
34087
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3530 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3531 cause `no-conversion' and `emacs-mule-unix' coding systems to produce
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3532 different results when reading files with non-ASCII characters
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3533 (previously, both coding systems would produce the same results).
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3534 Specifically, `no-conversion' interprets each 8-bit byte as a separate
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3535 character. This makes `no-conversion' inappropriate for reading
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3536 multibyte text, e.g. buffers written to disk in their internal MULE
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3537 encoding (auto-saving does that, for example). If a Lisp program
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3538 reads such files with `no-conversion', each byte of the multibyte
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3539 sequence, including the MULE leading codes such as \201, is treated as
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3540 a separate character, which prevents them from being interpreted in
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3541 the buffer as multibyte characters.
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3542
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3543 Therefore, Lisp programs that read files which contain the internal
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3544 MULE encoding should use `emacs-mule-unix'. `no-conversion' is only
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3545 appropriate for reading truly binary files.
4fcc3c4e9b0f Explain why `no-conversion' is no longer appropriate for reading
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 34060
diff changeset
3546
34617
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
3547 ** Code that relies on the obsolete `before-change-function' and
35242
910222f6a03c Tell them to use before-change-functions and after-change-functions
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35223
diff changeset
3548 `after-change-function' to detect buffer changes will now fail. Use
910222f6a03c Tell them to use before-change-functions and after-change-functions
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35223
diff changeset
3549 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions' instead.
34617
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
3550
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
3551 ** Code that uses `concat' with integer args now gets an error, as
44087
c8f919cc34e2 Clarify that mapconcat will also throw an error when it invokes
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44072
diff changeset
3552 long promised. So does any code that uses derivatives of `concat',
c8f919cc34e2 Clarify that mapconcat will also throw an error when it invokes
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 44072
diff changeset
3553 such as `mapconcat'.
34617
1759a3374578 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 34564
diff changeset
3554
38649
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
3555 ** The function base64-decode-string now always returns a unibyte
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
3556 string.
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
3557
36244
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
3558 ** Not a Lisp incompatibility as such but, with the introduction of
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
3559 extra private charsets, there is now only one slot free for a new
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
3560 dimension-2 private charset. User code which tries to add more than
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
3561 one extra will fail unless you rebuild Emacs with some standard
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
3562 charset(s) removed; that is probably inadvisable because it changes
7f8002783bf3 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36113
diff changeset
3563 the emacs-mule encoding. Also, files stored in the emacs-mule
36470
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
3564 encoding using Emacs 20 with additional private charsets defined will
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
3565 probably not be read correctly by Emacs 21.
36113
1a29f6d22f6e Mention potential incompatibilities due to new dimension-2 charsets.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 36039
diff changeset
3566
37077
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3567 ** The variable `directory-sep-char' is slated for removal.
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3568 Not really a change (yet), but a projected one that you should be
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3569 aware of: The variable `directory-sep-char' is deprecated, and should
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3570 not be used. It was always ignored on GNU/Linux and Unix systems and
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3571 on MS-DOS, but the MS-Windows port tried to support it by adapting the
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3572 behavior of certain primitives to the value of this variable. It
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3573 turned out that such support cannot be reliable, so it was decided to
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3574 remove this variable in the near future. Lisp programs are well
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3575 advised not to set it to anything but '/', because any different value
8b914cd4ae0c Fix the wording about directory-sep-char deprecation.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37064
diff changeset
3576 will not have any effect when support for this variable is removed.
37064
428092eb22d4 Document that directory-sep-char is deprecated.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37061
diff changeset
3577
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
3578
29102
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
3579 * Lisp changes made after edition 2.6 of the Emacs Lisp Manual,
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
3580 (Display-related features are described in a page of their own below.)
ba9cfbfc601e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28955
diff changeset
3581
39089
64e39b9789cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39075
diff changeset
3582 ** Function assq-delete-all replaces function assoc-delete-all.
64e39b9789cc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39075
diff changeset
3583
41356
39332ec6c47d Fix typos.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 41355
diff changeset
3584 ** The new function animate-string, from lisp/play/animate.el
38527
71c6489a2aff *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38471
diff changeset
3585 allows the animated display of strings.
71c6489a2aff *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38471
diff changeset
3586
37061
e5b70de7b794 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37009
diff changeset
3587 ** The new function `interactive-form' can be used to obtain the
e5b70de7b794 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37009
diff changeset
3588 interactive form of a function.
e5b70de7b794 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37009
diff changeset
3589
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3590 ** The keyword :set-after in defcustom allows to specify dependencies
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3591 between custom options. Example:
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3592
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3593 (defcustom default-input-method nil
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3594 "*Default input method for multilingual text (a string).
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3595 This is the input method activated automatically by the command
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3596 `toggle-input-method' (\\[toggle-input-method])."
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3597 :group 'mule
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3598 :type '(choice (const nil) string)
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3599 :set-after '(current-language-environment))
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3600
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3601 This specifies that default-input-method should be set after
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3602 current-language-environment even if default-input-method appears
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3603 first in a custom-set-variables statement.
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
3604
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
3605 ** The new hook `kbd-macro-termination-hook' is run at the end of
35125
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
3606 function execute-kbd-macro. Functions on this hook are called with no
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
3607 args. The hook is run independent of how the macro was terminated
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
3608 (signal or normal termination).
95799f3353e7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35090
diff changeset
3609
35090
b876bd6bde9e butlast, nbutlast.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35064
diff changeset
3610 ** Functions `butlast' and `nbutlast' for removing trailing elements
b876bd6bde9e butlast, nbutlast.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35064
diff changeset
3611 from a list are now available without requiring the CL package.
b876bd6bde9e butlast, nbutlast.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35064
diff changeset
3612
34271
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
3613 ** The new user-option `even-window-heights' can be set to nil
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
3614 to prevent `display-buffer' from evening out window heights.
52c06c998aac *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34204
diff changeset
3615
33373
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
3616 ** The user-option `face-font-registry-alternatives' specifies
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
3617 alternative font registry names to try when looking for a font.
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
3618
34054
da7a782777bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34029
diff changeset
3619 ** Function `md5' calculates the MD5 "message digest"/"checksum".
33364
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33315
diff changeset
3620
32913
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
3621 ** Function `delete-frame' runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
3622 deleting the frame. The hook is called with one arg, the frame
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
3623 being deleted.
8a79f057b2a5 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32865
diff changeset
3624
32845
e92097fd9144 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 32751
diff changeset
3625 ** `add-hook' now makes the hook local if called with a non-nil LOCAL arg.
e92097fd9144 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 32751
diff changeset
3626
32466
90886fd49673 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32465
diff changeset
3627 ** The treatment of non-ASCII characters in search ranges has changed.
32465
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3628 If a range in a regular expression or the arg of
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3629 skip-chars-forward/backward starts with a unibyte character C and ends
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3630 with a multibyte character C2, the range is divided into two: one is
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3631 C..?\377, the other is C1..C2, where C1 is the first character of C2's
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3632 charset.
355b97042e28 non-ascii character ranges
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 32448
diff changeset
3633
32259
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
3634 ** The new function `display-message-or-buffer' displays a message in
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
3635 the echo area or pops up a buffer, depending on the length of the
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
3636 message.
cae38860a9ee Add entry for `display-message-or-buffer'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32257
diff changeset
3637
32050
2a3bcf8d9877 Add entries for `auto-image-file-mode' and `with-auto-compression-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32037
diff changeset
3638 ** The new macro `with-auto-compression-mode' allows evaluating an
2a3bcf8d9877 Add entries for `auto-image-file-mode' and `with-auto-compression-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32037
diff changeset
3639 expression with auto-compression-mode enabled.
2a3bcf8d9877 Add entries for `auto-image-file-mode' and `with-auto-compression-mode'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32037
diff changeset
3640
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3641 ** In image specifications, `:heuristic-mask' has been replaced
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3642 with the more general `:mask' property.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
3643
35364
19c93f3ebdce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35326
diff changeset
3644 ** Image specifications accept more `:conversion's.
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
3645
31561
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3646 ** A `?' can be used in a symbol name without escaping it with a
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3647 backslash.
b441ceb31859 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31388
diff changeset
3648
31007
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3649 ** Reading from the mini-buffer now reads from standard input if Emacs
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3650 is running in batch mode. For example,
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3651
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3652 (message "%s" (read t))
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3653
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3654 will read a Lisp expression from standard input and print the result
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3655 to standard output.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3656
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3657 ** The argument of `down-list', `backward-up-list', `up-list',
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3658 `kill-sexp', `backward-kill-sexp' and `mark-sexp' is now optional.
0e3404fe9965 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31004
diff changeset
3659
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3660 ** If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is set, function `display-buffer'
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3661 will raise frames displaying a buffer, instead of creating a new
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3662 frame or window.
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3663
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3664 ** Two new functions for removing elements from lists/sequences
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3665 were added
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3666
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3667 - Function: remove ELT SEQ
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3668
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
3669 Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed. SEQ must be
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3670 a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3671
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3672 - Function: remq ELT LIST
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3673
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
3674 Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed. The
30516
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3675 comparison is done with `eq'.
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3676
148c11ee6b89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30511
diff changeset
3677 ** The function `delete' now also works with vectors and strings.
30511
2ac427297d38 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30502
diff changeset
3678
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
3679 ** The meaning of the `:weakness WEAK' argument of make-hash-table
39075
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
3680 has been changed: WEAK can now have new values `key-or-value' and
39441
cecec2db4346 Fix typo.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39300
diff changeset
3681 `key-and-value', in addition the `nil', `key', `value', and `t'.
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
3682
30357
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
3683 ** Function `aset' stores any multibyte character in any string
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
3684 without signaling "Attempt to change char length of a string". It may
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
3685 convert a unibyte string to multibyte if necessary.
2696b797cd2f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 30339
diff changeset
3686
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3687 ** The value of the `help-echo' text property is called as a function
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
3688 or evaluated, if it is not a string already, to obtain a help string.
30203
34881d6fc1f6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30158
diff changeset
3689
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
3690 ** Function `make-obsolete' now has an optional arg to say when the
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
3691 function was declared obsolete.
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
3692
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3693 ** Function `plist-member' is renamed from `widget-plist-member' (which is
30158
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
3694 retained as an alias).
84d54b049d67 make-obsolete, plist-member changes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30155
diff changeset
3695
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
3696 ** Easy-menu's :filter now works as in XEmacs.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
3697 It takes the unconverted (i.e. XEmacs) form of the menu and the result
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
3698 is automatically converted to Emacs' form.
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
3699
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
3700 ** The new function `window-list' has been defined
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
3701
33620
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3702 - Function: window-list &optional FRAME WINDOW MINIBUF
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3703
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3704 Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW. FRAME nil or
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3705 omitted means use the selected frame. WINDOW nil or omitted means use
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3706 the selected window. MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window,
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3707 even if it isn't active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3708 minibuffer window only if it's active. MINIBUF neither nil nor t
62859e71806e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33618
diff changeset
3709 means never include the minibuffer window.
30038
9a141c819d48 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30012
diff changeset
3710
39179
d0b29a3ee609 some-window -> get-window-with-predicate.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39089
diff changeset
3711 ** There's a new function `get-window-with-predicate' defined as follows
d0b29a3ee609 some-window -> get-window-with-predicate.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39089
diff changeset
3712
d0b29a3ee609 some-window -> get-window-with-predicate.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39089
diff changeset
3713 - Function: get-window-with-predicate PREDICATE &optional MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES DEFAULT
30006
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3714
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3715 Return a window satisfying PREDICATE.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3716
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3717 This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows',
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3718 calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3719 argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3720 value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3721 returned.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3722
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3723 Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3724 if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3725 it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3726 minibuffer even if it is active.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3727
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3728 Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3729 counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3730 too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3731 and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts,
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3732 `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3733 entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3734
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3735 ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3736 ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3737 ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3738 ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3739 ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3740 If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3741 Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.
f39010aa1be6 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29972
diff changeset
3742
30564
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3743 ** The function `single-key-description' now encloses function key and
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3744 event names in angle brackets. When called with a second optional
a363ab77020c *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30518
diff changeset
3745 argument non-nil, angle brackets won't be printed.
29657
cdef08609770 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29637
diff changeset
3746
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
3747 ** If the variable `message-truncate-lines' is bound to t around a
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
3748 call to `message', the echo area will not be resized to display that
30290
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
3749 message; it will be truncated instead, as it was done in 20.x.
5d592031fd61 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30278
diff changeset
3750 Default value is nil.
29637
6b63e5410a0e *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29633
diff changeset
3751
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3752 ** The user option `line-number-display-limit' can now be set to nil,
29633
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
3753 meaning no limit.
98e1c27ffe84 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29533
diff changeset
3754
38126
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
3755 ** The new user option `line-number-display-limit-width' controls
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
3756 the maximum width of lines in a buffer for which Emacs displays line
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
3757 numbers in the mode line. The default is 200.
64a45ba0553f Document line-number-display-limit-width.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38107
diff changeset
3758
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3759 ** `select-safe-coding-system' now also checks the most preferred
29509
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
3760 coding-system if buffer-file-coding-system is `undecided' and
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
3761 DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM is not specified,
fc84e59f692c Preferred coding system change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29506
diff changeset
3762
34001
fc9ba8a24dde *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33991
diff changeset
3763 ** The function `subr-arity' provides information about the argument
fc9ba8a24dde *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33991
diff changeset
3764 list of a primitive.
29238
552f0327e586 subr-arity
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29218
diff changeset
3765
33111
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3766 ** `where-is-internal' now also accepts a list of keymaps.
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3767
29286
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
3768 ** The text property `keymap' specifies a key map which overrides the
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
3769 buffer's local map and the map specified by the `local-map' property.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
3770 This is probably what most current uses of `local-map' want, rather
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
3771 than replacing the local map.
c0fe782084bb keymap property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29238
diff changeset
3772
35250
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
3773 ** The obsolete variables `before-change-function' and
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
3774 `after-change-function' are no longer acted upon and have been
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
3775 removed. Use `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions'
d6a8befb918c *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35242
diff changeset
3776 instead.
29498
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
3777
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
3778 ** The function `apropos-mode' runs the hook `apropos-mode-hook'.
4b79925ce8fa *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29381
diff changeset
3779
33111
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3780 ** `concat' no longer accepts individual integer arguments,
bbf383648e4d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33020
diff changeset
3781 as promised long ago.
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
3782
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
3783 ** The new function `float-time' returns the current time as a float.
37749
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
3784
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
3785 ** The new variable auto-coding-regexp-alist specifies coding systems
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
3786 for reading specific files, analogous to auto-coding-alist, but
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
3787 patterns are checked against file contents instead of file names.
1d5371e8a974 Add entry for auto-coding-regexp-alist.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37446
diff changeset
3788
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
3789
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3790 * Lisp changes in Emacs 21.1 (see following page for display-related features)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
3791
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3792 ** The new package rx.el provides an alternative sexp notation for
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3793 regular expressions.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3794
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3795 - Function: rx-to-string SEXP
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3796
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3797 Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3798
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3799 - Macro: rx SEXP
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3800
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3801 Translate SEXP into a regular expression in string notation.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3802
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3803 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3804 notation.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3805
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3806 STRING
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3807 matches string STRING literally.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3808
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3809 CHAR
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3810 matches character CHAR literally.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3811
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3812 `not-newline'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3813 matches any character except a newline.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3814 .
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3815 `anything'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3816 matches any character
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3817
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3818 `(any SET)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3819 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3820 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3821
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
3822 '(in SET)'
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3823 like `any'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3824
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3825 `(not (any SET))'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3826 matches any character not in SET
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3827
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3828 `line-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3829 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3830 in the text being matched
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3831
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3832 `line-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3833 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3834
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3835 `string-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3836 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3837 string being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3838
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3839 `string-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3840 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3841 string being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3842
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3843 `buffer-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3844 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3845 buffer being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3846
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3847 `buffer-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3848 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3849 buffer being matched against.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3850
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3851 `point'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3852 matches the empty string, but only at point.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3853
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3854 `word-start'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3855 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3856 word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3857
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3858 `word-end'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3859 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3860
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3861 `word-boundary'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3862 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3863 word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3864
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3865 `(not word-boundary)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3866 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3867 word.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3868
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3869 `digit'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3870 matches 0 through 9.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3871
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3872 `control'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3873 matches ASCII control characters.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3874
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3875 `hex-digit'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3876 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3877
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3878 `blank'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3879 matches space and tab only.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3880
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3881 `graphic'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3882 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3883 space, and DEL.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3884
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3885 `printing'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3886 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3887 and DEL.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3888
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3889 `alphanumeric'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3890 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3891 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3892
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3893 `letter'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3894 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3895 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3896
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3897 `ascii'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3898 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3899
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3900 `nonascii'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3901 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3902
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3903 `lower'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3904 matches anything lower-case.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3905
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3906 `upper'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3907 matches anything upper-case.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3908
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3909 `punctuation'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3910 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3911 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3912
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3913 `space'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3914 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3915
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3916 `word'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3917 matches anything that has word syntax.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3918
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3919 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3920 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3921 of the following symbols.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3922
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3923 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3924 `punctuation' (\\s.)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3925 `word' (\\sw)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3926 `symbol' (\\s_)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3927 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3928 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3929 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3930 `string-quote' (\\s\")
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3931 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3932 `escape' (\\s\\)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3933 `character-quote' (\\s/)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3934 `comment-start' (\\s<)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3935 `comment-end' (\\s>)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3936
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3937 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3938 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3939
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3940 `(category CATEGORY)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3941 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3942 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3943
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3944 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3945 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3946 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3947 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3948 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3949 `symbol' (\\c5)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3950 `digit' (\\c6)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3951 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3952 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3953 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3954 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3955 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3956 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3957 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3958 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3959 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3960 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3961 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3962 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3963 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3964 `ascii' (\\ca)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3965 `arabic' (\\cb)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3966 `chinese' (\\cc)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3967 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3968 `greek' (\\cg)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3969 `korean' (\\ch)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3970 `indian' (\\ci)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3971 `japanese' (\\cj)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3972 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3973 `latin' (\\cl)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3974 `lao' (\\co)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3975 `tibetan' (\\cq)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3976 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3977 `thai' (\\ct)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3978 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3979 `hebrew' (\\cw)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3980 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3981 `can-break' (\\c|)
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3982
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3983 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3984 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3985
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3986 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3987 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3988
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3989 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3990 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3991 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3992
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3993 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3994 another name for `submatch'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3995
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3996 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3997 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3998 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
3999 regular expression.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4000
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4001 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4002 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4003 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4004 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4005 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4006
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4007 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4008 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4009
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4010 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4011 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4012
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4013 `(0+ SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4014 like `zero-or-more'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4015
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4016 `(* SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4017 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4018
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4019 `(*? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4020 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4021
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4022 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4023 matches one or more occurrences of A.
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
4024
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4025 `(1+ SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4026 like `one-or-more'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4027
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4028 `(+ SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4029 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4030
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4031 `(+? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4032 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4033
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4034 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4035 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
40215
77247104a65e mention html-xhtml
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 40190
diff changeset
4036
39517
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4037 `(optional SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4038 like `zero-or-one'.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4039
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4040 `(? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4041 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4042
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4043 `(?? SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4044 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4045
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4046 `(repeat N SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4047 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4048
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4049 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4050 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4051
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4052 `(eval FORM)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4053 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4054 `regexp-quote' it.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4055
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4056 `(regexp REGEXP)'
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4057 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
81ce748b1748 Mention Rx.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 39485
diff changeset
4058
36811
a37eeb9f04f3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36798
diff changeset
4059 *** The features `md5' and `overlay' are now provided by default.
a37eeb9f04f3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 36798
diff changeset
4060
30933
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4061 *** The special form `save-restriction' now works correctly even if the
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4062 buffer is widened inside the save-restriction and changes made outside
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4063 the original restriction. Previously, doing this would cause the saved
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4064 restriction to be restored incorrectly.
3a89352a7dab Document save-restriction fix.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30930
diff changeset
4065
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4066 *** The functions `find-charset-region' and `find-charset-string' include
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4067 `eight-bit-control' and/or `eight-bit-graphic' in the returned list
36470
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4068 when they find 8-bit characters. Previously, they included `ascii' in a
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4069 multibyte buffer and `unknown' in a unibyte buffer.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4070
39255
2ccde3c50b3a Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39232
diff changeset
4071 *** The functions `set-buffer-multibyte', `string-as-multibyte' and
39212
34e0c37a5809 string-as-{muti,uni}byte doesn't act on a buffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39179
diff changeset
4072 `string-as-unibyte' change the byte sequence of a buffer or a string
34e0c37a5809 string-as-{muti,uni}byte doesn't act on a buffer.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39179
diff changeset
4073 if it contains a character from the `eight-bit-control' character set.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4074
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4075 *** The handling of multibyte sequences in a multibyte buffer is
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4076 changed. Previously, a byte sequence matching the pattern
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4077 [\200-\237][\240-\377]+ was interpreted as a single character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4078 regardless of the length of the trailing bytes [\240-\377]+. Thus, if
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4079 the sequence was longer than what the leading byte indicated, the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4080 extra trailing bytes were ignored by Lisp functions. Now such extra
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4081 bytes are independent 8-bit characters belonging to the charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4082 eight-bit-graphic.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4083
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4084 ** Fontsets are now implemented using char-tables.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4085
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
4086 A fontset can now be specified for each independent character, for
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4087 a group of characters or for a character set rather than just for a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4088 character set as previously.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4089
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4090 *** The arguments of the function `set-fontset-font' are changed.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4091 They are NAME, CHARACTER, FONTNAME, and optional FRAME. The function
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4092 modifies fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4093
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4094 CHARACTER may be a cons (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4095 characters. In that case FONTNAME is used for all characters in the
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4096 range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4097 case FONTNAME is used for all character in the charset.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4098
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4099 FONTNAME may be a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is the family
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
4100 name of a font and REGISTRY is a registry name of a font.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4101
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4102 *** Variable x-charset-registry has been deleted. The default charset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4103 registries of character sets are set in the default fontset
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4104 "fontset-default".
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4105
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4106 *** The function `create-fontset-from-fontset-spec' ignores the second
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4107 argument STYLE-VARIANT. It never creates style-variant fontsets.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4108
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4109 ** The method of composing characters is changed. Now character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4110 composition is done by a special text property `composition' in
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4111 buffers and strings.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4112
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4113 *** Charset composition is deleted. Emacs never creates a `composite
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4114 character' which is an independent character with a unique character
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4115 code. Thus the following functions handling `composite characters'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4116 have been deleted: composite-char-component,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4117 composite-char-component-count, composite-char-composition-rule,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4118 composite-char-composition-rule and decompose-composite-char delete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4119 The variables leading-code-composition and min-composite-char have
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4120 also been deleted.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4121
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4122 *** Three more glyph reference points are added. They can be used to
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4123 specify a composition rule. See the documentation of the variable
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4124 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4125
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4126 *** The function `compose-region' takes new arguments COMPONENTS and
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4127 MODIFICATION-FUNC. With COMPONENTS, you can specify not only a
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4128 composition rule but also characters to be composed. Such characters
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4129 may differ between buffer and string text.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4130
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4131 *** The function `compose-string' takes new arguments START, END,
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4132 COMPONENTS, and MODIFICATION-FUNC.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4133
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4134 *** The function `compose-string' puts text property `composition'
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4135 directly on the argument STRING instead of returning a new string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4136 Likewise, the function `decompose-string' just removes text property
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4137 `composition' from STRING.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4138
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4139 *** The new function `find-composition' returns information about
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4140 a composition at a specified position in a buffer or a string.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4141
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4142 *** The function `decompose-composite-char' is now labeled as
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4143 obsolete.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4144
36039
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
4145 ** The new coding system `mac-roman' is primarily intended for use on
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
4146 the Macintosh but may be used generally for Macintosh-encoded text.
9c2bd5a836b3 point to INSTALL
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35937
diff changeset
4147
33290
b0b23815e8ca *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33274
diff changeset
4148 ** The new character sets `mule-unicode-0100-24ff',
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4149 `mule-unicode-2500-33ff', and `mule-unicode-e000-ffff' have been
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4150 introduced for Unicode characters in the range U+0100..U+24FF,
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4151 U+2500..U+33FF, U+E000..U+FFFF respectively.
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4152
38012
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4153 Note that the character sets are not yet unified in Emacs, so
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4154 characters which belong to charsets such as Latin-2, Greek, Hebrew,
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4155 etc. and the same characters in the `mule-unicode-*' charsets are
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4156 different characters, as far as Emacs is concerned. For example, text
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4157 which includes Unicode characters from the Latin-2 locale cannot be
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4158 encoded by Emacs with ISO 8859-2 coding system.
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4159
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4160 ** The new coding system `mule-utf-8' has been added.
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4161 It provides limited support for decoding/encoding UTF-8 text. For
3bf93c45de95 Mention that mule-unicode-* charsets aren't unified with the others.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 37948
diff changeset
4162 details, please see the documentation string of this coding system.
35557
eb649a1c81eb *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 35470
diff changeset
4163
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4164 ** The new character sets `japanese-jisx0213-1' and
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4165 `japanese-jisx0213-2' have been introduced for the new Japanese
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4166 standard JIS X 0213 Plane 1 and Plane 2.
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4167
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4168 ** The new character sets `latin-iso8859-14' and `latin-iso8859-15'
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4169 have been introduced.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4170
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4171 ** The new character sets `eight-bit-control' and `eight-bit-graphic'
35937
f6e7e24f14e9 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35927
diff changeset
4172 have been introduced for 8-bit characters in the ranges 0x80..0x9F and
36470
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4173 0xA0..0xFF respectively. Note that the multibyte representation of
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4174 eight-bit-control is never exposed; this leads to an exception in the
67c8e0a89b2d *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36428
diff changeset
4175 emacs-mule coding system, which encodes everything else to the
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4176 buffer/string internal representation. Note that to search for
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4177 eight-bit-graphic characters in a multibyte buffer, the search string
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4178 must be multibyte, otherwise such characters will be converted to
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4179 their multibyte equivalent.
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4180
28847
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
4181 ** If the APPEND argument of `write-region' is an integer, it seeks to
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
4182 that offset in the file before writing.
c27ead6e7ea1 write-region change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28834
diff changeset
4183
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4184 ** The function `add-minor-mode' has been added for convenience and
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4185 compatibility with XEmacs (and is used internally by define-minor-mode).
28724
48df558593f9 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28710
diff changeset
4186
28710
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4187 ** The function `shell-command' now sets the default directory of the
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4188 `*Shell Command Output*' buffer to the default directory of the buffer
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4189 from which the command was issued.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4190
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4191 ** The functions `query-replace', `query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4192 `query-replace-regexp-eval' `map-query-replace-regexp',
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4193 `replace-string', `replace-regexp', and `perform-replace' take two
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4194 additional optional arguments START and END that specify the region to
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4195 operate on.
6efaa4627dee *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28699
diff changeset
4196
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4197 ** The new function `count-screen-lines' is a more flexible alternative
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4198 to `window-buffer-height'.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4199
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4200 - Function: count-screen-lines &optional BEG END COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE WINDOW
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4201
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4202 Return the number of screen lines in the region between BEG and END.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4203 The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4204 lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4205
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4206 Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max'
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4207 respectively.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4208
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4209 If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument
28658
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4210 COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4211
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4212 The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4213 obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4214 on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4215
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4216 Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4217 buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4218 possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4219 is currently displayed in some window.
bb5083cf0565 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28634
diff changeset
4220
28556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
4221 ** The new function `mapc' is like `mapcar' but doesn't collect the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
4222 argument function's results.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28525
diff changeset
4223
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
4224 ** The functions base64-decode-region and base64-decode-string now
38649
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
4225 signal an error instead of returning nil if decoding fails. Also,
39075
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
4226 `base64-decode-string' now always returns a unibyte string (in Emacs
8722aa0ae475 Mark (almost) all entries either --- or +++.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 39031
diff changeset
4227 20, it returned a multibyte string when the result was a valid multibyte
38649
021a0445b5f6 Mention the change in base64-decode-string whereby the result is
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38605
diff changeset
4228 sequence).
28496
92a9591b21a2 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28492
diff changeset
4229
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
4230 ** The function sendmail-user-agent-compose now recognizes a `body'
31859
9bb38b47a241 Fix typo.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 31858
diff changeset
4231 header in the list of headers passed to it.
28492
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
4232
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
4233 ** The new function member-ignore-case works like `member', but
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
4234 ignores differences in case and text representation.
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
4235
fc5e9fc89c9d *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28396
diff changeset
4236 ** The buffer-local variable cursor-type can be used to specify the
28323
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4237 cursor to use in windows displaying a buffer. Values are interpreted
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4238 as follows:
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4239
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4240 t use the cursor specified for the frame (default)
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4241 nil don't display a cursor
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4242 `bar' display a bar cursor with default width
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4243 (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4244 others display a box cursor.
c58dc3f08133 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28303
diff changeset
4245
28303
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4246 ** The variable open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start controls whether
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4247 an open parenthesis in column 0 is considered to be the start of a
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4248 defun. If set, the default, it is considered a defun start. If not
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4249 set, an open parenthesis in column 0 has no special meaning.
8bdd3f67b91a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28292
diff changeset
4250
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4251 ** The new function `string-to-syntax' can be used to translate syntax
28854
a5c81109bc31 Mention PCL-CVS.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28847
diff changeset
4252 specifications in string form as accepted by `modify-syntax-entry' to
28194
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4253 the cons-cell form that is used for the values of the `syntax-table'
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4254 text property, and in `font-lock-syntactic-keywords'.
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4255
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4256 Example:
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4257
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4258 (string-to-syntax "()")
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4259 => (4 . 41)
59c09e95d278 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28166
diff changeset
4260
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4261 ** Emacs' reader supports CL read syntax for integers in bases
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4262 other than 10.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4263
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4264 *** `#BINTEGER' or `#bINTEGER' reads INTEGER in binary (radix 2).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4265 INTEGER optionally contains a sign.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4266
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4267 #b1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4268 => 15
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4269 #b-1111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4270 => -15
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4271
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4272 *** `#OINTEGER' or `#oINTEGER' reads INTEGER in octal (radix 8).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4273
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4274 #o666
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4275 => 438
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4276
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4277 *** `#XINTEGER' or `#xINTEGER' reads INTEGER in hexadecimal (radix 16).
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4278
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4279 #xbeef
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4280 => 48815
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4281
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4282 *** `#RADIXrINTEGER' reads INTEGER in radix RADIX, 2 <= RADIX <= 36.
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4283
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4284 #2R-111
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4285 => -7
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
4286 #25rah
28166
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4287 => 267
f3ea89b2cc47 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28159
diff changeset
4288
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
4289 ** The function `documentation-property' now evaluates the value of
30068
fd80ab818a0c Fix various typos.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 30056
diff changeset
4290 the given property to obtain a string if it doesn't refer to etc/DOC
28037
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
4291 and isn't a string.
acbd35afbe7b *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27995
diff changeset
4292
28335
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
4293 ** If called for a symbol, the function `documentation' now looks for
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
4294 a `function-documentation' property of that symbol. If it has a non-nil
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
4295 value, the documentation is taken from that value. If the value is
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
4296 not a string, it is evaluated to obtain a string.
012be509f4f4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28323
diff changeset
4297
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4298 ** The last argument of `define-key-after' defaults to t for convenience.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4299
28149
fd72698178e7 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 28140
diff changeset
4300 ** The new function `replace-regexp-in-string' replaces all matches
27881
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4301 for a regexp in a string.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4302
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4303 ** `mouse-position' now runs the abnormal hook
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4304 `mouse-position-function'.
f54471f7b913 replace-regexps-in-string, mouse-position-function, define-key-after change
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27847
diff changeset
4305
27827
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
4306 ** The function string-to-number now returns a float for numbers
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
4307 that don't fit into a Lisp integer.
25e4e0c9c19a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27820
diff changeset
4308
27820
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
4309 ** The variable keyword-symbols-constants-flag has been removed.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
4310 Keywords are now always considered constants.
2d9b98395c82 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27770
diff changeset
4311
27770
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
4312 ** The new function `delete-and-extract-region' deletes text and
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
4313 returns it.
38f6e392c0aa *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 27733
diff changeset
4314
27276
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
4315 ** The function `clear-this-command-keys' now also clears the vector
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
4316 returned by function `recent-keys'.
61772f3ab92f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27266
diff changeset
4317
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4318 ** Variables `beginning-of-defun-function' and `end-of-defun-function'
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4319 can be used to define handlers for the functions that find defuns.
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
4320 Major modes can define these locally instead of rebinding C-M-a
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4321 etc. if the normal conventions for defuns are not appropriate for the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4322 mode.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4323
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4324 ** easy-mmode-define-minor-mode now takes an additional BODY argument
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4325 and is renamed `define-minor-mode'.
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4326
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4327 ** If an abbrev has a hook function which is a symbol, and that symbol
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4328 has a non-nil `no-self-insert' property, the return value of the hook
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4329 function specifies whether an expansion has been done or not. If it
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4330 returns nil, abbrev-expand also returns nil, meaning "no expansion has
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4331 been performed."
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4332
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4333 When abbrev expansion is done by typing a self-inserting character,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4334 and the abbrev has a hook with the `no-self-insert' property, and the
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4335 hook function returns non-nil meaning expansion has been done,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4336 then the self-inserting character is not inserted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4337
26737
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
4338 ** The function `intern-soft' now accepts a symbol as first argument.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
4339 In this case, that exact symbol is looked up in the specified obarray,
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
4340 and the function's value is nil if it is not found.
0aad3e0b47d2 Change of intern-soft.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26728
diff changeset
4341
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4342 ** The new macro `with-syntax-table' can be used to evaluate forms
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4343 with the syntax table of the current buffer temporarily set to a
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4344 specified table.
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4345
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4346 (with-syntax-table TABLE &rest BODY)
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4347
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4348 Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of
26541
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
4349 TABLE. The current syntax table is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
4350 saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is
ce6bf7b42bc7 --with-syntax-table changed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26525
diff changeset
4351 what BODY returns.
26467
fe1632dc5fb3 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26432
diff changeset
4352
27693
d8bedafef8d5 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27644
diff changeset
4353 ** Regular expressions now support intervals \{n,m\} as well as
28063
f1b33463506d *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 28051
diff changeset
4354 Perl's shy-groups \(?:...\) and non-greedy *? +? and ?? operators.
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4355 Also back-references like \2 are now considered as an error if the
33913
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
4356 corresponding subgroup does not exist (or is not closed yet).
0c780fd30da5 New font-lock-doc-face.
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 33862
diff changeset
4357 Previously it would have been silently turned into `2' (ignoring the `\').
27094
6500fd0a7d8e *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 27092
diff changeset
4358
26397
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
4359 ** The optional argument BUFFER of function file-local-copy has been
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
4360 removed since it wasn't used by anything.
17d6fe2e2d0f Removal of buffer argument of file-local-copy.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26360
diff changeset
4361
26360
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
4362 ** The file name argument of function `file-locked-p' is now required
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
4363 instead of being optional.
5370b1c171ef Change in file-locked-p argument.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26359
diff changeset
4364
26277
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
4365 ** The new built-in error `text-read-only' is signaled when trying to
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
4366 modify read-only text.
32e16b70ae15 New built-in error `text-read-only'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26271
diff changeset
4367
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4368 ** New functions and variables for locales.
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4369
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4370 The new variable `locale-coding-system' specifies how to encode and
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4371 decode strings passed to low-level message functions like strerror and
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4372 time functions like strftime. The new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4373 `system-messages-locale' and `system-time-locale' give the system
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4374 locales to be used when invoking these two types of functions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4375
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4376 The new function `set-locale-environment' sets the language
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4377 environment, preferred coding system, and locale coding system from
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4378 the system locale as specified by the LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, and LANG
26525
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4379 environment variables. Normally, it is invoked during startup and need
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4380 not be invoked thereafter. It uses the new variables
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4381 `locale-language-names', `locale-charset-language-names', and
4df5920724de Rename messages-locale to system-messages-locale
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26467
diff changeset
4382 `locale-preferred-coding-systems' to make its decisions.
26140
068f7ad41d40 Describe new functions and variables for locales.
Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>
parents: 26133
diff changeset
4383
26107
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
4384 ** syntax tables now understand nested comments.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
4385 To declare a comment syntax as allowing nesting, just add an `n'
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
4386 modifier to either of the characters of the comment end and the comment
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
4387 start sequences.
5bdae485eb03 *** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents: 26096
diff changeset
4388
25910
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
4389 ** The function `pixmap-spec-p' has been renamed `bitmap-spec-p'
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
4390 because `bitmap' is more in line with the usual X terminology.
918acea58309 Add section for change of pixmap-spec-p to bitmap-spec-p.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 25862
diff changeset
4391
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4392 ** New function `propertize'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4393
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4394 The new function `propertize' can be used to conveniently construct
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4395 strings with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4396
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4397 - Function: propertize STRING &rest PROPERTIES
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4398
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4399 Value is a copy of STRING with text properties assigned as specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4400 by PROPERTIES. PROPERTIES is a sequence of pairs PROPERTY VALUE, with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4401 PROPERTY being the name of a text property and VALUE being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4402 specified value of that property. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4403
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4404 (propertize "foo" 'face 'bold 'read-only t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4405
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4406 ** push and pop macros.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4407
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4408 Simple versions of the push and pop macros of Common Lisp
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4409 are now defined in Emacs Lisp. These macros allow only symbols
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4410 as the place that holds the list to be changed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4412 (push NEWELT LISTNAME) add NEWELT to the front of LISTNAME's value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4413 (pop LISTNAME) return first elt of LISTNAME, and remove it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4414 (thus altering the value of LISTNAME).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4415
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4416 ** New dolist and dotimes macros.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4417
27387
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
4418 Simple versions of the dolist and dotimes macros of Common Lisp
d0a7127b33e5 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27385
diff changeset
4419 are now defined in Emacs Lisp.
27385
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4420
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4421 (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4422 Execute body once for each element of LIST,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4423 using the variable VAR to hold the current element.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4424 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4425
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4426 (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...)
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4427 Execute BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0,
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4428 inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4429 Then return the value of RESULT, or nil if RESULT is omitted.
f7b7fdb0f3f4 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 27381
diff changeset
4430
34166
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
4431 ** Regular expressions now support Posix character classes such as
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
4432 [:alpha:], [:space:] and so on. These must be used within a character
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
4433 class--for instance, [-[:digit:].+] matches digits or a period
c073ad4159fd *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 34125
diff changeset
4434 or a sign.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4435
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4436 [:digit:] matches 0 through 9
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4437 [:cntrl:] matches ASCII control characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4438 [:xdigit:] matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4439 [:blank:] matches space and tab only
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4440 [:graph:] matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4441 space, and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4442 [:print:] matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4443 and DEL.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4444 [:alnum:] matches letters and digits.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4445 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4446 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4447 [:alpha:] matches letters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4448 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4449 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4450 [:ascii:] matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4451 [:nonascii:] matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4452 [:lower:] matches anything lower-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4453 [:punct:] matches punctuation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4454 (But at present, for multibyte characters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4455 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4456 [:space:] matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4457 [:upper:] matches anything upper-case.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4458 [:word:] matches anything that has word syntax.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4459
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4460 ** Emacs now has built-in hash tables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4462 The following functions are defined for hash tables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4464 - Function: make-hash-table ARGS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4465
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4466 The argument list ARGS consists of keyword/argument pairs. All arguments
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4467 are optional. The following arguments are defined:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4468
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4469 :test TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4470
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4471 TEST must be a symbol specifying how to compare keys. Default is `eql'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4472 Predefined are `eq', `eql' and `equal'. If TEST is not predefined,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4473 it must have been defined with `define-hash-table-test'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4474
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4475 :size SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4476
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4477 SIZE must be an integer > 0 giving a hint to the implementation how
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4478 many elements will be put in the hash table. Default size is 65.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4480 :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4482 REHASH-SIZE specifies by how much to grow a hash table once it becomes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4483 full. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that to the hash table's old
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4484 size to get the new size. Otherwise, REHASH-SIZE must be a float >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4485 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying REHASH-SIZE with the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4486 old size. Default rehash size is 1.5.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4487
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4488 :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4489
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4490 THRESHOLD must be a float > 0 and <= 1.0 specifying when to resize the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4491 hash table. It is resized when the ratio of (number of entries) /
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4492 (size of hash table) is >= THRESHOLD. Default threshold is 0.8.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4494 :weakness WEAK
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4495
30502
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4496 WEAK must be either nil, one of the symbols `key, `value',
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4497 `key-or-value', `key-and-value', or t, meaning the same as
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4498 `key-and-value'. Entries are removed from weak tables during garbage
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4499 collection if their key and/or value are not referenced elsewhere
0dca3aa6405a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30483
diff changeset
4500 outside of the hash table. Default are non-weak hash tables.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4501
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4502 - Function: makehash &optional TEST
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4503
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4504 Similar to make-hash-table, but only TEST can be specified.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4505
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4506 - Function: hash-table-p TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4508 Returns non-nil if TABLE is a hash table object.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4510 - Function: copy-hash-table TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4511
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4512 Returns a copy of TABLE. Only the table itself is copied, keys and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4513 values are shared.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4514
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4515 - Function: hash-table-count TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4516
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4517 Returns the number of entries in TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4518
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4519 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4520
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4521 Returns the rehash size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4522
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4523 - Function: hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4525 Returns the rehash threshold of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4527 - Function: hash-table-rehash-size TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4529 Returns the size of TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4530
30789
68b63779f4df typo fix
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30788
diff changeset
4531 - Function: hash-table-test TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4532
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4533 Returns the test TABLE uses to compare keys.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4534
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4535 - Function: hash-table-weakness TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4537 Returns the weakness specified for TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4538
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4539 - Function: clrhash TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4541 Clear TABLE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4542
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4543 - Function: gethash KEY TABLE &optional DEFAULT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4544
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4545 Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated VALUE or DEFAULT if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4546 not found.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4547
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4548 - Function: puthash KEY VALUE TABLE
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4549
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4550 Associate KEY with VALUE in TABLE. If KEY is already associated with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4551 another value, replace the old value with VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4552
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4553 - Function: remhash KEY TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4554
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4555 Remove KEY from TABLE if it is there.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4556
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4557 - Function: maphash FUNCTION TABLE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4558
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4559 Call FUNCTION for all elements in TABLE. FUNCTION must take two
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4560 arguments KEY and VALUE.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4562 - Function: sxhash OBJ
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4564 Return a hash code for Lisp object OBJ.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4565
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4566 - Function: define-hash-table-test NAME TEST-FN HASH-FN
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4567
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4568 Define a new hash table test named NAME. If NAME is specified as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4569 a test in `make-hash-table', the table created will use TEST-FN for
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4570 comparing keys, and HASH-FN to compute hash codes for keys. Test
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4571 and hash function are stored as symbol property `hash-table-test'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4572 of NAME with a value of (TEST-FN HASH-FN).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4574 TEST-FN must take two arguments and return non-nil if they are the same.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4575
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4576 HASH-FN must take one argument and return an integer that is the hash
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4577 code of the argument. The function should use the whole range of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4578 integer values for hash code computation, including negative integers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4579
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4580 Example: The following creates a hash table whose keys are supposed to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4581 be strings that are compared case-insensitively.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4582
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4583 (defun case-fold-string= (a b)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4584 (compare-strings a nil nil b nil nil t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4586 (defun case-fold-string-hash (a)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4587 (sxhash (upcase a)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4588
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4589 (define-hash-table-test 'case-fold 'case-fold-string=
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4590 'case-fold-string-hash))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4592 (make-hash-table :test 'case-fold)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4594 ** The Lisp reader handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4595
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4596 It now works to use the #N= and #N# constructs to represent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4597 circular structures. For example, #1=(a . #1#) represents
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4598 a cons cell which is its own cdr.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4599
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4600 ** The Lisp printer handles circular structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4601
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4602 If you bind print-circle to a non-nil value, the Lisp printer outputs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4603 #N= and #N# constructs to represent circular and shared structure.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4604
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4605 ** If the second argument to `move-to-column' is anything but nil or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4606 t, that means replace a tab with spaces if necessary to reach the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4607 specified column, but do not add spaces at the end of the line if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4608 is too short to reach that column.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4609
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4610 ** perform-replace has a new feature: the REPLACEMENTS argument may
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4611 now be a cons cell (FUNCTION . DATA). This means to call FUNCTION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4612 after each match to get the replacement text. FUNCTION is called with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4613 two arguments: DATA, and the number of replacements already made.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4614
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4615 If the FROM-STRING contains any upper-case letters,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4616 perform-replace also turns off `case-fold-search' temporarily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4617 and inserts the replacement text without altering case in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4618
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4619 ** The function buffer-size now accepts an optional argument
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4620 to specify which buffer to return the size of.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4622 ** The calendar motion commands now run the normal hook
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4623 calendar-move-hook after moving point.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4624
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4625 ** The new variable small-temporary-file-directory specifies a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4626 directory to use for creating temporary files that are likely to be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4627 small. (Certain Emacs features use this directory.) If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4628 small-temporary-file-directory is nil, they use
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4629 temporary-file-directory instead.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4630
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4631 ** The variable `inhibit-modification-hooks', if non-nil, inhibits all
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4632 the hooks that track changes in the buffer. This affects
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4633 `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4634 hooks attached to text properties and overlay properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4635
36885
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4636 ** assq-delete-all is a new function that deletes all the
9902636b4757 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 36848
diff changeset
4637 elements of an alist which have a car `eq' to a particular value.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4638
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4639 ** make-temp-file provides a more reliable way to create a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4640
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4641 make-temp-file is used like make-temp-name, except that it actually
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4642 creates the file before it returns. This prevents a timing error,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4643 ensuring that no other job can use the same name for a temporary file.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4644
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4645 ** New exclusive-open feature in `write-region'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4646
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4647 The optional seventh arg is now called MUSTBENEW. If non-nil, it insists
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4648 on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4649 is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists;
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4650 never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4651 ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4652 overwrite the file if the user gives confirmation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4654 If the MUSTBENEW argument in `write-region' is `excl',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4655 that means to use a special feature in the `open' system call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4656 to get an error if the file exists at that time.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4657 The error reported is `file-already-exists'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4659 ** Function `format' now handles text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4660
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4661 Text properties of the format string are applied to the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4662 If the result string is longer than the format string, text properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4663 ending at the end of the format string are extended to the end of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4664 result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4665
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4666 Text properties from string arguments are applied to the result
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4667 string where arguments appear in the result string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4668
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4669 Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4670
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4671 (let ((s1 "hello, %s")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4672 (s2 "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4673 (put-text-property 0 (length s1) 'face 'bold s1)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4674 (put-text-property 0 (length s2) 'face 'italic s2)
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
4675 (format s1 s2))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4676
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4677 results in a bold-face string with an italic `world' at the end.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4678
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4679 ** Messages can now be displayed with text properties.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4680
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4681 Text properties are handled as described above for function `format'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4682 The following example displays a bold-face message with an italic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4683 argument in it.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4684
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4685 (let ((msg "hello, %s!")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4686 (arg "world"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4687 (put-text-property 0 (length msg) 'face 'bold msg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4688 (put-text-property 0 (length arg) 'face 'italic arg)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4689 (message msg arg))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4691 ** Sound support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4692
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4693 Emacs supports playing sound files on GNU/Linux and the free BSDs
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4694 (Voxware driver and native BSD driver, aka as Luigi's driver).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4695
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4696 Currently supported file formats are RIFF-WAVE (*.wav) and Sun Audio
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4697 (*.au). You must configure Emacs with the option `--with-sound=yes'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4698 to enable sound support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4700 Sound files can be played by calling (play-sound SOUND). SOUND is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4701 list of the form `(sound PROPERTY...)'. The function is only defined
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4702 when sound support is present for the system on which Emacs runs. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4703 functions runs `play-sound-functions' with one argument which is the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4704 sound to play, before playing the sound.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4705
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4706 The following sound properties are supported:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4707
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4708 - `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4709
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4710 FILE is a file name. If FILE isn't an absolute name, it will be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4711 searched relative to `data-directory'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4712
27148
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
4713 - `:data DATA'
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
4714
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
4715 DATA is a string containing sound data. Either :file or :data
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
4716 may be present, but not both.
929f111a6823 Sound with :data.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27145
diff changeset
4717
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4718 - `:volume VOLUME'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4719
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4720 VOLUME must be an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4721 0..1. This property is optional.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4722
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4723 - `:device DEVICE'
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4724
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4725 DEVICE is a string specifying the system device on which to play the
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4726 sound. The default device is system-dependent.
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4727
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4728 Other properties are ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4729
33991
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4730 An alternative interface is called as
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4731 (play-sound-file FILE &optional VOLUME DEVICE).
b741aa7a2d46 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33990
diff changeset
4732
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4733 ** `multimedia' is a new Finder keyword and Custom group.
26933
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
4734
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
4735 ** keywordp is a new predicate to test efficiently for an object being
73340d009a9f keywordp.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 26924
diff changeset
4736 a keyword symbol.
27145
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4737
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4738 ** Changes to garbage collection
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4739
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4740 *** The function garbage-collect now additionally returns the number
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4741 of live and free strings.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4742
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4743 *** There is a new variable `strings-consed' holding the number of
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4744 strings that have been consed so far.
01abacc81cce Changes to garbage-collect, new var strings-consed,
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27144
diff changeset
4745
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
4746
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
4747 * Lisp-level Display features added after release 2.6 of the Emacs
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
4748 Lisp Manual
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
4749
33309
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
4750 ** The user-option `resize-mini-windows' controls how Emacs resizes
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
4751 mini-windows.
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
4752
34389
779f5314f5fa Update entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34334
diff changeset
4753 ** The function `pos-visible-in-window-p' now has a third optional
779f5314f5fa Update entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34334
diff changeset
4754 argument, PARTIALLY. If a character is only partially visible, nil is
779f5314f5fa Update entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 34334
diff changeset
4755 returned, unless PARTIALLY is non-nil.
32915
f8e686a581dc Add entry for `pos-visible-in-window-p'.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 32913
diff changeset
4756
33309
cb1bcdd72f54 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33291
diff changeset
4757 ** On window systems, `glyph-table' is no longer used.
31220
e947c5224fc0 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31183
diff changeset
4758
30222
6468eaa4eaee load-path not customizable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30219
diff changeset
4759 ** Help strings in menu items are now used to provide `help-echo' text.
29939
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4760
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4761 ** The function `image-size' can be used to determine the size of an
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4762 image.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4763
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4764 - Function: image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4765
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4766 Return the size of an image as a pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT).
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4767
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4768 SPEC is an image specification. PIXELS non-nil means return sizes
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4769 measured in pixels, otherwise return sizes measured in canonical
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4770 character units (fractions of the width/height of the frame's default
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4771 font). FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4772 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
3a5f38acde89 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29814
diff changeset
4773
31639
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4774 ** The function `image-mask-p' can be used to determine if an image
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4775 has a mask bitmap.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4776
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4777 - Function: image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4778
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4779 Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4780 FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4781 or omitted means use the selected frame.
1c5bd105d7dc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31636
diff changeset
4782
29506
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4783 ** The function `find-image' can be used to find a usable image
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4784 satisfying one of a list of specifications.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4785
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4786 ** The STRING argument of `put-image' and `insert-image' is now
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4787 optional.
096cd250bd8d MULE changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 29498
diff changeset
4788
31156
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
4789 ** Image specifications may contain the property `:ascent center' (see
deaa66a2ac5b *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31127
diff changeset
4790 below).
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
4791
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
4792
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4793 * New Lisp-level Display features in Emacs 21.1
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4794
28634
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4795 ** The function tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors can be used
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4796 to make Emacs avoid displaying text with bold black foreground on TTYs.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4797
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4798 Some terminals, notably PC consoles, emulate bold text by displaying
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4799 text in brighter colors. On such a console, a bold black foreground
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4800 is displayed in a gray color. If this turns out to be hard to read on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4801 your monitor---the problem occurred with the mode line on
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4802 laptops---you can instruct Emacs to ignore the text's boldness, and to
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4803 just display it black instead.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4804
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4805 This situation can't be detected automatically. You will have to put
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4806 a line like
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4807
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4808 (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors t)
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4809
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4810 in your `.emacs'.
a2cce25e6c7f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28626
diff changeset
4811
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4812 ** New face implementation.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4813
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4814 Emacs faces have been reimplemented from scratch. They don't use XLFD
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4815 font names anymore and face merging now works as expected.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4816
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4817 *** New faces.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4818
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4819 Each face can specify the following display attributes:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4820
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4821 1. Font family or fontset alias name.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4822
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4823 2. Relative proportionate width, aka character set width or set
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4824 width (swidth), e.g. `semi-compressed'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4825
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4826 3. Font height in 1/10pt
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4827
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4828 4. Font weight, e.g. `bold'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4829
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4830 5. Font slant, e.g. `italic'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4831
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4832 6. Foreground color.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4833
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4834 7. Background color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4836 8. Whether or not characters should be underlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4837
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4838 9. Whether or not characters should be displayed in inverse video.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4839
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4840 10. A background stipple, a bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4841
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4842 11. Whether or not characters should be overlined, and in what color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4843
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4844 12. Whether or not characters should be strike-through, and in what
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4845 color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4846
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4847 13. Whether or not a box should be drawn around characters, its
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4848 color, the width of the box lines, and 3D appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4849
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4850 Faces are frame-local by nature because Emacs allows to define the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4851 same named face (face names are symbols) differently for different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4852 frames. Each frame has an alist of face definitions for all named
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4853 faces. The value of a named face in such an alist is a Lisp vector
35863
534be6e166a6 Yet another bunch of typo fizes from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35862
diff changeset
4854 with the symbol `face' in slot 0, and a slot for each of the face
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4855 attributes mentioned above.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4856
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4857 There is also a global face alist `face-new-frame-defaults'. Face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4858 definitions from this list are used to initialize faces of newly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4859 created frames.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4860
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4861 A face doesn't have to specify all attributes. Those not specified
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4862 have a nil value. Faces specifying all attributes are called
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4863 `fully-specified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4864
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4865 *** Face merging.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4866
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4867 The display style of a given character in the text is determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4868 combining several faces. This process is called `face merging'. Any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4869 aspect of the display style that isn't specified by overlays or text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4870 properties is taken from the `default' face. Since it is made sure
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4871 that the default face is always fully-specified, face merging always
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4872 results in a fully-specified face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4873
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4874 *** Face realization.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4875
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4876 After all face attributes for a character have been determined by
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4877 merging faces of that character, that face is `realized'. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4878 realization process maps face attributes to what is physically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4879 available on the system where Emacs runs. The result is a `realized
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4880 face' in form of an internal structure which is stored in the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4881 cache of the frame on which it was realized.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4882
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4883 Face realization is done in the context of the charset of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4884 character to display because different fonts and encodings are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4885 for different charsets. In other words, for characters of different
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4886 charsets, different realized faces are needed to display them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4887
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4888 Except for composite characters, faces are always realized for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4889 specific character set and contain a specific font, even if the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4890 being realized specifies a fontset. The reason is that the result of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4891 the new font selection stage is better than what can be done with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4892 statically defined font name patterns in fontsets.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4894 In unibyte text, Emacs' charsets aren't applicable; function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4895 `char-charset' reports ASCII for all characters, including those >
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4896 0x7f. The X registry and encoding of fonts to use is determined from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4897 the variable `face-default-registry' in this case. The variable is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4898 initialized at Emacs startup time from the font the user specified for
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4899 Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4901 Currently all unibyte text, i.e. all buffers with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4902 `enable-multibyte-characters' nil are displayed with fonts of the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4903 registry and encoding `face-default-registry'. This is consistent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4904 with the fact that languages can also be set globally, only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4906 **** Clearing face caches.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4907
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4908 The Lisp function `clear-face-cache' can be called to clear face caches
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4909 on all frames. If called with a non-nil argument, it will also unload
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4910 unused fonts.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4911
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4912 *** Font selection.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4913
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4914 Font selection tries to find the best available matching font for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4915 given (charset, face) combination. This is done slightly differently
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4916 for faces specifying a fontset, or a font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4917
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4918 If the face specifies a fontset name, that fontset determines a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4919 pattern for fonts of the given charset. If the face specifies a font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4920 family, a font pattern is constructed. Charset symbols have a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4921 property `x-charset-registry' for that purpose that maps a charset to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4922 an XLFD registry and encoding in the font pattern constructed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4923
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4924 Available fonts on the system on which Emacs runs are then matched
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4925 against the font pattern. The result of font selection is the best
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4926 match for the given face attributes in this font list.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4927
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4928 Font selection can be influenced by the user.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4929
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4930 The user can specify the relative importance he gives the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4931 attributes width, height, weight, and slant by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4932 face-font-selection-order (faces.el) to a list of face attribute
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4933 names. The default is (:width :height :weight :slant), and means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4934 that font selection first tries to find a good match for the font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4935 width specified by a face, then---within fonts with that width---tries
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4936 to find a best match for the specified font height, etc.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4937
33373
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
4938 Setting `face-font-family-alternatives' allows the user to specify
701833d4b661 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33364
diff changeset
4939 alternative font families to try if a family specified by a face
35297
e268b7b500f0 Changes for makefile support in etags.
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 35278
diff changeset
4940 doesn't exist.
34630
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4941
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4942 Setting `face-font-registry-alternatives' allows the user to specify
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4943 all alternative font registry names to try for a face specifying a
34630
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4944 registry.
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4945
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
4946 Please note that the interpretations of the above two variables are
34630
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4947 slightly different.
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4948
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4949 Setting face-ignored-fonts allows the user to ignore specific fonts.
3d5061d0047f *** empty log message ***
Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
parents: 34617
diff changeset
4950
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4951
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4952 **** Scalable fonts
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4954 Emacs can make use of scalable fonts but doesn't do so by default,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4955 since the use of too many or too big scalable fonts may crash XFree86
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4956 servers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4957
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4958 To enable scalable font use, set the variable
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
4959 `scalable-fonts-allowed'. A value of nil, the default, means never use
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4960 scalable fonts. A value of t means any scalable font may be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4961 Otherwise, the value must be a list of regular expressions. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4962 scalable font may then be used if it matches a regular expression from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4963 that list. Example:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4964
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4965 (setq scalable-fonts-allowed '("muleindian-2$"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4966
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4967 allows the use of scalable fonts with registry `muleindian-2'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4968
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4969 *** Functions and variables related to font selection.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4971 - Function: x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4972
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4973 Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4974 is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4975 string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4976
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4977 If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4978 the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4979 FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4980 POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4981 SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4982 These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4983 if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4984 REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4985 the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4986 of the face font sort order.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4987
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
4988 - Function: x-font-family-list
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4990 Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4991 omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4992 (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4993 non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4994
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4995 - Variable: font-list-limit
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4996
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4997 Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4998 won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
4999 matching font. The default is currently 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5000
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5001 *** Setting face attributes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5002
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5003 For the most part, the new face implementation is interface-compatible
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5004 with the old one. Old face attribute related functions are now
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5005 implemented in terms of the new functions `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5006 `face-attribute'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5007
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5008 Face attributes are identified by their names which are keyword
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5009 symbols. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5011 The following attributes are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5013 `:family'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5015 VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5016 or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5017 and `?' are allowed.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5019 `:width'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5021 VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5022 It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5023 `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5024 `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5025
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5026 `:height'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5027
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5028 VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5029 in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5030 scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5031 height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5033 `:weight'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5035 VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5036 symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5037 `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5038
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5039 `:slant'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5040
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5041 VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5042 symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5043 `reverse-oblique'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5044
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5045 `:foreground', `:background'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5046
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5047 VALUE must be a color name, a string.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5048
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5049 `:underline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5050
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5051 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5052 VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5053 a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5054 don't underline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5055
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5056 `:overline'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5058 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5059 VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5060 string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5061 overline.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5062
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5063 `:strike-through'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5064
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5065 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5066 striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5067 face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5068 is nil, explicitly don't strike through.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5070 `:box'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5071
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5072 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5073 around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5074 VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5075 of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5076 and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5077 VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5078 :color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5079 the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5080 specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5081 defaults to 1. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5082 the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5083 color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5084 should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5085 like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5086 that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5087 the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5088 box.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5089
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5090 `:inverse-video'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5091
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5092 VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5093 inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5094
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5095 `:stipple'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5096
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5097 If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5098 The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5099 searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5100 HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5101 is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5102 explicitly don't use a stipple pattern.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5103
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5104 For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5105 and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5106
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5107 `:font'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5108
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5109 Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5110 XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5111 is used--this is for compatibility with the behavior of previous
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5112 versions of Emacs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5113
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5114 For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5115 be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5116 must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5117
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5118 Please see also the documentation of `set-face-attribute' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5119 `defface'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5120
31183
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5121 `:inherit'
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5122
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5123 VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5124 of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5125 like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.
cb5d69bcd655 Add description of new :inherit face attribute, and additional legal
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 31156
diff changeset
5126
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5127 *** Face attributes and X resources
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5128
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5129 The following X resource names can be used to set face attributes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5130 from X resources:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5131
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5132 Face attribute X resource class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5133 -----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5134 :family attributeFamily . Face.AttributeFamily
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5135 :width attributeWidth Face.AttributeWidth
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5136 :height attributeHeight Face.AttributeHeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5137 :weight attributeWeight Face.AttributeWeight
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5138 :slant attributeSlant Face.AttributeSlant
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5139 foreground attributeForeground Face.AttributeForeground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5140 :background attributeBackground . Face.AttributeBackground
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5141 :overline attributeOverline Face.AttributeOverline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5142 :strike-through attributeStrikeThrough Face.AttributeStrikeThrough
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5143 :box attributeBox Face.AttributeBox
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5144 :underline attributeUnderline Face.AttributeUnderline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5145 :inverse-video attributeInverse Face.AttributeInverse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5146 :stipple attributeStipple Face.AttributeStipple
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5147 or attributeBackgroundPixmap
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5148 Face.AttributeBackgroundPixmap
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5149 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5150 :bold attributeBold Face.AttributeBold
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5151 :italic attributeItalic . Face.AttributeItalic
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5152 :font attributeFont Face.AttributeFont
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5153
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5154 *** Text property `face'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5155
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5156 The value of the `face' text property can now be a single face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5157 specification or a list of such specifications. Each face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5158 specification can be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5159
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5160 1. A symbol or string naming a Lisp face.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5161
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5162 2. A property list of the form (KEYWORD VALUE ...) where each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5163 KEYWORD is a face attribute name, and VALUE is an appropriate value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5164 for that attribute. Please see the doc string of `set-face-attribute'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5165 for face attribute names.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5166
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5167 3. Conses of the form (FOREGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5168 (BACKGROUND-COLOR . COLOR) where COLOR is a color name. This is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5169 for compatibility with previous Emacs versions.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5170
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5171 ** Support functions for colors on text-only terminals.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5172
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5173 The function `tty-color-define' can be used to define colors for use
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5174 on TTY and MSDOS frames. It maps a color name to a color number on
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5175 the terminal. Emacs defines a couple of common color mappings by
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5176 default. You can get defined colors with a call to
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5177 `defined-colors'. The function `tty-color-clear' can be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5178 used to clear the mapping table.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5179
27092
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5180 ** Unified support for colors independent of frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5181
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5182 The new functions `defined-colors', `color-defined-p', `color-values',
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5183 and `display-color-p' work for any type of frame. On frames whose
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5184 type is neither x nor w32, these functions transparently map X-style
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5185 color specifications to the closest colors supported by the frame
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5186 display. Lisp programs should use these new functions instead of the
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5187 old `x-defined-colors', `x-color-defined-p', `x-color-values', and
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5188 `x-display-color-p'. (The old function names are still available for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5189 compatibility; they are now aliases of the new names.) Lisp programs
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5190 should no more look at the value of the variable window-system to
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5191 modify their color-related behavior.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5192
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5193 The primitives `color-gray-p' and `color-supported-p' also work for
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5194 any frame type.
60f5b0f50db9 Document the unified frame-independent support for colors and faces.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27076
diff changeset
5195
27573
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5196 ** Platform-independent functions to describe display capabilities.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5197
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5198 The new functions `display-mouse-p', `display-popup-menus-p',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5199 `display-graphic-p', `display-selections-p', `display-screens',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5200 `display-pixel-width', `display-pixel-height', `display-mm-width',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5201 `display-mm-height', `display-backing-store', `display-save-under',
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5202 `display-planes', `display-color-cells', `display-visual-class', and
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5203 `display-grayscale-p' describe the basic capabilities of a particular
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5204 display. Lisp programs should call these functions instead of testing
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5205 the value of the variables `window-system' or `system-type', or calling
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5206 platform-specific functions such as `x-display-pixel-width'.
32f4457e5501 Document functions which return display capabilities.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 27533
diff changeset
5207
38471
83fa544a8070 Document display-images-p.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38468
diff changeset
5208 The new function `display-images-p' returns non-nil if a particular
83fa544a8070 Document display-images-p.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38468
diff changeset
5209 display can display image files.
83fa544a8070 Document display-images-p.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 38468
diff changeset
5210
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5211 ** The minibuffer prompt is now actually inserted in the minibuffer.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5212
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5213 This makes it possible to scroll through the prompt, if you want to.
33693
efa325b58d74 Mention that `minibuffer-prompt-properties' can be used to disallow
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 33627
diff changeset
5214 To disallow this completely (like previous versions of emacs), customize
efa325b58d74 Mention that `minibuffer-prompt-properties' can be used to disallow
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 33627
diff changeset
5215 the variable `minibuffer-prompt-properties', and turn on the
efa325b58d74 Mention that `minibuffer-prompt-properties' can be used to disallow
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 33627
diff changeset
5216 `Inviolable' option.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5217
43184
de686446afd2 Fix description of minibuffer-prompt-end.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 43159
diff changeset
5218 The function `minibuffer-prompt-end' returns the current position of the
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5219 end of the minibuffer prompt, if the minibuffer is current.
43184
de686446afd2 Fix description of minibuffer-prompt-end.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents: 43159
diff changeset
5220 Otherwise, it returns `(point-min)'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5221
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5222 ** New `field' abstraction in buffers.
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5223
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5224 There is now code to support an abstraction called `fields' in emacs
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5225 buffers. A field is a contiguous region of text with the same `field'
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5226 property (which can be a text property or an overlay).
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5227
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5228 Many emacs functions, such as forward-word, forward-sentence,
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5229 forward-paragraph, beginning-of-line, etc., stop moving when they come
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5230 to the boundary between fields; beginning-of-line and end-of-line will
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5231 not let the point move past the field boundary, but other movement
27144
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
5232 commands continue into the next field if repeated. Stopping at field
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
5233 boundaries can be suppressed programmatically by binding
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
5234 `inhibit-field-text-motion' to a non-nil value around calls to these
46becbc67703 inhibit-field-text-motion
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27136
diff changeset
5235 functions.
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5236
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5237 Now that the minibuffer prompt is inserted into the minibuffer, it is in
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5238 a separate field from the user-input part of the buffer, so that common
26062
fd35581d53c1 Add Miles Bader's description of fields.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26034
diff changeset
5239 editing commands treat the user's text separately from the prompt.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5240
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5241 The following functions are defined for operating on fields:
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5242
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5243 - Function: constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5244
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5245 Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5246
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5247 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5248 If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the
35847
83b8f5ad1f97 Several typos fixed. From Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35784
diff changeset
5249 constrained position if that is different.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5250
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5251 If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5252 positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5253 ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5254 constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5255 as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5256 is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5257 fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5258 the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5259 also considered to be `on the boundary'.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5260
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5261 If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5262 NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5263 unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5264 C-n or C-a, which should generally respect field boundaries
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5265 only in the case where they can still move to the right line.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5266
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5267 If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5268 a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5269
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5270 Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5271
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5272 - Function: delete-field &optional POS
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5273
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5274 Delete the field surrounding POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5275 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5276 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5277
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5278 - Function: field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5279
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5280 Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5281 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5282 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5283 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5284 field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5285
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5286 - Function: field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5287
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5288 Return the end of the field surrounding POS.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5289 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5290 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5291 If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field,
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5292 then the end of the *following* field is returned.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5293
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5294 - Function: field-string &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5295
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5296 Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5297 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5298 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5299
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5300 - Function: field-string-no-properties &optional POS
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5301
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5302 Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties.
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5303 A field is a region of text with the same `field' property.
30776
ec759fa10ad9 Update `fields' entry.
Miles Bader <miles@gnu.org>
parents: 30759
diff changeset
5304 If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS.
26300
25356c16306f Expanded description of `field' property from Miles Bader.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26292
diff changeset
5305
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5306 ** Image support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5307
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5308 Emacs can now display images. Images are inserted into text by giving
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5309 strings or buffer text a `display' text property containing one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5310 (AREA IMAGE) or IMAGE. The display of the `display' property value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5311 replaces the display of the characters having that property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5312
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5313 If the property value has the form (AREA IMAGE), AREA must be one of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5314 `(margin left-margin)', `(margin right-margin)' or `(margin nil)'. If
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5315 AREA is `(margin nil)', IMAGE will be displayed in the text area of a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5316 window, otherwise it will be displayed in the left or right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5317 area.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5318
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5319 IMAGE is an image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5320
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5321 *** Image specifications
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5322
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5323 Image specifications are lists of the form `(image PROPS)' where PROPS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5324 is a property list whose keys are keyword symbols. Each
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5325 specifications must contain a property `:type TYPE' with TYPE being a
26403
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
5326 symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm'. Properties not
03830fdf5186 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26397
diff changeset
5327 described below are ignored.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5328
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5329 The following is a list of properties all image types share.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5330
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5331 `:ascent ASCENT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5332
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
5333 ASCENT must be a number in the range 0..100, or the symbol `center'.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
5334 If it is a number, it specifies the percentage of the image's height
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5335 to use for its ascent.
28789
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
5336
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
5337 If not specified, ASCENT defaults to the value 50 which means that the
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
5338 image will be centered with the base line of the row it appears in.
b69d5f20b837 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28776
diff changeset
5339
30483
05fc373ff5b8 mention `float-time' and the remote file modtime check
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 30482
diff changeset
5340 If ASCENT is `center' the image is vertically centered around a
29151
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5341 centerline which is the vertical center of text drawn at the position
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5342 of the image, in the manner specified by the text properties and
fa8f476affa7 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 29102
diff changeset
5343 overlays that apply to the image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5344
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5345 `:margin MARGIN'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5346
35278
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
5347 MARGIN must be either a number >= 0 specifying how many pixels to put
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
5348 as margin around the image, or a pair (X . Y) with X specifying the
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
5349 horizontal margin and Y specifying the vertical margin. Default is 0.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5350
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5351 `:relief RELIEF'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5352
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5353 RELIEF is analogous to the `:relief' attribute of faces. Puts a relief
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5354 around an image.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5355
35364
19c93f3ebdce *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35326
diff changeset
5356 `:conversion ALGO'
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5357
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5358 Apply an image algorithm to the image before displaying it.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5359
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5360 ALGO `laplace' or `emboss' means apply a Laplace or ``emboss''
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5361 edge-detection algorithm to the image.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5362
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5363 ALGO `(edge-detection :matrix MATRIX :color-adjust ADJUST)' means
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5364 apply a general edge-detection algorithm. MATRIX must be either a
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5365 nine-element list or a nine-element vector of numbers. A pixel at
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5366 position x/y in the transformed image is computed from original pixels
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5367 around that position. MATRIX specifies, for each pixel in the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5368 neighborhood of x/y, a factor with which that pixel will influence the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5369 transformed pixel; element 0 specifies the factor for the pixel at
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5370 x-1/y-1, element 1 the factor for the pixel at x/y-1 etc. as shown
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5371 below.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5372
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5373 (x-1/y-1 x/y-1 x+1/y-1
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5374 x-1/y x/y x+1/y
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5375 x-1/y+1 x/y+1 x+1/y+1)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5376
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5377 The resulting pixel is computed from the color intensity of the color
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5378 resulting from summing up the RGB values of surrounding pixels,
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5379 multiplied by the specified factors, and dividing that sum by the sum
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5380 of the factors' absolute values.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5381
31858
269d69b69fe4 Update hideshow.el section.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents: 31827
diff changeset
5382 Laplace edge-detection currently uses a matrix of
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5383
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5384 (1 0 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5385 0 0 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5386 9 9 -1)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5387
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5388 Emboss edge-detection uses a matrix of
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5389
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5390 ( 2 -1 0
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5391 -1 0 1
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5392 0 1 -2)
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5393
31728
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
5394 ALGO `disabled' means transform the image so that it looks
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
5395 ``disabled''.
1b791fcfaa10 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31641
diff changeset
5396
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5397 `:mask MASK'
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5398
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5399 If MASK is `heuristic' or `(heuristic BG)', build a clipping mask for
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5400 the image, so that the background of a frame is visible behind the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5401 image. If BG is not specified, or if BG is t, determine the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5402 background color of the image by looking at the 4 corners of the
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
5403 image, assuming the most frequently occurring color from the corners is
31636
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5404 the background color of the image. Otherwise, BG must be a list `(RED
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5405 GREEN BLUE)' specifying the color to assume for the background of the
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5406 image.
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5407
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5408 If MASK is nil, remove a mask from the image, if it has one. Images
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5409 in some formats include a mask which can be removed by specifying
3ff1515f7c7a *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31561
diff changeset
5410 `:mask nil'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5411
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5412 `:file FILE'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5413
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5414 Load image from FILE. If FILE is not absolute after expanding it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5415 search for the image in `data-directory'. Some image types support
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5416 building images from data. When this is done, no `:file' property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5417 may be present in the image specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5418
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5419 `:data DATA'
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5420
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5421 Get image data from DATA. (As of this writing, this is not yet
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5422 supported for image type `postscript'). Either :file or :data may be
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5423 present in an image specification, but not both. All image types
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5424 support strings as DATA, some types allow additional types of DATA.
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5425
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5426 *** Supported image types
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5427
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
5428 **** XBM, image type `xbm'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5429
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5430 XBM images don't require an external library. Additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5431 properties supported are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5432
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5433 `:foreground FG'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5434
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5435 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5436 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5437
32572
99b7b88db80c Fix a typo.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 32551
diff changeset
5438 `:background BG'
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5439
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5440 BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5441 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5442
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5443 XBM images can be constructed from data instead of file. In this
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5444 case, the image specification must contain the following properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5445 instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5446
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5447 `:width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5448
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5449 WIDTH specifies the width of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5450
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5451 `:height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5452
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5453 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5454
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5455 `:data DATA'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5456
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5457 DATA must be either
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5458
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5459 1. a string large enough to hold the bitmap data, i.e. it must
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5460 have a size >= (WIDTH + 7) / 8 * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5461
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5462 2. a bool-vector of size >= WIDTH * HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5463
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5464 3. a vector of strings or bool-vectors, one for each line of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5465 bitmap.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5466
28748
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5467 4. a string that's an in-memory XBM file. Neither width nor
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5468 height may be specified in this case because these are defined
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5469 in the file.
6d96f2643b05 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28724
diff changeset
5470
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5471 **** XPM, image type `xpm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5472
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5473 XPM images require the external library `libXpm', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5474 `xpm-3.4k.tar.gz', version 3.4k or later. Make sure the library is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5475 found when Emacs is configured by supplying appropriate paths via
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5476 `--x-includes' and `--x-libraries'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5477
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5478 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5479
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5480 `:color-symbols SYMBOLS'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5481
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5482 SYMBOLS must be a list of pairs (NAME . COLOR), with NAME being the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5483 name of color as it appears in an XPM file, and COLOR being an X color
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5484 name.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5485
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5486 XPM images can be built from memory instead of files. In that case,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5487 add a `:data' property instead of a `:file' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5488
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5489 The XPM library uses libz in its implementation so that it is able
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5490 to display compressed images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5491
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5492 **** PBM, image type `pbm'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5493
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5494 PBM images don't require an external library. Color, gray-scale and
32551
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5495 mono images are supported. Additional image properties supported for
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5496 mono images are
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5497
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5498 `:foreground FG'
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5499
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5500 FG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5501 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's foreground.
32551
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5502
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5503 `:background FG'
329cbf266d5c Add description of :foreground and :background to PBM images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 32511
diff changeset
5504
37948
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5505 BG must be a string specifying the image foreground color, or nil
3025939a637d Add that PBM and XPM image specs may have :foreground nil, and
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37933
diff changeset
5506 meaning to use the default. Default is the frame's background color.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5507
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5508 **** JPEG, image type `jpeg'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5509
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5510 Support for JPEG images requires the external library `libjpeg',
27055
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
5511 package `jpegsrc.v6a.tar.gz', or later. Additional image properties
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
5512 are:
f43dabd831f2 Support :data for JPEG.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27045
diff changeset
5513
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5514 **** TIFF, image type `tiff'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5515
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5516 Support for TIFF images requires the external library `libtiff',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5517 package `tiff-v3.4-tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5518 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5519
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5520 **** GIF, image type `gif'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5521
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5522 Support for GIF images requires the external library `libungif', package
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5523 `libungif-4.1.0', or later.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5524
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5525 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5526
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5527 `:index INDEX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5528
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5529 INDEX must be an integer >= 0. Load image number INDEX from a
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
5530 multi-image GIF file. An error is signaled if INDEX is too large.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5531
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5532 This could be used to implement limited support for animated GIFs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5533 For example, the following function displays a multi-image GIF file
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5534 at point-min in the current buffer, switching between sub-images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5535 every 0.1 seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5536
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5537 (defun show-anim (file max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5538 "Display multi-image GIF file FILE which contains MAX subimages."
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5539 (display-anim (current-buffer) file 0 max t))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5540
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5541 (defun display-anim (buffer file idx max first-time)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5542 (when (= idx max)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5543 (setq idx 0))
27076
40c18bc759e9 Change description of :data for images.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 27055
diff changeset
5544 (let ((img (create-image file nil nil :index idx)))
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5545 (save-excursion
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5546 (set-buffer buffer)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5547 (goto-char (point-min))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5548 (unless first-time (delete-char 1))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5549 (insert-image img "x"))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5550 (run-with-timer 0.1 nil 'display-anim buffer file (1+ idx) max nil)))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5551
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5552 **** PNG, image type `png'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5553
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5554 Support for PNG images requires the external library `libpng',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5555 package `libpng-1.0.2.tar.gz', or later. There are no additional image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5556 properties defined.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5557
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5558 **** Ghostscript, image type `postscript'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5559
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5560 Additional image properties supported are:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5561
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5562 `:pt-width WIDTH'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5563
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5564 WIDTH is width of the image in pt (1/72 inch). WIDTH must be an
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
5565 integer. This is a required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5566
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5567 `:pt-height HEIGHT'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5568
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5569 HEIGHT specifies the height of the image in pt (1/72 inch). HEIGHT
26034
e7b463705814 Some typos fixed.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26030
diff changeset
5570 must be a integer. This is an required property.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5572 `:bounding-box BOX'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5573
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5574 BOX must be a list or vector of 4 integers giving the bounding box of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5575 the PS image, analogous to the `BoundingBox' comment found in PS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5576 files. This is an required property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5577
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5578 Part of the Ghostscript interface is implemented in Lisp. See
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5579 lisp/gs.el.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5580
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5581 *** Lisp interface.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5582
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5583 The variable `image-types' contains a list of those image types
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5584 which are supported in the current configuration.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5585
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5586 Images are stored in an image cache and removed from the cache when
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5587 they haven't been displayed for `image-cache-eviction-delay seconds.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5588 The function `clear-image-cache' can be used to clear the image cache
28759
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
5589 manually. Images in the cache are compared with `equal', i.e. all
069d241f19bc *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28757
diff changeset
5590 images with `equal' specifications share the same image.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5591
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5592 *** Simplified image API, image.el
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5593
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5594 The new Lisp package image.el contains functions that simplify image
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5595 creation and putting images into text. The function `create-image'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5596 can be used to create images. The macro `defimage' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5597 define an image based on available image types. The functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5598 `put-image' and `insert-image' can be used to insert an image into a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5599 buffer.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5600
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5601 ** Display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5602
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5603 Windows can now have margins which are used for special text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5604 and images.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5605
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5606 To give a window margins, either set the buffer-local variables
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5607 `left-margin-width' and `right-margin-width', or call
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5608 `set-window-margins'. The function `window-margins' can be used to
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5609 obtain the current settings. To make `left-margin-width' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5610 `right-margin-width' take effect, you must set them before displaying
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5611 the buffer in a window, or use `set-window-buffer' to force an update
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5612 of the display margins.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5613
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5614 You can put text in margins by giving it a `display' text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5615 containing a pair of the form `(LOCATION . VALUE)', where LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5616 one of `left-margin' or `right-margin' or nil. VALUE can be either a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5617 string, an image specification or a stretch specification (see later
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5618 in this file).
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5619
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5620 ** Help display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5621
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5622 Emacs displays short help messages in the echo area, when the mouse
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5623 moves over a tool-bar item or a piece of text that has a text property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5624 `help-echo'. This feature also applies to strings in the mode line
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5625 that have a `help-echo' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5626
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5627 If the value of the `help-echo' property is a function, that function
30305
84ff1994e9d1 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30296
diff changeset
5628 is called with three arguments WINDOW, OBJECT and POSITION. WINDOW is
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5629 the window in which the help was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5630
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5631 If OBJECT is a buffer, POS is the position in the buffer where the
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5632 `help-echo' text property was found.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5633
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5634 If OBJECT is an overlay, that overlay has a `help-echo' property, and
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5635 POS is the position in the overlay's buffer under the mouse.
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5636
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5637 If OBJECT is a string (an overlay string or a string displayed with
30467
26afdae5ea13 --disable-largefile, 64-bit solaris
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30445
diff changeset
5638 the `display' property), POS is the position in that string under the
30372
2047c9586451 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30357
diff changeset
5639 mouse.
30219
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5640
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5641 If the value of the `help-echo' property is neither a function nor a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5642 string, it is evaluated to obtain a help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5643
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5644 For tool-bar and menu-bar items, their key definition is used to
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5645 determine the help to display. If their definition contains a
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5646 property `:help FORM', FORM is evaluated to determine the help string.
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5647 For tool-bar items without a help form, the caption of the item is
87d8ca1f4b52 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30206
diff changeset
5648 used as help string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5649
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5650 The hook `show-help-function' can be set to a function that displays
30339
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
5651 the help string differently. For example, enabling a tooltip window
70d759570f7a C-down-mouse-3. Move concat change.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 30319
diff changeset
5652 causes the help display to appear there instead of in the echo area.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5653
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5654 ** Vertical fractional scrolling.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5655
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5656 The display of text in windows can be scrolled smoothly in pixels.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5657 This is useful, for example, for making parts of large images visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5658
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5659 The function `window-vscroll' returns the current value of vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5660 scrolling, a non-negative fraction of the canonical character height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5661 The function `set-window-vscroll' can be used to set the vertical
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5662 scrolling value. Here is an example of how these function might be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5663 used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5664
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5665 (global-set-key [A-down]
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5666 #'(lambda ()
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5667 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5668 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5669 (+ 0.5 (window-vscroll)))))
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5670 (global-set-key [A-up]
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5671 #'(lambda ()
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5672 (interactive)
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5673 (set-window-vscroll (selected-window)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5674 (- (window-vscroll) 0.5)))))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5675
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5676 ** New hook `fontification-functions'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5677
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5678 Functions from `fontification-functions' are called from redisplay
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5679 when it encounters a region of text that is not yet fontified. This
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5680 variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set. Each function
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5681 is called with one argument, POS.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5682
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5683 At least one of the hook functions should fontify one or more
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5684 characters starting at POS in the current buffer. It should mark them
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5685 as fontified by giving them a non-nil value of the `fontified' text
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5686 property. It may be reasonable for these functions to check for the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5687 `fontified' property and not put it back on, but they do not have to.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5688
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5689 ** Tool bar support.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5690
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5691 Emacs supports a tool bar at the top of a frame under X. The frame
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5692 parameter `tool-bar-lines' (X resource "toolBar", class "ToolBar")
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5693 controls how may lines to reserve for the tool bar. A zero value
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5694 suppresses the tool bar. If the value is non-zero and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5695 `auto-resize-tool-bars' is non-nil the tool bar's size will be changed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5696 automatically so that all tool bar items are visible.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5697
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5698 *** Tool bar item definitions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5699
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5700 Tool bar items are defined using `define-key' with a prefix-key
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5701 `tool-bar'. For example `(define-key global-map [tool-bar item1] ITEM)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5702 where ITEM is a list `(menu-item CAPTION BINDING PROPS...)'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5703
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5704 CAPTION is the caption of the item, If it's not a string, it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5705 evaluated to get a string. The caption is currently not displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5706 the tool bar, but it is displayed if the item doesn't have a `:help'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5707 property (see below).
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5708
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5709 BINDING is the tool bar item's binding. Tool bar items with keymaps as
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5710 binding are currently ignored.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5711
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5712 The following properties are recognized:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5713
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5714 `:enable FORM'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5715
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5716 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is enabled
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5717 or disabled.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5718
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5719 `:visible FORM'
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5720
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5721 FORM is evaluated and specifies whether the tool bar item is displayed.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5722
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5723 `:filter FUNCTION'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5724
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5725 FUNCTION is called with one parameter, the same list BINDING in which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5726 FUNCTION is specified as the filter. The value FUNCTION returns is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5727 used instead of BINDING to display this item.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5728
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5729 `:button (TYPE SELECTED)'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5730
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5731 TYPE must be one of `:radio' or `:toggle'. SELECTED is evaluated
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5732 and specifies whether the button is selected (pressed) or not.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5733
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5734 `:image IMAGES'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5735
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5736 IMAGES is either a single image specification or a vector of four
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5737 image specifications. If it is a vector, this table lists the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5738 meaning of each of the four elements:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5739
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5740 Index Use when item is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5741 ----------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5742 0 enabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5743 1 enabled and deselected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5744 2 disabled and selected
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5745 3 disabled and deselected
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5746
28946
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
5747 If IMAGE is a single image specification, a Laplace edge-detection
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
5748 algorithm is used on that image to draw the image in disabled state.
f100c3d709e4 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 28919
diff changeset
5749
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5750 `:help HELP-STRING'.
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5751
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5752 Gives a help string to display for the tool bar item. This help
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5753 is displayed when the mouse is moved over the item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5754
31641
15837f59a747 Strokes update. Toolbar stuff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31639
diff changeset
5755 The function `toolbar-add-item' is a convenience function for adding
31741
dcff79c941d1 tool-bar, latin1-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31728
diff changeset
5756 toolbar items generally, and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' can be used
dcff79c941d1 tool-bar, latin1-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31728
diff changeset
5757 to define a toolbar item with a binding copied from an item on the
dcff79c941d1 tool-bar, latin1-display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31728
diff changeset
5758 menu bar.
31641
15837f59a747 Strokes update. Toolbar stuff.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 31639
diff changeset
5759
33484
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
5760 The default bindings use a menu-item :filter to derive the tool-bar
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
5761 dynamically from variable `tool-bar-map' which may be set
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
5762 buffer-locally to override the global map.
e64bda3bd077 *** empty log message ***
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 33411
diff changeset
5763
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5764 *** Tool-bar-related variables.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5765
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5766 If `auto-resize-tool-bar' is non-nil, the tool bar will automatically
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5767 resize to show all defined tool bar items. It will never grow larger
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5768 than 1/4 of the frame's size.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5769
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5770 If `auto-raise-tool-bar-buttons' is non-nil, tool bar buttons will be
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5771 raised when the mouse moves over them.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5772
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5773 You can add extra space between tool bar items by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5774 `tool-bar-button-margin' to a positive integer specifying a number of
35278
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
5775 pixels, or a pair of integers (X . Y) specifying horizontal and
80050ac10dbf *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35250
diff changeset
5776 vertical margins . Default is 1.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5777
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5778 You can change the shadow thickness of tool bar buttons by setting
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5779 `tool-bar-button-relief' to an integer. Default is 3.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5780
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5781 *** Tool-bar clicks with modifiers.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5782
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5783 You can bind commands to clicks with control, shift, meta etc. on
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
5784 a tool bar item. If
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5785
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5786 (define-key global-map [tool-bar shell]
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5787 '(menu-item "Shell" shell
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5788 :image (image :type xpm :file "shell.xpm")))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5789
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5790 is the original tool bar item definition, then
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5791
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5792 (define-key global-map [tool-bar S-shell] 'some-command)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5793
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5794 makes a binding to run `some-command' for a shifted click on the same
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5795 item.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5796
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5797 ** Mode line changes.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5798
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5799 *** Mouse-sensitive mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5800
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5801 The mode line can be made mouse-sensitive by displaying strings there
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5802 that have a `local-map' text property. There are three ways to display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5803 a string with a `local-map' property in the mode line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5804
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5805 1. The mode line spec contains a variable whose string value has
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5806 a `local-map' text property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5807
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5808 2. The mode line spec contains a format specifier (e.g. `%12b'), and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5809 that format specifier has a `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5810
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5811 3. The mode line spec contains a list containing `:eval FORM'. FORM
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5812 is evaluated. If the result is a string, and that string has a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5813 `local-map' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5814
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5815 The same mechanism is used to determine the `face' and `help-echo'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5816 properties of strings in the mode line. See `bindings.el' for an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5817 example.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5818
26359
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
5819 *** If a mode line element has the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
5820 evaluated and the result is used as mode line element.
d2970b5d3b72 Add mode line element '(:eval FORM)'.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 26322
diff changeset
5821
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5822 *** You can suppress mode-line display by setting the buffer-local
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5823 variable mode-line-format to nil.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5824
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5825 *** A headerline can now be displayed at the top of a window.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5826
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5827 This mode line's contents are controlled by the new variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5828 `header-line-format' and `default-header-line-format' which are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5829 completely analogous to `mode-line-format' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5830 `default-mode-line-format'. A value of nil means don't display a top
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5831 line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5832
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5833 The appearance of top mode lines is controlled by the face
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5834 `header-line'.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5835
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5836 The function `coordinates-in-window-p' returns `header-line' for a
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5837 position in the header-line.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5838
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5839 ** Text property `display'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5840
31827
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5841 The `display' text property is used to insert images into text,
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5842 replace text with other text, display text in marginal area, and it is
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5843 also used to control other aspects of how text displays. The value of
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5844 the `display' property should be a display specification, as described
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5845 below, or a list or vector containing display specifications.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5846
31827
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5847 *** Replacing text, displaying text in marginal areas
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5848
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5849 To replace the text having the `display' property with some other
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5850 text, use a display specification of the form `(LOCATION STRING)'.
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5851
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5852 If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)', STRING is displayed in the left
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5853 marginal area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5854 the right marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' STRING
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5855 is displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5856 simpler form STRING as property value.
7c50babd3f4f *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 31816
diff changeset
5857
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5858 *** Variable width and height spaces
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5859
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5860 To display a space of fractional width or height, use a display
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5861 specification of the form `(LOCATION STRECH)'. If LOCATION is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5862 `(margin left-margin)', the space is displayed in the left marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5863 area, if it is `(margin right-margin)', it is displayed in the right
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5864 marginal area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the space is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5865 displayed in the text. In the latter case you can also use the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5866 simpler form STRETCH as property value.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5867
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5868 The stretch specification STRETCH itself is a list of the form `(space
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5869 PROPS)', where PROPS is a property list which can contain the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5870 properties described below.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5871
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5872 The display of the fractional space replaces the display of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5873 characters having the `display' property.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5874
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5875 - :width WIDTH
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5876
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5877 Specifies that the space width should be WIDTH times the normal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5878 character width. WIDTH can be an integer or floating point number.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5879
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5880 - :relative-width FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5881
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5882 Specifies that the width of the stretch should be computed from the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5883 first character in a group of consecutive characters that have the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5884 same `display' property. The computation is done by multiplying the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5885 width of that character by FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5886
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5887 - :align-to HPOS
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5888
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5889 Specifies that the space should be wide enough to reach HPOS. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5890 value HPOS is measured in units of the normal character width.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5891
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5892 Exactly one of the above properties should be used.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5893
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5894 - :height HEIGHT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5895
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5896 Specifies the height of the space, as HEIGHT, measured in terms of the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5897 normal line height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5898
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5899 - :relative-height FACTOR
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5900
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5901 The height of the space is computed as the product of the height
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5902 of the text having the `display' property and FACTOR.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5903
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5904 - :ascent ASCENT
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5905
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5906 Specifies that ASCENT percent of the height of the stretch should be
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5907 used for the ascent of the stretch, i.e. for the part above the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5908 baseline. The value of ASCENT must be a non-negative number less or
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5909 equal to 100.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5910
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5911 You should not use both `:height' and `:relative-height' together.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5912
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5913 *** Images
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5914
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5915 A display specification for an image has the form `(LOCATION
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5916 . IMAGE)', where IMAGE is an image specification. The image replaces,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5917 in the display, the characters having this display specification in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5918 their `display' text property. If LOCATION is `(margin left-margin)',
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5919 the image will be displayed in the left marginal area, if it is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5920 `(margin right-margin)' it will be displayed in the right marginal
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5921 area, and if LOCATION is `(margin nil)' the image will be displayed in
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5922 the text. In the latter case you can also use the simpler form IMAGE
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5923 as display specification.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5924
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5925 *** Other display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5926
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
5927 - (space-width FACTOR)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5928
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5929 Specifies that space characters in the text having that property
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5930 should be displayed FACTOR times as wide as normal; FACTOR must be an
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5931 integer or float.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5932
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
5933 - (height HEIGHT)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5934
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5935 Display text having this property in a font that is smaller or larger.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5936
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5937 If HEIGHT is a list of the form `(+ N)', where N is an integer, that
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5938 means to use a font that is N steps larger. If HEIGHT is a list of
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5939 the form `(- N)', that means to use a font that is N steps smaller. A
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5940 ``step'' is defined by the set of available fonts; each size for which
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5941 a font is available counts as a step.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5942
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5943 If HEIGHT is a number, that means to use a font that is HEIGHT times
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5944 as tall as the frame's default font.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5945
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5946 If HEIGHT is a symbol, it is called as a function with the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5947 height as argument. The function should return the new height to use.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5948
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5949 Otherwise, HEIGHT is evaluated to get the new height, with the symbol
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5950 `height' bound to the current specified font height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5951
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
5952 - (raise FACTOR)
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5953
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5954 FACTOR must be a number, specifying a multiple of the current
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5955 font's height. If it is positive, that means to display the characters
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5956 raised. If it is negative, that means to display them lower down. The
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5957 amount of raising or lowering is computed without taking account of the
33499
178c626ccf39 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 33484
diff changeset
5958 `height' subproperty.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5959
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5960 *** Conditional display properties
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5961
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5962 All display specifications can be conditionalized. If a specification
39031
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5963 has the form `(when CONDITION . SPEC)', the specification SPEC applies
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5964 only when CONDITION yields a non-nil value when evaluated. During the
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5965 evaluation, `object' is bound to the string or buffer having the
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5966 conditional display property; `position' and `buffer-position' are
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5967 bound to the position within `object' and the buffer position where
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5968 the display property was found, respectively. Both positions can be
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5969 different when object is a string.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5970
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5971 The normal specification consisting of SPEC only is equivalent to
39031
f5db16d9b787 Change conditional display property API description.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 38989
diff changeset
5972 `(when t . SPEC)'.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5973
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5974 ** New menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5975
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5976 Emacs now supports more than one menu separator type. Menu items with
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5977 item names consisting of dashes only (including zero dashes) are
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5978 treated like before. In addition, the following item names are used
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5979 to specify other menu separator types.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5980
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5981 - `--no-line' or `--space', or `--:space', or `--:noLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5982
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5983 No separator lines are drawn, but a small space is inserted where the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5984 separator occurs.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5985
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5986 - `--single-line' or `--:singleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5987
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5988 A single line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5989
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5990 - `--double-line' or `--:doubleLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5991
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5992 A double line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5993
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5994 - `--single-dashed-line' or `--:singleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5995
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5996 A single dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5997
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5998 - `--double-dashed-line' or `--:doubleDashedLine'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
5999
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6000 A double dashed line in the menu's foreground color.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6001
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6002 - `--shadow-etched-in' or `--:shadowEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6003
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
6004 A single line with 3D sunken appearance. This is the form
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6005 displayed for item names consisting of dashes only.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6006
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6007 - `--shadow-etched-out' or `--:shadowEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6008
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6009 A single line with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6010
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6011 - `--shadow-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6012
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6013 A single dashed line with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6014
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6015 - `--shadow-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6016
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6017 A single dashed line with 3D raise appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6018
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6019 - `--shadow-double-etched-in' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedIn'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6020
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6021 Two lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6022
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6023 - `--shadow-double-etched-out' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOut'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6024
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6025 Two lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6026
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6027 - `--shadow-double-etched-in-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedInDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6028
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6029 Two dashed lines with 3D sunken appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6030
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6031 - `--shadow-double-etched-out-dash' or `--:shadowDoubleEtchedOutDash'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6032
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6033 Two dashed lines with 3D raised appearance.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6034
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6035 Under LessTif/Motif, the last four separator types are displayed like
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6036 the corresponding single-line separators.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6037
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6038 ** New frame parameters for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6039
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6040 The new frame parameters `scroll-bar-foreground' and
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6041 `scroll-bar-background' can be used to change scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6042 Their value must be either a color name, a string, or nil to specify
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6043 that scroll bars should use a default color. For toolkit scroll bars,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6044 default colors are toolkit specific. For non-toolkit scroll bars, the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6045 default background is the background color of the frame, and the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6046 default foreground is black.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6047
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6048 The X resource name of these parameters are `scrollBarForeground'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6049 (class ScrollBarForeground) and `scrollBarBackground' (class
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6050 `ScrollBarBackground').
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6051
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6052 Setting these parameters overrides toolkit specific X resource
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6053 settings for scroll bar colors.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6054
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6055 ** You can set `redisplay-dont-pause' to a non-nil value to prevent
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6056 display updates from being interrupted when input is pending.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6057
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6058 ** Changing a window's width may now change its window start if it
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6059 starts on a continuation line. The new window start is computed based
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6060 on the window's new width, starting from the start of the continued
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6061 line as the start of the screen line with the minimum distance from
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6062 the original window start.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6063
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6064 ** The variable `hscroll-step' and the functions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6065 `hscroll-point-visible' and `hscroll-window-column' have been removed
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6066 now that proper horizontal scrolling is implemented.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6067
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6068 ** Windows can now be made fixed-width and/or fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6069
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6070 A window is fixed-size if its buffer has a buffer-local variable
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6071 `window-size-fixed' whose value is not nil. A value of `height' makes
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6072 windows fixed-height, a value of `width' makes them fixed-width, any
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6073 other non-nil value makes them both fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6074
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6075 The following code makes all windows displaying the current buffer
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6076 fixed-width and fixed-height.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6077
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6078 (set (make-local-variable 'window-size-fixed) t)
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6079
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6080 A call to enlarge-window on a window gives an error if that window is
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6081 fixed-width and it is tried to change the window's width, or if the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6082 window is fixed-height, and it is tried to change its height. To
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6083 change the size of a fixed-size window, bind `window-size-fixed'
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6084 temporarily to nil, for example
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6085
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6086 (let ((window-size-fixed nil))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6087 (enlarge-window 10))
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6088
26264
Francesco Potortì <pot@gnu.org>
parents: 26171
diff changeset
6089 Likewise, an attempt to split a fixed-height window vertically,
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
6090 or a fixed-width window horizontally results in a error.
28094
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6091
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6092 ** The cursor-type frame parameter is now supported on MS-DOS
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6093 terminals. When Emacs starts, it by default changes the cursor shape
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6094 to a solid box, as it does on Unix. The `cursor-type' frame parameter
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6095 overrides this as it does on Unix, except that the bar cursor is
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6096 horizontal rather than vertical (since the MS-DOS display doesn't
e1e48e0663f6 Mention cursor-type support on MS-DOS terminals.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 28063
diff changeset
6097 support a vertical-bar cursor).
30786
550344dcef43 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30781
diff changeset
6098
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6099
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6100
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6101 * Emacs 20.7 is a bug-fix release with few user-visible changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6102
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6103 ** It is now possible to use CCL-based coding systems for keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6104 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6105
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6106 ** ange-ftp now handles FTP security extensions, like Kerberos.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6107
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6108 ** Rmail has been extended to recognize more forms of digest messages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6110 ** Now, most coding systems set in keyboard coding system work not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6111 only for character input, but also in incremental search. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6112 exceptions are such coding systems that handle 2-byte character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6113 (e.g euc-kr, euc-jp) and that use ISO's escape sequence
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6114 (e.g. iso-2022-jp). They are ignored in incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6115
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6116 ** Support for Macintosh PowerPC-based machines running GNU/Linux has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6117 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6118
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6119
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6120 * Emacs 20.6 is a bug-fix release with one user-visible change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6121
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6122 ** Support for ARM-based non-RISCiX machines has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6123
35469
Sam Steingold <sds@gnu.org>
parents: 35460
diff changeset
6124
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6125
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6126 * Emacs 20.5 is a bug-fix release with no user-visible changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6127
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6128 ** Not new, but not mentioned before:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6129 M-w when Transient Mark mode is enabled disables the mark.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6130
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6131 * Changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6132
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6133 ** Init file may be called .emacs.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6134
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6135 You can now call the Emacs init file `.emacs.el'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6136 Formerly the name had to be `.emacs'. If you use the name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6137 `.emacs.el', you can byte-compile the file in the usual way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6138
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6139 If both `.emacs' and `.emacs.el' exist, the latter file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6140 is the one that is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6141
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6142 ** shell-command, and shell-command-on-region, now return
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6143 the exit code of the command (unless it is asynchronous).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6144 Also, you can specify a place to put the error output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6145 separate from the command's regular output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6146 Interactively, the variable shell-command-default-error-buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6147 says where to put error output; set it to a buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6148 In calls from Lisp, an optional argument ERROR-BUFFER specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6149 the buffer name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6150
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6151 When you specify a non-nil error buffer (or buffer name), any error
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6152 output is inserted before point in that buffer, with \f\n to separate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6153 it from the previous batch of error output. The error buffer is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6154 cleared, so error output from successive commands accumulates there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6155
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6156 ** Setting the default value of enable-multibyte-characters to nil in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6157 the .emacs file, either explicitly using setq-default, or via Custom,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6158 is now essentially equivalent to using --unibyte: all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6159 created during startup will be made unibyte after loading .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6161 ** C-x C-f now handles the wildcards * and ? in file names. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6162 example, typing C-x C-f c*.c RET visits all the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6163 match c*.c. To visit a file whose name contains * or ?, add the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6164 quoting sequence /: to the beginning of the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6166 ** The M-x commands keep-lines, flush-lines and count-matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6167 now have the same feature as occur and query-replace:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6168 if the pattern contains any upper case letters, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6169 they never ignore case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6171 ** The end-of-line format conversion feature previously mentioned
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6172 under `* Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows' actually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6173 applies to all operating systems. Emacs recognizes from the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6174 of a file what convention it uses to separate lines--newline, CRLF, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6175 just CR--and automatically converts the contents to the normal Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6176 convention (using newline to separate lines) for editing. This is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6177 part of the general feature of coding system conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6178
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6179 If you subsequently save the buffer, Emacs converts the text back to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6180 the same format that was used in the file before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6181
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6182 You can turn off end-of-line conversion by setting the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6183 `inhibit-eol-conversion' to non-nil, e.g. with Custom in the MULE group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6184
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6185 ** The character set property `prefered-coding-system' has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6186 renamed to `preferred-coding-system', for the sake of correct spelling.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6187 This is a fairly internal feature, so few programs should be affected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6188
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6189 ** Mode-line display of end-of-line format is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6190 The indication of the end-of-line format of the file visited by a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6191 buffer is now more explicit when that format is not the usual one for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6192 your operating system. For example, the DOS-style end-of-line format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6193 is displayed as "(DOS)" on Unix and GNU/Linux systems. The usual
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6194 end-of-line format is still displayed as a single character (colon for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6195 Unix, backslash for DOS and Windows, and forward slash for the Mac).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6196
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6197 The values of the variables eol-mnemonic-unix, eol-mnemonic-dos,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6198 eol-mnemonic-mac, and eol-mnemonic-undecided, which are strings,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6199 control what is displayed in the mode line for each end-of-line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6200 format. You can now customize these variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6201
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6202 ** In the previous version of Emacs, tar-mode didn't work well if a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6203 filename contained non-ASCII characters. Now this is fixed. Such a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6204 filename is decoded by file-name-coding-system if the default value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6205 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6207 ** The command temp-buffer-resize-mode toggles a minor mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6208 in which temporary buffers (such as help buffers) are given
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6209 windows just big enough to hold the whole contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6210
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6211 ** If you use completion.el, you must now run the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6212 dynamic-completion-mode to enable it. Just loading the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6213 doesn't have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6215 ** In Flyspell mode, the default is now to make just one Ispell process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6216 not one per buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6217
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6218 ** If you use iswitchb but do not call (iswitchb-default-keybindings) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6219 use the default keybindings, you will need to add the following line:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6220 (add-hook 'minibuffer-setup-hook 'iswitchb-minibuffer-setup)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6221
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6222 ** Auto-show mode is no longer enabled just by loading auto-show.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6223 To control it, set `auto-show-mode' via Custom or use the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6224 `auto-show-mode' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6225
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6226 ** Handling of X fonts' ascent/descent parameters has been changed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6227 avoid redisplay problems. As a consequence, compared with previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6228 versions the line spacing and frame size now differ with some font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6229 choices, typically increasing by a pixel per line. This change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6230 occurred in version 20.3 but was not documented then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6231
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6232 ** If you select the bar cursor style, it uses the frame's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6233 cursor-color, rather than the cursor foreground pixel.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6234
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6235 ** In multibyte mode, Rmail decodes incoming MIME messages using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6236 character set specified in the message. If you want to disable this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6237 feature, set the variable rmail-decode-mime-charset to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6238
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6239 ** Not new, but not mentioned previously in NEWS: when you use #! at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6240 the beginning of a file to make it executable and specify an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6241 interpreter program, Emacs looks on the second line for the -*- mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6242 and variable specification, as well as on the first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6243
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6244 ** Support for IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6245
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6246 The new command M-x codepage-setup creates a special coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6247 that can be used to convert text between a specific IBM codepage and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6248 one of the character sets built into Emacs which matches that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6249 codepage. For example, codepage 850 corresponds to Latin-1 character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6250 set, codepage 855 corresponds to Cyrillic-ISO character set, etc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6252 Windows codepages 1250, 1251 and some others, where Windows deviates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6253 from the corresponding ISO character set, are also supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6254
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6255 IBM box-drawing characters and other glyphs which don't have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6256 equivalents in the corresponding ISO character set, are converted to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6257 a character defined by dos-unsupported-char-glyph on MS-DOS, and to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6258 `?' on other systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6259
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6260 IBM codepages are widely used on MS-DOS and MS-Windows, so this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6261 feature is most useful on those platforms, but it can also be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6262 Unix.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6263
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6264 Emacs compiled for MS-DOS automatically loads the support for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6265 current codepage when it starts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6266
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6267 ** Mail changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6268
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6269 *** When mail is sent using compose-mail (C-x m), and if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6270 `mail-send-nonascii' is set to the new default value `mime',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6271 appropriate MIME headers are added. The headers are added only if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6272 non-ASCII characters are present in the body of the mail, and no other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6273 MIME headers are already present. For example, the following three
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6274 headers are added if the coding system used in the *mail* buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6275 latin-1:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6276
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6277 MIME-version: 1.0
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6278 Content-type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6279 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6281 *** The new variable default-sendmail-coding-system specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6282 default way to encode outgoing mail. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6283 default-buffer-file-coding-system but has lower priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6284 sendmail-coding-system and the local value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6285 buffer-file-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6287 You should not set this variable manually. Instead, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6288 sendmail-coding-system to specify a fixed encoding for all outgoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6289 mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6291 *** When you try to send a message that contains non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6292 if the coding system specified by those variables doesn't handle them,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6293 Emacs will ask you to select a suitable coding system while showing a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6294 list of possible coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6295
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6296 ** CC Mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6297
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6298 *** c-default-style can now take an association list that maps major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6299 modes to style names. When this variable is an alist, Java mode no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6300 longer hardcodes a setting to "java" style. See the variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6301 docstring for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6302
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6303 *** It's now possible to put a list as the offset on a syntactic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6304 symbol. The list is evaluated recursively until a non-nil offset is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6305 found. This is useful to combine several lineup functions to act in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6306 prioritized order on a single line. However, none of the supplied
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6307 lineup functions use this feature currently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6308
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6309 *** New syntactic symbol catch-clause, which is used on the "catch" and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6310 "finally" lines in try-catch constructs in C++ and Java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6312 *** New cleanup brace-catch-brace on c-cleanup-list, which does for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6313 "catch" lines what brace-elseif-brace does for "else if" lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6314
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6315 *** The braces of Java anonymous inner classes are treated separately
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6316 from the braces of other classes in auto-newline mode. Two new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6317 symbols inexpr-class-open and inexpr-class-close may be used on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6318 c-hanging-braces-alist to control the automatic newlines used for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6319 anonymous classes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6321 *** Support for the Pike language added, along with new Pike specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6322 syntactic symbols: inlambda, lambda-intro-cont
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6324 *** Support for Java anonymous classes via new syntactic symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6325 inexpr-class. New syntactic symbol inexpr-statement for Pike
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6326 support and gcc-style statements inside expressions. New lineup
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6327 function c-lineup-inexpr-block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6328
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6329 *** New syntactic symbol brace-entry-open which is used in brace lists
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6330 (i.e. static initializers) when a list entry starts with an open
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6331 brace. These used to be recognized as brace-list-entry's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6332 c-electric-brace also recognizes brace-entry-open braces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6333 (brace-list-entry's can no longer be electrified).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6334
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6335 *** New command c-indent-line-or-region, not bound by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6337 *** `#' is only electric when typed in the indentation of a line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6338
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6339 *** Parentheses are now electric (via the new command c-electric-paren)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6340 for auto-reindenting lines when parens are typed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6341
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6342 *** In "gnu" style, inline-open offset is now set to zero.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6343
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6344 *** Uniform handling of the inclass syntactic symbol. The indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6345 associated with it is now always relative to the class opening brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6346 This means that the indentation behavior has changed in some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6347 circumstances, but only if you've put anything besides 0 on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6348 class-open syntactic symbol (none of the default styles do that).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6349
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6350 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6352 *** New functionality for using Gnus as an offline newsreader has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6353 added. A plethora of new commands and modes have been added. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6354 Gnus manual for the full story.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6355
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6356 *** The nndraft backend has returned, but works differently than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6357 before. All Message buffers are now also articles in the nndraft
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6358 group, which is created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6359
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6360 *** `gnus-alter-header-function' can now be used to alter header
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6361 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6362
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6363 *** `gnus-summary-goto-article' now accept Message-ID's.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6364
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6365 *** A new Message command for deleting text in the body of a message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6366 outside the region: `C-c C-v'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6368 *** You can now post to component group in nnvirtual groups with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6369 `C-u C-c C-c'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6370
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6371 *** `nntp-rlogin-program' -- new variable to ease customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6373 *** `C-u C-c C-c' in `gnus-article-edit-mode' will now inhibit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6374 re-highlighting of the article buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6375
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6376 *** New element in `gnus-boring-article-headers' -- `long-to'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6377
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6378 *** `M-i' symbolic prefix command. See the section "Symbolic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6379 Prefixes" in the Gnus manual for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6381 *** `L' and `I' in the summary buffer now take the symbolic prefix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6382 `a' to add the score rule to the "all.SCORE" file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6384 *** `gnus-simplify-subject-functions' variable to allow greater
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6385 control over simplification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6386
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6387 *** `A T' -- new command for fetching the current thread.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6389 *** `/ T' -- new command for including the current thread in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6390 limit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6391
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6392 *** `M-RET' is a new Message command for breaking cited text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6393
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6394 *** \\1-expressions are now valid in `nnmail-split-methods'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6395
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6396 *** The `custom-face-lookup' function has been removed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6397 If you used this function in your initialization files, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6398 rewrite them to use `face-spec-set' instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6399
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
6400 *** Canceling now uses the current select method. Symbolic prefix
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6401 `a' forces normal posting method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6402
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6403 *** New command to translate M******** sm*rtq**t*s into proper text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6404 -- `W d'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6405
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6406 *** For easier debugging of nntp, you can set `nntp-record-commands'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6407 to a non-nil value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6409 *** nntp now uses ~/.authinfo, a .netrc-like file, for controlling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6410 where and how to send AUTHINFO to NNTP servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6411
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6412 *** A command for editing group parameters from the summary buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6413 has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6415 *** A history of where mails have been split is available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6416
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6417 *** A new article date command has been added -- `article-date-iso8601'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6419 *** Subjects can be simplified when threading by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6420 `gnus-score-thread-simplify'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6421
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6422 *** A new function for citing in Message has been added --
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6423 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6424
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6425 *** `article-strip-all-blank-lines' -- new article command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6427 *** A new Message command to kill to the end of the article has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6428 been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6429
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6430 *** A minimum adaptive score can be specified by using the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6431 `gnus-adaptive-word-minimum' variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6432
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6433 *** The "lapsed date" article header can be kept continually
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6434 updated by the `gnus-start-date-timer' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6435
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6436 *** Web listserv archives can be read with the nnlistserv backend.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6438 *** Old dejanews archives can now be read by nnweb.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6439
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6440 *** `gnus-posting-styles' has been re-activated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6442 ** Changes to TeX and LaTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6444 *** The new variable `tex-start-options-string' can be used to give
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6445 options for the TeX run. The default value causes TeX to run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6446 nonstopmode. For an interactive TeX run set it to nil or "".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6448 *** The command `tex-feed-input' sends input to the Tex Shell. In a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6449 TeX buffer it is bound to the keys C-RET, C-c RET, and C-c C-m (some
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6450 of these keys may not work on all systems). For instance, if you run
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6451 TeX interactively and if the TeX run stops because of an error, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6452 can continue it without leaving the TeX buffer by typing C-RET.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6453
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6454 *** The Tex Shell Buffer is now in `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6455 All error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are available
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6456 but bound to keys that don't collide with the shell. Thus you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6457 the Tex Shell for command line executions like a usual shell.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6458
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6459 *** The commands `tex-validate-region' and `tex-validate-buffer' check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6460 the matching of braces and $'s. The errors are listed in a *Occur*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6461 buffer and you can use C-c C-c or mouse-2 to go to a particular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6462 mismatch.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6463
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6464 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6465
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6466 *** The table of contents buffer can now also display labels and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6467 file boundaries in addition to sections. Use `l', `i', and `c' keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6468
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6469 *** Labels derived from context (the section heading) are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6470 lowercase by default. To make the label legal in LaTeX, latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6471 characters will lose their accent. All Mule characters will be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6472 removed from the label.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6474 *** The automatic display of cross reference information can also use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6475 a window instead of the echo area. See variable `reftex-auto-view-crossref'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6476
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6477 *** kpsewhich can be used by RefTeX to find TeX and BibTeX files. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6478 customization group `reftex-finding-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6479
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6480 *** The option `reftex-bibfile-ignore-list' has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6481 `reftex-bibfile-ignore-regexps' and indeed can be fed with regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6482 expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6483
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6484 *** Multiple Selection buffers are now hidden buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6486 ** New/deleted modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6488 *** The package snmp-mode.el provides major modes for editing SNMP and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6489 SNMPv2 MIBs. It has entries on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6490
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6491 *** The package sql.el provides a major mode, M-x sql-mode, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6492 editing SQL files, and M-x sql-interactive-mode for interacting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6493 SQL interpreters. It has an entry on `auto-mode-alist'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6494
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6495 *** M-x highlight-changes-mode provides a minor mode displaying buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6496 changes with a special face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6497
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6498 *** ispell4.el has been deleted. It got in the way of ispell.el and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6499 this was hard to fix reliably. It has long been obsolete -- use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6500 Ispell 3.1 and ispell.el.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6501
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6502 * MS-DOS changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6503
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6504 ** Emacs compiled for MS-DOS now supports MULE features better.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6505 This includes support for display of all ISO 8859-N character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6506 conversion to and from IBM codepage encoding of non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6507 and automatic setup of the MULE environment at startup. For details,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6508 check out the section `MS-DOS and MULE' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6509
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6510 The MS-DOS installation procedure automatically configures and builds
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6511 Emacs with input method support if it finds an unpacked Leim
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6512 distribution when the config.bat script is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6513
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6514 ** Formerly, the value of lpr-command did not affect printing on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6515 MS-DOS unless print-region-function was set to nil, but now it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6516 controls whether an external program is invoked or output is written
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6517 directly to a printer port. Similarly, in the previous version of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6518 Emacs, the value of ps-lpr-command did not affect PostScript printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6519 on MS-DOS unless ps-printer-name was set to something other than a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6520 string (eg. t or `pipe'), but now it controls whether an external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6521 program is used. (These changes were made so that configuration of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6522 printing variables would be almost identical across all platforms.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6523
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6524 ** In the previous version of Emacs, PostScript and non-PostScript
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6525 output was piped to external programs, but because most print programs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6526 available for MS-DOS and MS-Windows cannot read data from their standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6527 input, on those systems the data to be output is now written to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6528 temporary file whose name is passed as the last argument to the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6529 program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6530
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6531 An exception is made for `print', a standard program on Windows NT,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6532 and `nprint', a standard program on Novell Netware. For both of these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6533 programs, the command line is constructed in the appropriate syntax
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6534 automatically, using only the value of printer-name or ps-printer-name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6535 as appropriate--the value of the relevant `-switches' variable is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6536 ignored, as both programs have no useful switches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6538 ** The value of the variable dos-printer (cf. dos-ps-printer), if it has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6539 a value, overrides the value of printer-name (cf. ps-printer-name), on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6540 MS-DOS and MS-Windows only. This has been true since version 20.3, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6541 was not documented clearly before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6543 ** All the Emacs games now work on MS-DOS terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6544 This includes Tetris and Snake.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6545
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6546 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.4
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6547
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6548 ** New functions line-beginning-position and line-end-position
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6549 return the position of the beginning or end of the current line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6550 They both accept an optional argument, which has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6551 meaning as the argument to beginning-of-line or end-of-line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6553 ** find-file and allied functions now have an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6554 WILDCARD. If this is non-nil, they do wildcard processing,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6555 and visit all files that match the wildcard pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6556
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6557 ** Changes in the file-attributes function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6558
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6559 *** The file size returned by file-attributes may be an integer or a float.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6560 It is an integer if the size fits in a Lisp integer, float otherwise.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6561
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6562 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6563 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a cons cell containing two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6564 integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6566 ** The new function directory-files-and-attributes returns a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6567 files in a directory and their attributes. It accepts the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6568 arguments as directory-files and has similar semantics, except that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6569 file names and attributes are returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6570
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6571 ** The new function file-attributes-lessp is a helper function for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6572 sorting the list generated by directory-files-and-attributes. It
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
6573 accepts two arguments, each a list of a file name and its attributes.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6574 It compares the file names of each according to string-lessp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6575 returns the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6576
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6577 ** The new function file-expand-wildcards expands a wildcard-pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6578 to produce a list of existing files that match the pattern.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6579
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6580 ** New functions for base64 conversion:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6581
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6582 The function base64-encode-region converts a part of the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6583 into the base64 code used in MIME. base64-decode-region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6584 performs the opposite conversion. Line-breaking is supported
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6585 optionally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6586
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6587 Functions base64-encode-string and base64-decode-string do a similar
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6588 job on the text in a string. They return the value as a new string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6589
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6590 **
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6591 The new function process-running-child-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6592 will tell you if a subprocess has given control of its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6593 terminal to its own child process.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6594
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6595 ** interrupt-process and such functions have a new feature:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6596 when the second argument is `lambda', they send a signal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6597 to the running child of the subshell, if any, but if the shell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6598 itself owns its terminal, no signal is sent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6599
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6600 ** There are new widget types `plist' and `alist' which can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6601 be used for customizing variables whose values are plists or alists.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6602
42974
b5c45e2ad1ae Fix typo.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 42958
diff changeset
6603 ** easymenu.el now understands `:key-sequence' and `:style button'.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6604 :included is an alias for :visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6606 easy-menu-add-item now understands the values returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6607 easy-menu-remove-item and easy-menu-item-present-p. This can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6608 to move or copy menu entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6610 ** Multibyte editing changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6611
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6612 *** The definitions of sref and char-bytes are changed. Now, sref is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6613 an alias of aref and char-bytes always returns 1. This change is to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6614 make some Emacs Lisp code which works on 20.2 and earlier also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6615 work on the latest Emacs. Such code uses a combination of sref and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6616 char-bytes in a loop typically as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6617 (setq char (sref str idx)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6618 idx (+ idx (char-bytes idx)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6619 The byte-compiler now warns that this is obsolete.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6620
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6621 If you want to know how many bytes a specific multibyte character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6622 (say, CH) occupies in a multibyte buffer, use this code:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6623 (charset-bytes (char-charset ch))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6624
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6625 *** In multibyte mode, when you narrow a buffer to some region, and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6626 region is preceded or followed by non-ASCII codes, inserting or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6627 deleting at the head or the end of the region may signal this error:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6628
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
6629 Byte combining across boundary of accessible buffer text inhibited
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6631 This is to avoid some bytes being combined together into a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6632 across the boundary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6633
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6634 *** The functions find-charset-region and find-charset-string include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6635 `unknown' in the returned list in the following cases:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6636 o The current buffer or the target string is unibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6637 contains 8-bit characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6638 o The current buffer or the target string is multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6639 contains invalid characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6640
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6641 *** The functions decode-coding-region and encode-coding-region remove
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6642 text properties of the target region. Ideally, they should correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6643 preserve text properties, but for the moment, it's hard. Removing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6644 text properties is better than preserving them in a less-than-correct
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6645 way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6646
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6647 *** prefer-coding-system sets EOL conversion of default coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6648 If the argument to prefer-coding-system specifies a certain type of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6649 end of line conversion, the default coding systems set by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6650 prefer-coding-system will specify that conversion type for end of line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6651
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6652 *** The new function thai-compose-string can be used to properly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6653 compose Thai characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6654
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6655 ** The primitive `define-prefix-command' now takes an optional third
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6656 argument NAME, which should be a string. It supplies the menu name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6657 for the created keymap. Keymaps created in order to be displayed as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6658 menus should always use the third argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6659
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6660 ** The meanings of optional second arguments for read-char,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6661 read-event, and read-char-exclusive are flipped. Now the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6662 arguments are INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. These functions use the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6663 input method (if any) if and only if INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6664
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6665 ** The new function clear-this-command-keys empties out the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6666 of the vector that (this-command-keys) returns. This is useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6667 programs that read passwords, to prevent the passwords from echoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6668 inadvertently as part of the next command in certain cases.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6669
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6670 ** The new macro `with-temp-message' displays a temporary message in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6671 the echo area, while executing some Lisp code. Like `progn', it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6672 returns the value of the last form, but it also restores the previous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6673 echo area contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6675 (with-temp-message MESSAGE &rest BODY)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6676
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6677 ** The function `require' now takes an optional third argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6678 NOERROR. If it is non-nil, then there is no error if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6679 requested feature cannot be loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6680
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6681 ** In the function modify-face, an argument of (nil) for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6682 foreground color, background color or stipple pattern
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6683 means to clear out that attribute.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6684
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6685 ** The `outer-window-id' frame property of an X frame
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6686 gives the window number of the outermost X window for the frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6688 ** Temporary buffers made with with-output-to-temp-buffer are now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6689 read-only by default, and normally use the major mode Help mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6690 unless you put them in some other non-Fundamental mode before the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6691 end of with-output-to-temp-buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6692
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6693 ** The new functions gap-position and gap-size return information on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6694 the gap of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6695
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6696 ** The new functions position-bytes and byte-to-position provide a way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6697 to convert between character positions and byte positions in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6698 current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6699
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6700 ** vc.el defines two new macros, `edit-vc-file' and `with-vc-file', to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6701 facilitate working with version-controlled files from Lisp programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6702 These macros check out a given file automatically if needed, and check
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6703 it back in after any modifications have been made.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6704
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6705 * Installation Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6706
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6707 ** The default value of load-path now includes most subdirectories of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6708 the site-specific directories /usr/local/share/emacs/site-lisp and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6709 /usr/local/share/emacs/VERSION/site-lisp, in addition to those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6710 directories themselves. Both immediate subdirectories and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6711 subdirectories multiple levels down are added to load-path.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6713 Not all subdirectories are included, though. Subdirectories whose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6714 names do not start with a letter or digit are excluded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6715 Subdirectories named RCS or CVS are excluded. Also, a subdirectory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6716 which contains a file named `.nosearch' is excluded. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6717 these methods to prevent certain subdirectories from being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6718
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6719 Emacs finds these subdirectories and adds them to load-path when it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6720 starts up. While it would be cleaner to find the subdirectories each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6721 time Emacs loads a file, that would be much slower.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6723 This feature is an incompatible change. If you have stored some Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6724 Lisp files in a subdirectory of the site-lisp directory specifically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6725 to prevent them from being used, you will need to rename the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6726 subdirectory to start with a non-alphanumeric character, or create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6727 `.nosearch' file in it, in order to continue to achieve the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6728 results.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6729
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6730 ** Emacs no longer includes an old version of the C preprocessor from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6731 GCC. This was formerly used to help compile Emacs with C compilers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6732 that had limits on the significant length of an identifier, but in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6733 fact we stopped supporting such compilers some time ago.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
6734
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6735 * Changes in Emacs 20.3
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6737 ** The new command C-x z (repeat) repeats the previous command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6738 including its argument. If you repeat the z afterward,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6739 it repeats the command additional times; thus, you can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6740 perform many repetitions with one keystroke per repetition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6742 ** Emacs now supports "selective undo" which undoes only within a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6743 specified region. To do this, set point and mark around the desired
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6744 region and type C-u C-x u (or C-u C-_). You can then continue undoing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6745 further, within the same region, by repeating the ordinary undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6746 command C-x u or C-_. This will keep undoing changes that were made
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6747 within the region you originally specified, until either all of them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6748 are undone, or it encounters a change which crosses the edge of that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6749 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6750
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6751 In Transient Mark mode, undoing when a region is active requests
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6752 selective undo.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6753
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6754 ** If you specify --unibyte when starting Emacs, then all buffers are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6755 unibyte, except when a Lisp program specifically creates a multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6756 buffer. Setting the environment variable EMACS_UNIBYTE has the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6757 effect. The --no-unibyte option overrides EMACS_UNIBYTE and directs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6758 Emacs to run normally in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6759
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6760 The option --unibyte does not affect the reading of Emacs Lisp files,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6761 though. If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6762 -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line. That will force Emacs to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6763 load that file in unibyte mode, regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6764
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6765 ** toggle-enable-multibyte-characters no longer has a key binding and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6766 no longer appears in the menu bar. We've realized that changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6767 enable-multibyte-characters variable in an existing buffer is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6768 something that most users not do.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6769
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6770 ** You can specify a coding system to use for the next cut or paste
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6771 operations through the window system with the command C-x RET X.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6772 The coding system can make a difference for communication with other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6773 applications.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6774
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6775 C-x RET x specifies a coding system for all subsequent cutting and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6776 pasting operations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6777
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6778 ** You can specify the printer to use for commands that do printing by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6779 setting the variable `printer-name'. Just what a printer name looks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6780 like depends on your operating system. You can specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6781 printer for the Postscript printing commands by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6782 `ps-printer-name'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6783
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6784 ** Emacs now supports on-the-fly spell checking by the means of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6785 minor mode. It is called M-x flyspell-mode. You don't have to remember
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6786 any other special commands to use it, and you will hardly notice it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6787 except when you make a spelling error. Flyspell works by highlighting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6788 incorrect words as soon as they are completed or as soon as the cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6789 hits a new word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6790
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6791 Flyspell mode works with whichever dictionary you have selected for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6792 Ispell in Emacs. In TeX mode, it understands TeX syntax so as not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6793 to be confused by TeX commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6795 You can correct a misspelled word by editing it into something
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6796 correct. You can also correct it, or accept it as correct, by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6797 clicking on the word with Mouse-2; that gives you a pop-up menu
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6798 of various alternative replacements and actions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6799
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6800 Flyspell mode also proposes "automatic" corrections. M-TAB replaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6801 the current misspelled word with a possible correction. If several
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6802 corrections are made possible, M-TAB cycles through them in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6803 alphabetical order, or in order of decreasing likelihood if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6804 flyspell-sort-corrections is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6805
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6806 Flyspell mode also flags an error when a word is repeated, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6807 flyspell-mark-duplications-flag is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6808
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6809 ** Changes in input method usage.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6810
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6811 Now you can use arrow keys (right, left, down, up) for selecting among
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6812 the alternatives just the same way as you do by C-f, C-b, C-n, and C-p
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6813 respectively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6814
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6815 You can use the ENTER key to accept the current conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6817 If you type TAB to display a list of alternatives, you can select one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6818 of the alternatives with Mouse-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6819
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6820 The meaning of the variable `input-method-verbose-flag' is changed so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6821 that you can set it to t, nil, `default', or `complex-only'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6822
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6823 If the value is nil, extra guidance is never given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6824
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6825 If the value is t, extra guidance is always given.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6826
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6827 If the value is `complex-only', extra guidance is always given only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6828 when you are using complex input methods such as chinese-py.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6829
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6830 If the value is `default' (this is the default), extra guidance is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6831 given in the following case:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6832 o When you are using a complex input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6833 o When you are using a simple input method but not in the minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6835 If you are using Emacs through a very slow line, setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6836 input-method-verbose-flag to nil or to complex-only is a good choice,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6837 and if you are using an input method you are not familiar with,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6838 setting it to t is helpful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6839
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6840 The old command select-input-method is now called set-input-method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6842 In the language environment "Korean", you can use the following
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6843 keys:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6844 Shift-SPC toggle-korean-input-method
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6845 C-F9 quail-hangul-switch-symbol-ksc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6846 F9 quail-hangul-switch-hanja
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6847 These key bindings are canceled when you switch to another language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6848 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6849
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6850 ** The minibuffer history of file names now records the specified file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6851 names, not the entire minibuffer input. For example, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6852 minibuffer starts out with /usr/foo/, you might type in /etc/passwd to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6853 get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6854
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6855 /usr/foo//etc/passwd
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6856
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6857 which stands for the file /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6858
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6859 Formerly, this used to put /usr/foo//etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6860 Now this puts just /etc/passwd in the history list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6861
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6862 ** If you are root, Emacs sets backup-by-copying-when-mismatch to t
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6863 at startup, so that saving a file will be sure to preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6864 its owner and group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6865
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6866 ** find-func.el can now also find the place of definition of Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6867 Lisp variables in user-loaded libraries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6868
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6869 ** C-x r t (string-rectangle) now deletes the existing rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6870 contents before inserting the specified string on each line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6872 ** There is a new command delete-whitespace-rectangle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6873 which deletes whitespace starting from a particular column
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6874 in all the lines on a rectangle. The column is specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6875 by the left edge of the rectangle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6876
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6877 ** You can now store a number into a register with C-u NUMBER C-x r n REG,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6878 increment it by INC with C-u INC C-x r + REG (to increment by one, omit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6879 C-u INC), and insert it in the buffer with C-x r g REG. This is useful
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6880 for writing keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6881
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6882 ** The new command M-x speedbar displays a frame in which directories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6883 files, and tags can be displayed, manipulated, and jumped to. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6884 frame defaults to 20 characters in width, and is the same height as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6885 the frame that it was started from. Some major modes define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6886 additional commands for the speedbar, including Rmail, GUD/GDB, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6887 info.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6888
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6889 ** query-replace-regexp is now bound to C-M-%.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6890
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6891 ** In Transient Mark mode, when the region is active, M-x
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6892 query-replace and the other replace commands now operate on the region
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6893 contents only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6894
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6895 ** M-x write-region, when used interactively, now asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6896 confirmation before overwriting an existing file. When you call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6897 the function from a Lisp program, a new optional argument CONFIRM
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6898 says whether to ask for confirmation in this case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6900 ** If you use find-file-literally and the file is already visited
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6901 non-literally, the command asks you whether to revisit the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6902 literally. If you say no, it signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6903
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6904 ** Major modes defined with the "derived mode" feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6905 now use the proper name for the mode hook: WHATEVER-mode-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6906 Formerly they used the name WHATEVER-mode-hooks, but that is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6907 inconsistent with Emacs conventions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6908
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6909 ** shell-command-on-region (and shell-command) reports success or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6910 failure if the command produces no output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6912 ** Set focus-follows-mouse to nil if your window system or window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6913 manager does not transfer focus to another window when you just move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6914 the mouse.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6915
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6916 ** mouse-menu-buffer-maxlen has been renamed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6917 mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen to be consistent with the other related
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6918 function and variable names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6919
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6920 ** The new variable auto-coding-alist specifies coding systems for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6921 reading specific files. This has higher priority than
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6922 file-coding-system-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6923
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6924 ** If you set the variable unibyte-display-via-language-environment to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6925 t, then Emacs displays non-ASCII characters are displayed by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6926 converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6927 the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6928 according to the current fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6930 ** C-q's handling of codes in the range 0200 through 0377 is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6931
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6932 The codes in the range 0200 through 0237 are inserted as one byte of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6933 that code regardless of the values of nonascii-translation-table and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6934 nonascii-insert-offset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6936 For the codes in the range 0240 through 0377, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6937 enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil and nonascii-translation-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6938 nor nonascii-insert-offset can't convert them to valid multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6939 characters, they are converted to Latin-1 characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6940
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6941 ** If you try to find a file that is not read-accessible, you now get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6942 an error, rather than an empty buffer and a warning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6943
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6944 ** In the minibuffer history commands M-r and M-s, an upper case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6945 letter in the regular expression forces case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6946
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6947 ** In the *Help* buffer, cross-references to commands and variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6948 are inferred and hyperlinked. Use C-h m in Help mode for the relevant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6949 command keys.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6951 ** M-x apropos-command, with a prefix argument, no longer looks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6952 user option variables--instead it looks for noninteractive functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6953
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6954 Meanwhile, the command apropos-variable normally searches for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6955 user option variables; with a prefix argument, it looks at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6956 all variables that have documentation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6957
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6958 ** When you type a long line in the minibuffer, and the minibuffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6959 shows just one line, automatically scrolling works in a special way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6960 that shows you overlap with the previous line of text. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6961 minibuffer-scroll-overlap controls how many characters of overlap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6962 it should show; the default is 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6963
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6964 Meanwhile, Resize Minibuffer mode is still available; in that mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6965 the minibuffer grows taller (up to a point) as needed to show the whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6966 of your input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6968 ** The new command M-x customize-changed-options lets you customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6969 all the options whose meanings or default values have changed in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6970 recent Emacs versions. You specify a previous Emacs version number as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6971 argument, and the command creates a customization buffer showing all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6972 the customizable options which were changed since that version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6973 Newly added options are included as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6975 If you don't specify a particular version number argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6976 then the customization buffer shows all the customizable options
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6977 for which Emacs versions of changes are recorded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6978
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6979 This function is also bound to the Changed Options entry in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6980 Customize menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6981
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6982 ** When you run M-x grep with a prefix argument, it figures out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6983 the tag around point and puts that into the default grep command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6985 ** The new command M-* (pop-tag-mark) pops back through a history of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6986 buffer positions from which M-. or other tag-finding commands were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6987 invoked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6988
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6989 ** The new variable comment-padding specifies the number of spaces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6990 that `comment-region' will insert before the actual text of the comment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6991 The default is 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6992
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6993 ** In Fortran mode the characters `.', `_' and `$' now have symbol
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6994 syntax, not word syntax. Fortran mode now supports `imenu' and has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6995 new commands fortran-join-line (M-^) and fortran-narrow-to-subprogram
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6996 (C-x n d). M-q can be used to fill a statement or comment block
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6997 sensibly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6998
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
6999 ** GUD now supports jdb, the Java debugger, and pdb, the Python debugger.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7000
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7001 ** If you set the variable add-log-keep-changes-together to a non-nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7002 value, the command `C-x 4 a' will automatically notice when you make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7003 two entries in one day for one file, and combine them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7005 ** You can use the command M-x diary-mail-entries to mail yourself a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7006 reminder about upcoming diary entries. See the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7007 for a sample shell script for calling this function automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7008 every night.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7009
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7010 ** Desktop changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7011
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7012 *** All you need to do to enable use of the Desktop package, is to set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7013 the variable desktop-enable to t with Custom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7014
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7015 *** Minor modes are now restored. Which minor modes are restored
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7016 and how modes are restored is controlled by `desktop-minor-mode-table'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7017
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7018 ** There is no need to do anything special, now, to enable Gnus to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7019 read and post multi-lingual articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7020
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7021 ** Outline mode has now support for showing hidden outlines when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7022 doing an isearch. In order for this to happen search-invisible should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7023 be set to open (the default). If an isearch match is inside a hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7024 outline the outline is made visible. If you continue pressing C-s and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7025 the match moves outside the formerly invisible outline, the outline is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7026 made invisible again.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7027
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7028 ** Mail reading and sending changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7029
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7030 *** The Rmail e command now switches to displaying the whole header of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7031 the message before it lets you edit the message. This is so that any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7032 changes you make in the header will not be lost if you subsequently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7033 toggle.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7034
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7035 *** The w command in Rmail, which writes the message body into a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7036 now works in the summary buffer as well. (The command to delete the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7037 summary buffer is now Q.) The default file name for the w command, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7038 the message has no subject, is stored in the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7039 rmail-default-body-file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7040
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7041 *** Most of the commands and modes that operate on mail and netnews no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7042 longer depend on the value of mail-header-separator. Instead, they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7043 handle whatever separator the buffer happens to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7044
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7045 *** If you set mail-signature to a value which is not t, nil, or a string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7046 it should be an expression. When you send a message, this expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7047 is evaluated to insert the signature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7049 *** The new Lisp library feedmail.el (version 8) enhances processing of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7050 outbound email messages. It works in coordination with other email
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7051 handling packages (e.g., rmail, VM, gnus) and is responsible for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7052 putting final touches on messages and actually submitting them for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7053 transmission. Users of the emacs program "fakemail" might be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7054 especially interested in trying feedmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7055
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7056 feedmail is not enabled by default. See comments at the top of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7057 feedmail.el for set-up instructions. Among the bigger features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7058 provided by feedmail are:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7059
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7060 **** you can park outgoing messages into a disk-based queue and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7061 stimulate sending some or all of them later (handy for laptop users);
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7062 there is also a queue for draft messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7064 **** you can get one last look at the prepped outbound message and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7065 be prompted for confirmation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7066
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7067 **** does smart filling of address headers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7068
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7069 **** can generate a MESSAGE-ID: line and a DATE: line; the date can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7070 the time the message was written or the time it is being sent; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7071 can make FCC copies more closely resemble copies that recipients get
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7073 **** you can specify an arbitrary function for actually transmitting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7074 the message; included in feedmail are interfaces for /bin/[r]mail,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7075 /usr/lib/sendmail, and elisp smtpmail; it's easy to write a new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7076 function for something else (10-20 lines of elisp)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7077
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7078 ** Dired changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7079
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7080 *** The Dired function dired-do-toggle, which toggles marked and unmarked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7081 files, is now bound to "t" instead of "T".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7082
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7083 *** dired-at-point has been added to ffap.el. It allows one to easily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7084 run Dired on the directory name at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7085
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7086 *** Dired has a new command: %g. It searches the contents of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7087 files in the directory and marks each file that contains a match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7088 for a specified regexp.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7090 ** VC Changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7091
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7092 *** New option vc-ignore-vc-files lets you turn off version control
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7093 conveniently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7094
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7095 *** VC Dired has been completely rewritten. It is now much
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7096 faster, especially for CVS, and works very similar to ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7097 Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7098
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7099 VC Dired is invoked by typing C-x v d and entering the name of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7100 directory to display. By default, VC Dired gives you a recursive
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7101 listing of all files at or below the given directory which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7102 currently locked (for CVS, all files not up-to-date are shown).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7103
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7104 You can change the listing format by setting vc-dired-recurse to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7105 then it shows only the given directory, and you may also set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7106 vc-dired-terse-display to nil, then it shows all files under version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7107 control plus the names of any subdirectories, so that you can type `i'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7108 on such lines to insert them manually, as in ordinary Dired.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7109
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7110 All Dired commands operate normally in VC Dired, except for `v', which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7111 is redefined as the version control prefix. That means you may type
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7112 `v l', `v =' etc. to invoke `vc-print-log', `vc-diff' and the like on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7113 the file named in the current Dired buffer line. `v v' invokes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7114 `vc-next-action' on this file, or on all files currently marked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7115
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7116 The new command `v t' (vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode) allows you to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7117 toggle between terse display (only locked files) and full display (all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7118 VC files plus subdirectories). There is also a special command,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7119 `* l', to mark all files currently locked.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7121 Giving a prefix argument to C-x v d now does the same thing as in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7122 ordinary Dired: it allows you to supply additional options for the ls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7123 command in the minibuffer, to fine-tune VC Dired's output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7124
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7125 *** Under CVS, if you merge changes from the repository into a working
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7126 file, and CVS detects conflicts, VC now offers to start an ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7127 session to resolve them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7128
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7129 Alternatively, you can use the new command `vc-resolve-conflicts' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7130 resolve conflicts in a file at any time. It works in any buffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7131 contains conflict markers as generated by rcsmerge (which is what CVS
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7132 uses as well).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7133
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7134 *** You can now transfer changes between branches, using the new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7135 command vc-merge (C-x v m). It is implemented for RCS and CVS. When
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7136 you invoke it in a buffer under version-control, you can specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7137 either an entire branch or a pair of versions, and the changes on that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7138 branch or between the two versions are merged into the working file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7139 If this results in any conflicts, they may be resolved interactively,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7140 using ediff.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7141
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7142 ** Changes in Font Lock
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7143
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7144 *** The face and variable previously known as font-lock-reference-face
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7145 are now called font-lock-constant-face to better reflect their typical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7146 use for highlighting constants and labels. (Its face properties are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7147 unchanged.) The variable font-lock-reference-face remains for now for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7148 compatibility reasons, but its value is font-lock-constant-face.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7149
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7150 ** Frame name display changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7151
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7152 *** The command set-frame-name lets you set the name of the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7153 frame. You can use the new command select-frame-by-name to select and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7154 raise a frame; this is mostly useful on character-only terminals, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7155 when many frames are invisible or iconified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7156
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7157 *** On character-only terminal (not a window system), changing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7158 frame name is now reflected on the mode line and in the Buffers/Frames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7159 menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7161 ** Comint (subshell) changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7162
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7163 *** In Comint modes, the commands to kill, stop or interrupt a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7164 subjob now also kill pending input. This is for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7165 with ordinary shells, where the signal characters do this.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7166
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7167 *** There are new commands in Comint mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7168
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7169 C-c C-x fetches the "next" line from the input history;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7170 that is, the line after the last line you got.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7171 You can use this command to fetch successive lines, one by one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7172
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7173 C-c SPC accumulates lines of input. More precisely, it arranges to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7174 send the current line together with the following line, when you send
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7175 the following line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7176
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7177 C-c C-a if repeated twice consecutively now moves to the process mark,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7178 which separates the pending input from the subprocess output and the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7179 previously sent input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7180
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7181 C-c M-r now runs comint-previous-matching-input-from-input;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7182 it searches for a previous command, using the current pending input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7183 as the search string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7184
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7185 *** New option compilation-scroll-output can be set to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7186 automatically in compilation-mode windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7188 ** C mode changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7189
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7190 *** Multiline macros are now handled, both as they affect indentation,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7191 and as recognized syntax. New syntactic symbol cpp-macro-cont is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7192 assigned to second and subsequent lines of a multiline macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7193 definition.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7195 *** A new style "user" which captures all non-hook-ified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7196 (i.e. top-level) .emacs file variable settings and customizations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7197 Style "cc-mode" is an alias for "user" and is deprecated. "gnu"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7198 style is still the default however.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7199
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7200 *** "java" style now conforms to Sun's JDK coding style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7201
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7202 *** There are new commands c-beginning-of-defun, c-end-of-defun which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7203 are alternatives which you could bind to C-M-a and C-M-e if you prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7204 them. They do not have key bindings by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7205
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7206 *** New and improved implementations of M-a (c-beginning-of-statement)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7207 and M-e (c-end-of-statement).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7208
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7209 *** C++ namespace blocks are supported, with new syntactic symbols
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7210 namespace-open, namespace-close, and innamespace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7211
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7212 *** File local variable settings of c-file-style and c-file-offsets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7213 makes the style variables local to that buffer only.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7215 *** New indentation functions c-lineup-close-paren,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7216 c-indent-one-line-block, c-lineup-dont-change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7217
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7218 *** Improvements (hopefully!) to the way CC Mode is loaded. You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7219 should now be able to do a (require 'cc-mode) to get the entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7220 package loaded properly for customization in your .emacs file. A new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7221 variable c-initialize-on-load controls this and is t by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7222
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7223 ** Changes to hippie-expand.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7224
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7225 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7226 non-nil, trailing spaces may be included in the abbreviation to search for,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7227 which then gives the same behavior as the original `dabbrev-expand'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7229 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7230 non-nil, characters of syntax '_' is considered part of the word when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7231 expanding dynamically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7232
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7233 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-no-restriction'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7234 non-nil, narrowed buffers are widened before they are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7236 *** New customization variable `hippie-expand-only-buffers'. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7237 non-empty, buffers searched are restricted to the types specified in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7238 this list. Useful for example when constructing new special-purpose
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7239 expansion functions with `make-hippie-expand-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7240
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7241 *** Text properties of the expansion are no longer copied.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7243 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7245 *** Any titleword matching a regexp in the new variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7246 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore (case sensitive) is ignored during
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7247 automatic key generation. This replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7248 bibtex-autokey-titleword-first-ignore, which only checked for matches
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7249 against the first word in the title.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7250
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7251 *** Autokey generation now uses all words from the title, not just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7252 capitalized words. To avoid conflicts with existing customizations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7253 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore is set up such that words starting with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7254 lowerkey characters will still be ignored. Thus, if you want to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7255 lowercase words from the title, you will have to overwrite the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7256 bibtex-autokey-titleword-ignore standard setting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7257
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7258 *** Case conversion of names and title words for automatic key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7259 generation is more flexible. Variable bibtex-autokey-preserve-case is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7260 replaced by bibtex-autokey-titleword-case-convert and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7261 bibtex-autokey-name-case-convert.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7262
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7263 ** Changes in vcursor.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7264
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7265 *** Support for character terminals is available: there is a new keymap
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7266 and the vcursor will appear as an arrow between buffer text. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7267 variable `vcursor-interpret-input' allows input from the vcursor to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7268 entered exactly as if typed. Numerous functions, including
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7269 `vcursor-compare-windows', have been rewritten to improve consistency
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7270 in the selection of windows and corresponding keymaps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7271
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7272 *** vcursor options can now be altered with M-x customize under the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7273 Editing group once the package is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7274
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7275 *** Loading vcursor now does not define keys by default, as this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7276 generally a bad side effect. Use M-x customize to set
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
7277 vcursor-key-bindings to t to restore the old behavior.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7279 *** vcursor-auto-disable can be `copy', which turns off copying from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7280 vcursor, but doesn't disable it, after any non-vcursor command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7281
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7282 ** Ispell changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7283
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7284 *** You can now spell check comments and strings in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7285 buffer with M-x ispell-comments-and-strings. Comments and strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7286 are identified by syntax tables in effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7288 *** Generic region skipping implemented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7289 A single buffer can be broken into a number of regions where text will
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7290 and will not be checked. The definitions of the regions can be user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7291 defined. New applications and improvements made available by this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7292 include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7293
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7294 o URLs are automatically skipped
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7295 o EMail message checking is vastly improved.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7296
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7297 *** Ispell can highlight the erroneous word even on non-window terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7298
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7299 ** Changes to RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7300
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7301 RefTeX has been updated in order to make it more usable with very
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7302 large projects (like a several volume math book). The parser has been
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7303 re-written from scratch. To get maximum speed from RefTeX, check the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7304 section `Optimizations' in the manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7305
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7306 *** New recursive parser.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7307
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7308 The old version of RefTeX created a single large buffer containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7309 entire multifile document in order to parse the document. The new
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7310 recursive parser scans the individual files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7312 *** Parsing only part of a document.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7314 Reparsing of changed document parts can now be made faster by enabling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7315 partial scans. To use this feature, read the documentation string of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7316 the variable `reftex-enable-partial-scans' and set the variable to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7317
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7318 (setq reftex-enable-partial-scans t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7319
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7320 *** Storing parsing information in a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7322 This can improve startup times considerably. To turn it on, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7324 (setq reftex-save-parse-info t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7326 *** Using multiple selection buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7327
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7328 If the creation of label selection buffers is too slow (this happens
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7329 for large documents), you can reuse these buffers by setting
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7330
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7331 (setq reftex-use-multiple-selection-buffers t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7333 *** References to external documents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7334
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7335 The LaTeX package `xr' allows to cross-reference labels in external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7336 documents. RefTeX can provide information about the external
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7337 documents as well. To use this feature, set up the \externaldocument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7338 macros required by the `xr' package and rescan the document with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7339 RefTeX. The external labels can then be accessed with the `x' key in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7340 the selection buffer provided by `reftex-reference' (bound to `C-c )').
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7341 The `x' key also works in the table of contents buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7343 *** Many more labeled LaTeX environments are recognized by default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7344
35680
1a6073992224 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 35665
diff changeset
7345 The built-in command list now covers all the standard LaTeX commands,
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7346 and all of the major packages included in the LaTeX distribution.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7347
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7348 Also, RefTeX now understands the \appendix macro and changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7349 the enumeration of sections in the *toc* buffer accordingly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7351 *** Mouse support for selection and *toc* buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7352
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7353 The mouse can now be used to select items in the selection and *toc*
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7354 buffers. See also the new option `reftex-highlight-selection'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7355
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7356 *** New keymaps for selection and table of contents modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7357
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7358 The selection processes for labels and citation keys, and the table of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7359 contents buffer now have their own keymaps: `reftex-select-label-map',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7360 `reftex-select-bib-map', `reftex-toc-map'. The selection processes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7361 have a number of new keys predefined. In particular, TAB lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7362 enter a label with completion. Check the on-the-fly help (press `?'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7363 at the selection prompt) or read the Info documentation to find out
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7364 more.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7365
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7366 *** Support for the varioref package
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7368 The `v' key in the label selection buffer toggles \ref versus \vref.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7370 *** New hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7371
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7372 Three new hooks can be used to redefine the way labels, references,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7373 and citations are created. These hooks are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7374 `reftex-format-label-function', `reftex-format-ref-function',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7375 `reftex-format-cite-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7377 *** Citations outside LaTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7378
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7379 The command `reftex-citation' may also be used outside LaTeX (e.g. in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7380 a mail buffer). See the Info documentation for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7381
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7382 *** Short context is no longer fontified.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7384 The short context in the label menu no longer copies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7385 fontification from the text in the buffer. If you prefer it to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7386 fontified, use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7387
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7388 (setq reftex-refontify-context t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7389
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7390 ** file-cache-minibuffer-complete now accepts a prefix argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7391 With a prefix argument, it does not try to do completion of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7392 the file name within its directory; it only checks for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7393 directories that contain the same file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7394
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7395 Thus, given the file name Makefile, and assuming that a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7396 Makefile.in exists in the same directory, ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7397 file-cache-minibuffer-complete will try to complete Makefile to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7398 Makefile.in and will therefore never look for other directories that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7399 have Makefile. A prefix argument tells it not to look for longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7400 names such as Makefile.in, so that instead it will look for other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7401 directories--just as if the name were already complete in its present
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7402 directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7403
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7404 ** New modes and packages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7405
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7406 *** There is a new alternative major mode for Perl, Cperl mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7407 It has many more features than Perl mode, and some people prefer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7408 it, but some do not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7409
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7410 *** There is a new major mode, M-x vhdl-mode, for editing files of VHDL
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7411 code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7412
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7413 *** M-x which-function-mode enables a minor mode that displays the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7414 current function name continuously in the mode line, as you move
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7415 around in a buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7416
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7417 Which Function mode is effective in major modes which support Imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7419 *** Gametree is a major mode for editing game analysis trees. The author
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7420 uses it for keeping notes about his postal Chess games, but it should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7421 be helpful for other two-player games as well, as long as they have an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7422 established system of notation similar to Chess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7423
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7424 *** The new minor mode checkdoc-minor-mode provides Emacs Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7425 documentation string checking for style and spelling. The style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7426 guidelines are found in the Emacs Lisp programming manual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7427
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7428 *** The net-utils package makes some common networking features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7429 available in Emacs. Some of these functions are wrappers around
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7430 system utilities (ping, nslookup, etc); others are implementations of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7431 simple protocols (finger, whois) in Emacs Lisp. There are also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7432 functions to make simple connections to TCP/IP ports for debugging and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7433 the like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7435 *** highlight-changes-mode is a minor mode that uses colors to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7436 identify recently changed parts of the buffer text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7438 *** The new package `midnight' lets you specify things to be done
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7439 within Emacs at midnight--by default, kill buffers that you have not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7440 used in a considerable time. To use this feature, customize
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7441 the user option `midnight-mode' to t.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7442
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7443 *** The file generic-x.el defines a number of simple major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7444
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7445 apache-generic-mode: For Apache and NCSA httpd configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7446 samba-generic-mode: Samba configuration files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7447 fvwm-generic-mode: For fvwm initialization files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7448 x-resource-generic-mode: For X resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7449 hosts-generic-mode: For hosts files (.rhosts, /etc/hosts, etc)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7450 mailagent-rules-generic-mode: For mailagent .rules files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7451 javascript-generic-mode: For JavaScript files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7452 vrml-generic-mode: For VRML files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7453 java-manifest-generic-mode: For Java MANIFEST files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7454 java-properties-generic-mode: For Java property files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7455 mailrc-generic-mode: For .mailrc files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7457 Platform-specific modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7458
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7459 prototype-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V prototype files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7460 pkginfo-generic-mode: For Solaris/Sys V pkginfo files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7461 alias-generic-mode: For C shell alias files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7462 inf-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INF files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7463 ini-generic-mode: For MS-Windows INI files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7464 reg-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Registry files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7465 bat-generic-mode: For MS-Windows BAT scripts
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7466 rc-generic-mode: For MS-Windows Resource files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7467 rul-generic-mode: For InstallShield scripts
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7468
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7469 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 since the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7470
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7471 ** If you want a Lisp file to be read in unibyte mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7472 use -*-unibyte: t;-*- on its first line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7473 That will force Emacs to read that file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7474 Otherwise, the file will be loaded and byte-compiled in multibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7475
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7476 Thus, each lisp file is read in a consistent way regardless of whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7477 you started Emacs with --unibyte, so that a Lisp program gives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7478 consistent results regardless of how Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7479
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7480 ** The new function assoc-default is useful for searching an alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7481 and using a default value if the key is not found there. You can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7482 specify a comparison predicate, so this function is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7483 searching comparing a string against an alist of regular expressions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7484
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7485 ** The functions unibyte-char-to-multibyte and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7486 multibyte-char-to-unibyte convert between unibyte and multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7487 character codes, in a way that is appropriate for the current language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7488 environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7489
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7490 ** The functions read-event, read-char and read-char-exclusive now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7491 take two optional arguments. PROMPT, if non-nil, specifies a prompt
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7492 string. SUPPRESS-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, says to disable the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7493 current input method for reading this one event.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7494
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7495 ** Two new variables print-escape-nonascii and print-escape-multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7496 now control whether to output certain characters as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7497 backslash-sequences. print-escape-nonascii applies to single-byte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7498 non-ASCII characters; print-escape-multibyte applies to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7499 characters. Both of these variables are used only when printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7500 in readable fashion (prin1 uses them, princ does not).
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7501
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7502 * Lisp changes in Emacs 20.3 before the Emacs Lisp Manual was published
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7503
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7504 ** Compiled Emacs Lisp files made with the modified "MBSK" version
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7505 of Emacs 20.2 do not work in Emacs 20.3.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7507 ** Buffer positions are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7508 in Emacs 19 and before. This means that (forward-char 1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7509 always increases point by 1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7510
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7511 The function chars-in-region now just subtracts its arguments. It is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7512 considered obsolete. The function char-boundary-p has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7513
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7514 See below for additional changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7515
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7516 ** defcustom, defface and defgroup now accept the keyword `:version'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7517 Use this to specify in which version of Emacs a certain variable's
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7518 default value changed. For example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7520 (defcustom foo-max 34 "*Maximum number of foo's allowed."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7521 :type 'integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7522 :group 'foo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7523 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7524
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7525 (defgroup foo-group nil "The foo group."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7526 :version "20.3")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7528 If an entire new group is added or the variables in it have the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7529 default values changed, then just add a `:version' to that group. It
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7530 is recommended that new packages added to the distribution contain a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7531 `:version' in the top level group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7533 This information is used to control the customize-changed-options command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7534
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7535 ** It is now an error to change the value of a symbol whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7536 starts with a colon--if it is interned in the standard obarray.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7538 However, setting such a symbol to its proper value, which is that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7539 symbol itself, is not an error. This is for the sake of programs that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7540 support previous Emacs versions by explicitly setting these variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7541 to themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7543 If you set the variable keyword-symbols-constant-flag to nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7544 this error is suppressed, and you can set these symbols to any
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7545 values whatever.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7546
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7547 ** There is a new debugger command, R.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7548 It evaluates an expression like e, but saves the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7549 in the buffer *Debugger-record*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7550
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7551 ** Frame-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7552
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7553 You can now make a variable local to various frames. To do this, call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7554 the function make-variable-frame-local; this enables frames to have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7555 local bindings for that variable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7556
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7557 These frame-local bindings are actually frame parameters: you create a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7558 frame-local binding in a specific frame by calling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7559 modify-frame-parameters and specifying the variable name as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7560 parameter name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7561
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7562 Buffer-local bindings take precedence over frame-local bindings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7563 Thus, if the current buffer has a buffer-local binding, that binding is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7564 active; otherwise, if the selected frame has a frame-local binding,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7565 that binding is active; otherwise, the default binding is active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7566
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7567 It would not be hard to implement window-local bindings, but it is not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7568 clear that this would be very useful; windows tend to come and go in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7569 very transitory fashion, so that trying to produce any specific effect
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7570 through a window-local binding would not be very robust.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7571
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7572 ** `sregexq' and `sregex' are two new functions for constructing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7573 "symbolic regular expressions." These are Lisp expressions that, when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7574 evaluated, yield conventional string-based regexps. The symbolic form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7575 makes it easier to construct, read, and maintain complex patterns.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7576 See the documentation in sregex.el.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7577
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7578 ** parse-partial-sexp's return value has an additional element which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7579 is used to pass information along if you pass it to another call to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7580 parse-partial-sexp, starting its scan where the first call ended.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7581 The contents of this field are not yet finalized.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7582
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7583 ** eval-region now accepts a fourth optional argument READ-FUNCTION.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7584 If it is non-nil, that function is used instead of `read'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7585
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7586 ** unload-feature by default removes the feature's functions from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7587 known hooks to avoid trouble, but a package providing FEATURE can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7588 define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook to be run by unload-feature instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7589
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7590 ** read-from-minibuffer no longer returns the argument DEFAULT-VALUE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7591 when the user enters empty input. It now returns the null string, as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7592 it did in Emacs 19. The default value is made available in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7593 history via M-n, but it is not applied here as a default.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7594
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7595 The other, more specialized minibuffer-reading functions continue to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7596 return the default value (not the null string) when the user enters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7597 empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7598
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7599 ** The new variable read-buffer-function controls which routine to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7600 for selecting buffers. For example, if you set this variable to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7601 `iswitchb-read-buffer', iswitchb will be used to read buffer names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7602 Other functions can also be used if they accept the same arguments as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7603 `read-buffer' and return the selected buffer name as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7604
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7605 ** The new function read-passwd reads a password from the terminal,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7606 echoing a period for each character typed. It takes three arguments:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7607 a prompt string, a flag which says "read it twice to make sure", and a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7608 default password to use if the user enters nothing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7610 ** The variable fill-nobreak-predicate gives major modes a way to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7611 specify not to break a line at certain places. Its value is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7612 function which is called with no arguments, with point located at the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7613 place where a break is being considered. If the function returns
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7614 non-nil, then the line won't be broken there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7615
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7616 ** window-end now takes an optional second argument, UPDATE.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7617 If this is non-nil, then the function always returns an accurate
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7618 up-to-date value for the buffer position corresponding to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7619 end of the window, even if this requires computation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7620
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7621 ** other-buffer now takes an optional argument FRAME
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7622 which specifies which frame's buffer list to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7623 If it is nil, that means use the selected frame's buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7624
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7625 ** The new variable buffer-display-time, always local in every buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7626 holds the value of (current-time) as of the last time that a window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7627 was directed to display this buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7628
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7629 ** It is now meaningful to compare two window-configuration objects
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7630 with `equal'. Two window-configuration objects are equal if they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7631 describe equivalent arrangements of windows, in the same frame--in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7632 other words, if they would give the same results if passed to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7633 set-window-configuration.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7634
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7635 ** compare-window-configurations is a new function that compares two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7636 window configurations loosely. It ignores differences in saved buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7637 positions and scrolling, and considers only the structure and sizes of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7638 windows and the choice of buffers to display.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7640 ** The variable minor-mode-overriding-map-alist allows major modes to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7641 override the key bindings of a minor mode. The elements of this alist
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7642 look like the elements of minor-mode-map-alist: (VARIABLE . KEYMAP).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7643
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7644 If the VARIABLE in an element of minor-mode-overriding-map-alist has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7645 non-nil value, the paired KEYMAP is active, and totally overrides the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7646 map (if any) specified for the same variable in minor-mode-map-alist.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7647
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7648 minor-mode-overriding-map-alist is automatically local in all buffers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7649 and it is meant to be set by major modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7651 ** The function match-string-no-properties is like match-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7652 except that it discards all text properties from the result.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7653
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7654 ** The function load-average now accepts an optional argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7655 USE-FLOATS. If it is non-nil, the load average values are returned as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7656 floating point numbers, rather than as integers to be divided by 100.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7657
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7658 ** The new variable temporary-file-directory specifies the directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7659 to use for creating temporary files. The default value is determined
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7660 in a reasonable way for your operating system; on GNU and Unix systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7661 it is based on the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7663 ** Menu changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7664
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7665 *** easymenu.el now uses the new menu item format and supports the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7666 keywords :visible and :filter. The existing keyword :keys is now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7667 better supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7668
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7669 The variable `easy-menu-precalculate-equivalent-keybindings' controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7670 a new feature which calculates keyboard equivalents for the menu when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7671 you define the menu. The default is t. If you rarely use menus, you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7672 can set the variable to nil to disable this precalculation feature;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7673 then the calculation is done only if you use the menu bar.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7675 *** A new format for menu items is supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7676
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7677 In a keymap, a key binding that has the format
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7678 (STRING . REAL-BINDING) or (STRING HELP-STRING . REAL-BINDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7679 defines a menu item. Now a menu item definition may also be a list that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7680 starts with the symbol `menu-item'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7682 The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7683 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7684 (menu-item ITEM-NAME REAL-BINDING . ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7685 where ITEM-NAME is an expression which evaluates to the menu item
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7686 string, and ITEM-PROPERTY-LIST has the form of a property list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7687 The supported properties include
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7688
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7689 :enable FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7690 item is enabled.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7691 :visible FORM Evaluate FORM to determine whether the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7692 item should appear in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7693 :filter FILTER-FN
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7694 FILTER-FN is a function of one argument,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7695 which will be REAL-BINDING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7696 It should return a binding to use instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7697 :keys DESCRIPTION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7698 DESCRIPTION is a string that describes an equivalent keyboard
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
7699 binding for REAL-BINDING. DESCRIPTION is expanded with
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7700 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7701 :key-sequence KEY-SEQUENCE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7702 KEY-SEQUENCE is a key-sequence for an equivalent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7703 keyboard binding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7704 :key-sequence nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7705 This means that the command normally has no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7706 keyboard equivalent.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7707 :help HELP HELP is the extra help string (not currently used).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7708 :button (TYPE . SELECTED)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7709 TYPE is :toggle or :radio.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7710 SELECTED is a form, to be evaluated, and its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7711 value says whether this button is currently selected.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7713 Buttons are at the moment only simulated by prefixes in the menu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7714 Eventually ordinary X-buttons may be supported.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7715
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7716 (menu-item ITEM-NAME) defines unselectable item.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7717
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7718 ** New event types
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7719
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7720 *** The new event type `mouse-wheel' is generated by a wheel on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7721 mouse (such as the MS Intellimouse). The event contains a delta that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7722 corresponds to the amount and direction that the wheel is rotated,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7723 which is typically used to implement a scroll or zoom. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7725 (mouse-wheel POSITION DELTA)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7726
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7727 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7728 same format as a mouse-click event, and DELTA is a signed number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7729 indicating the number of increments by which the wheel was rotated. A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7730 negative DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated backwards, towards
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7731 the user, and a positive DELTA indicates that the wheel was rotated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7732 forward, away from the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7733
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7734 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7735
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7736 *** The new event type `drag-n-drop' is generated when a group of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7737 files is selected in an application outside of Emacs, and then dragged
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7738 and dropped onto an Emacs frame. The event contains a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7739 filenames that were dragged and dropped, which are then typically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7740 loaded into Emacs. The format is:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7741
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7742 (drag-n-drop POSITION FILES)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7743
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7744 where POSITION is a list describing the position of the event in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7745 same format as a mouse-click event, and FILES is the list of filenames
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7746 that were dragged and dropped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7747
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7748 As of now, this event type is generated only on MS Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7750 ** Changes relating to multibyte characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7751
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7752 *** The variable enable-multibyte-characters is now read-only;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7753 any attempt to set it directly signals an error. The only way
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7754 to change this value in an existing buffer is with set-buffer-multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7755
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7756 *** In a string constant, `\ ' now stands for "nothing at all". You
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7757 can use it to terminate a hex escape which is followed by a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7758 that could otherwise be read as part of the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7759
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7760 *** String indices are now measured in characters, as they were
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7761 in Emacs 19 and before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7762
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7763 The function chars-in-string has been deleted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7764 The function concat-chars has been renamed to `string'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7765
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7766 *** The function set-buffer-multibyte sets the flag in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7767 buffer that says whether the buffer uses multibyte representation or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7768 unibyte representation. If the argument is nil, it selects unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7769 representation. Otherwise it selects multibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7770
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7771 This function does not change the contents of the buffer, viewed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7772 as a sequence of bytes. However, it does change the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7773 viewed as characters; a sequence of two bytes which is treated as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7774 one character when the buffer uses multibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7775 will count as two characters using unibyte representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7776
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7777 This function sets enable-multibyte-characters to record which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7778 representation is in use. It also adjusts various data in the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7779 (including its markers, overlays and text properties) so that they are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7780 consistent with the new representation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7781
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7782 *** string-make-multibyte takes a string and converts it to multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7783 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7784 about the representation, because Emacs converts when necessary;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7785 however, it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7786
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7787 The conversion of non-ASCII characters works by adding the value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7788 nonascii-insert-offset to each character, or by translating them
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7789 using the table nonascii-translation-table.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7790
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7791 *** string-make-unibyte takes a string and converts it to unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7792 representation. Most of the time, you don't need to care about the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7793 representation, but it makes a difference when you compare strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7794
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7795 The conversion from multibyte to unibyte representation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7796 loses information; the only time Emacs performs it automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7797 is when inserting a multibyte string into a unibyte buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7798
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7799 *** string-as-multibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7800 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as multibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7801
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7802 *** string-as-unibyte takes a string, and returns another string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7803 which contains the same bytes, but treats them as unibyte.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7804
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7805 *** The new function compare-strings lets you compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7806 portions of two strings. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7807 so that a unibyte string can match a multibyte string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7808 You can specify whether to ignore case or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7809
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7810 *** assoc-ignore-case now uses compare-strings so that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7811 it can treat unibyte and multibyte strings as equal.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7812
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7813 *** Regular expression operations and buffer string searches now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7814 convert the search pattern to multibyte or unibyte to accord with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7815 buffer or string being searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7817 One consequence is that you cannot always use \200-\377 inside of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7818 [...] to match all non-ASCII characters. This does still work when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7819 searching or matching a unibyte buffer or string, but not when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7820 searching or matching a multibyte string. Unfortunately, there is no
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7821 obvious choice of syntax to use within [...] for that job. But, what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7822 you want is just to match all non-ASCII characters, the regular
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7823 expression [^\0-\177] works for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7824
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7825 *** Structure of coding system changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7826
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7827 All coding systems (including aliases and subsidiaries) are named
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7828 by symbols; the symbol's `coding-system' property is a vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7829 which defines the coding system. Aliases share the same vector
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7830 as the principal name, so that altering the contents of this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7831 vector affects the principal name and its aliases. You can define
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7832 your own alias name of a coding system by the function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7833 define-coding-system-alias.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7834
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7835 The coding system definition includes a property list of its own. Use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7836 the new functions `coding-system-get' and `coding-system-put' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7837 access such coding system properties as post-read-conversion,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7838 pre-write-conversion, character-translation-table-for-decode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7839 character-translation-table-for-encode, mime-charset, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7840 safe-charsets. For instance, (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7841 'mime-charset) gives the corresponding MIME-charset parameter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7842 `iso-8859-1'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7843
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7844 Among the coding system properties listed above, safe-charsets is new.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7845 The value of this property is a list of character sets which this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7846 coding system can correctly encode and decode. For instance:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7847 (coding-system-get 'iso-latin-1 'safe-charsets) => (ascii latin-iso8859-1)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7848
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7849 Here, "correctly encode" means that the encoded character sets can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7850 also be handled safely by systems other than Emacs as far as they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7851 are capable of that coding system. Though, Emacs itself can encode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7852 the other character sets and read it back correctly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7853
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7854 *** The new function select-safe-coding-system can be used to find a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7855 proper coding system for encoding the specified region or string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7856 This function requires a user interaction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7857
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7858 *** The new functions find-coding-systems-region and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7859 find-coding-systems-string are helper functions used by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7860 select-safe-coding-system. They return a list of all proper coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7861 systems to encode a text in some region or string. If you don't want
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7862 a user interaction, use one of these functions instead of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7863 select-safe-coding-system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7864
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7865 *** The explicit encoding and decoding functions, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7866 decode-coding-region and encode-coding-string, now set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7867 last-coding-system-used to reflect the actual way encoding or decoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7868 was done.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7869
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7870 *** The new function detect-coding-with-language-environment can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7871 used to detect a coding system of text according to priorities of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7872 coding systems used by some specific language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7874 *** The functions detect-coding-region and detect-coding-string always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7875 return a list if the arg HIGHEST is nil. Thus, if only ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7876 characters are found, they now return a list of single element
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7877 `undecided' or its subsidiaries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7878
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7879 *** The new functions coding-system-change-eol-conversion and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7880 coding-system-change-text-conversion can be used to get a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7881 coding system than what specified only in how end-of-line or text is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7882 converted.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7884 *** The new function set-selection-coding-system can be used to set a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7885 coding system for communicating with other X clients.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7886
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7887 *** The function `map-char-table' now passes as argument only valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7888 character codes, plus generic characters that stand for entire
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7889 character sets or entire subrows of a character set. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7890 each time `map-char-table' calls its FUNCTION argument, the key value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7891 either will be a valid individual character code, or will stand for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7892 range of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7893
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7894 *** The new function `char-valid-p' can be used for checking whether a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7895 Lisp object is a valid character code or not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7896
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7897 *** The new function `charset-after' returns a charset of a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7898 in the current buffer at position POS.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7899
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7900 *** Input methods are now implemented using the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7901 input-method-function. If this is non-nil, its value should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7902 function; then, whenever Emacs reads an input event that is a printing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7903 character with no modifier bits, it calls that function, passing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7904 event as an argument. Often this function will read more input, first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7905 binding input-method-function to nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7907 The return value should be a list of the events resulting from input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7908 method processing. These events will be processed sequentially as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7909 input, before resorting to unread-command-events. Events returned by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7910 the input method function are not passed to the input method function,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7911 not even if they are printing characters with no modifier bits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7912
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7913 The input method function is not called when reading the second and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7914 subsequent events of a key sequence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7915
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7916 *** You can customize any language environment by using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7917 set-language-environment-hook and exit-language-environment-hook.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7918
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7919 The hook `exit-language-environment-hook' should be used to undo
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7920 customizations that you made with set-language-environment-hook. For
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7921 instance, if you set up a special key binding for a specific language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7922 environment by set-language-environment-hook, you should set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7923 exit-language-environment-hook to restore the normal key binding.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
7924
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7925 * Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7926
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7927 ** Emacs has a new facility for customization of its many user
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7928 options. It is called M-x customize. With this facility you can look
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7929 at the many user options in an organized way; they are grouped into a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7930 tree structure.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7931
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7932 M-x customize also knows what sorts of values are legitimate for each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7933 user option and ensures that you don't use invalid values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7934
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7935 With M-x customize, you can set options either for the present Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7936 session or permanently. (Permanent settings are stored automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7937 in your .emacs file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7938
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7939 ** Scroll bars are now on the left side of the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7940 You can change this with M-x customize-option scroll-bar-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7941
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7942 ** The mode line no longer includes the string `Emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7943 This makes more space in the mode line for other information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7944
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7945 ** When you select a region with the mouse, it is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7946 immediately afterward. At that time, if you type the DELETE key, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7947 kills the region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7948
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7949 The BACKSPACE key, and the ASCII character DEL, do not do this; they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7950 delete the character before point, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7951
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7952 ** In an incremental search the whole current match is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7953 on terminals which support this. (You can disable this feature
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7954 by setting search-highlight to nil.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7955
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7956 ** In the minibuffer, in some cases, you can now use M-n to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7957 insert the default value into the minibuffer as text. In effect,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7958 the default value (if the minibuffer routines know it) is tacked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7959 onto the history "in the future". (The more normal use of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7960 history list is to use M-p to insert minibuffer input used in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7961 past.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7962
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7963 ** In Text mode, now only blank lines separate paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7964 This makes it possible to get the full benefit of Adaptive Fill mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7965 in Text mode, and other modes derived from it (such as Mail mode).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7966 TAB in Text mode now runs the command indent-relative; this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7967 makes a practical difference only when you use indented paragraphs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7968
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7969 As a result, the old Indented Text mode is now identical to Text mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7970 and is an alias for it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7971
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7972 If you want spaces at the beginning of a line to start a paragraph,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7973 use the new mode, Paragraph Indent Text mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7974
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7975 ** Scrolling changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7976
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7977 *** Scroll commands to scroll a whole screen now preserve the screen
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7978 position of the cursor, if scroll-preserve-screen-position is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7980 In this mode, if you scroll several screens back and forth, finishing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7981 on the same screen where you started, the cursor goes back to the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7982 where it started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7983
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7984 *** If you set scroll-conservatively to a small number, then when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7985 move point a short distance off the screen, Emacs will scroll the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7986 screen just far enough to bring point back on screen, provided that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7987 does not exceed `scroll-conservatively' lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7988
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7989 *** The new variable scroll-margin says how close point can come to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7990 top or bottom of a window. It is a number of screen lines; if point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7991 comes within that many lines of the top or bottom of the window, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7992 recenters the window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7993
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7994 ** International character set support (MULE)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7995
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7996 Emacs now supports a wide variety of international character sets,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7997 including European variants of the Latin alphabet, as well as Chinese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7998 Devanagari (Hindi and Marathi), Ethiopian, Greek, IPA, Japanese,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
7999 Korean, Lao, Russian, Thai, Tibetan, and Vietnamese scripts. These
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8000 features have been merged from the modified version of Emacs known as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8001 MULE (for "MULti-lingual Enhancement to GNU Emacs")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8002
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8003 Users of these scripts have established many more-or-less standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8004 coding systems for storing files. Emacs uses a single multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8005 character encoding within Emacs buffers; it can translate from a wide
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8006 variety of coding systems when reading a file and can translate back
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8007 into any of these coding systems when saving a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8008
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8009 Keyboards, even in the countries where these character sets are used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8010 generally don't have keys for all the characters in them. So Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8011 supports various "input methods", typically one for each script or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8012 language, to make it possible to type them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8013
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8014 The Emacs internal multibyte encoding represents a non-ASCII
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8015 character as a sequence of bytes in the range 0200 through 0377.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8016
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8017 The new prefix key C-x RET is used for commands that pertain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8018 to multibyte characters, coding systems, and input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8019
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8020 You can disable multibyte character support as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8021
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8022 (setq-default enable-multibyte-characters nil)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8023
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8024 Calling the function standard-display-european turns off multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8025 characters, unless you specify a non-nil value for the second
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8026 argument, AUTO. This provides compatibility for people who are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8027 already using standard-display-european to continue using unibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8028 characters for their work until they want to change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8029
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8030 *** Input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8031
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8032 An input method is a kind of character conversion which is designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8033 specifically for interactive input. In Emacs, typically each language
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8034 has its own input method (though sometimes several languages which use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8035 the same characters can share one input method). Some languages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8036 support several input methods.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8037
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8038 The simplest kind of input method works by mapping ASCII letters into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8039 another alphabet. This is how the Greek and Russian input methods
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8040 work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8041
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8042 A more powerful technique is composition: converting sequences of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8043 characters into one letter. Many European input methods use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8044 composition to produce a single non-ASCII letter from a sequence which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8045 consists of a letter followed by diacritics. For example, a' is one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8046 sequence of two characters that might be converted into a single
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8047 letter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8049 The input methods for syllabic scripts typically use mapping followed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8050 by conversion. The input methods for Thai and Korean work this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8051 First, letters are mapped into symbols for particular sounds or tone
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8052 marks; then, sequences of these which make up a whole syllable are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8053 mapped into one syllable sign--most often a "composite character".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8054
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8055 None of these methods works very well for Chinese and Japanese, so
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8056 they are handled specially. First you input a whole word using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8057 phonetic spelling; then, after the word is in the buffer, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8058 converts it into one or more characters using a large dictionary.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8059
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8060 Since there is more than one way to represent a phonetically spelled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8061 word using Chinese characters, Emacs can only guess which one to use;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8062 typically these input methods give you a way to say "guess again" if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8063 the first guess is wrong.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8064
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8065 *** The command C-x RET m (toggle-enable-multibyte-characters)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8066 turns multibyte character support on or off for the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8067
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8068 If multibyte character support is turned off in a buffer, then each
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8069 byte is a single character, even codes 0200 through 0377--exactly as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8070 they did in Emacs 19.34. This includes the features for support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8071 the European characters, ISO Latin-1 and ISO Latin-2.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8072
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8073 However, there is no need to turn off multibyte character support to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8074 use ISO Latin-1 or ISO Latin-2; the Emacs multibyte character set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8075 includes all the characters in these character sets, and Emacs can
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8076 translate automatically to and from either one.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8077
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8078 *** Visiting a file in unibyte mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8079
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8080 Turning off multibyte character support in the buffer after visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8081 file with multibyte code conversion will display the multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8082 sequences already in the buffer, byte by byte. This is probably not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8083 what you want.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8084
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8085 If you want to edit a file of unibyte characters (Latin-1, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8086 example), you can do it by specifying `no-conversion' as the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8087 system when reading the file. This coding system also turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8088 multibyte characters in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8090 If you turn off multibyte character support entirely, this turns off
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8091 character conversion as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8092
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8093 *** Displaying international characters on X Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8094
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8095 A font for X typically displays just one alphabet or script.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8096 Therefore, displaying the entire range of characters Emacs supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8097 requires using many fonts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8098
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8099 Therefore, Emacs now supports "fontsets". Each fontset is a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8100 collection of fonts, each assigned to a range of character codes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8101
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8102 A fontset has a name, like a font. Individual fonts are defined by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8103 the X server; fontsets are defined within Emacs itself. But once you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8104 have defined a fontset, you can use it in a face or a frame just as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8105 you would use a font.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8106
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8107 If a fontset specifies no font for a certain character, or if it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8108 specifies a font that does not exist on your system, then it cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8109 display that character. It will display an empty box instead.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8110
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8111 The fontset height and width are determined by the ASCII characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8112 (that is, by the font in the fontset which is used for ASCII
41055
ff0394a304bd Remove the description of variabel `highlight-wrong-size-font'.
Pavel Janík <Pavel@Janik.cz>
parents: 40973
diff changeset
8113 characters).
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8114
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8115 *** Defining fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8116
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8117 Emacs does not use any fontset by default. Its default font is still
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8118 chosen as in previous versions. You can tell Emacs to use a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8119 with the `-fn' option or the `Font' X resource.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8120
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8121 Emacs creates a standard fontset automatically according to the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8122 of standard-fontset-spec. This fontset's short name is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8123 `fontset-standard'. Bold, italic, and bold-italic variants of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8124 standard fontset are created automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8125
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8126 If you specify a default ASCII font with the `Font' resource or `-fn'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8127 argument, a fontset is generated from it. This works by replacing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8128 FOUNDARY, FAMILY, ADD_STYLE, and AVERAGE_WIDTH fields of the font name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8129 with `*' then using this to specify a fontset. This fontset's short
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8130 name is `fontset-startup'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8131
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8132 Emacs checks resources of the form Fontset-N where N is 0, 1, 2...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8133 The resource value should have this form:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8134 FONTSET-NAME, [CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME]...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8135 FONTSET-NAME should have the form of a standard X font name, except:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8136 * most fields should be just the wild card "*".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8137 * the CHARSET_REGISTRY field should be "fontset"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8138 * the CHARSET_ENCODING field can be any nickname of the fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8139 The construct CHARSET-NAME:FONT-NAME can be repeated any number
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8140 of times; each time specifies the font for one character set.
35863
534be6e166a6 Yet another bunch of typo fizes from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35862
diff changeset
8141 CHARSET-NAME should be the name of a character set, and FONT-NAME
534be6e166a6 Yet another bunch of typo fizes from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35862
diff changeset
8142 should specify an actual font to use for that character set.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8143
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8144 Each of these fontsets has an alias which is made from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8145 last two font name fields, CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8146 You can refer to the fontset by that alias or by its full name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8147
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8148 For any character sets that you don't mention, Emacs tries to choose a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8149 font by substituting into FONTSET-NAME. For instance, with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8150 following resource,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8151 Emacs*Fontset-0: -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-*-*-*-*-fontset-24
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8152 the font for ASCII is generated as below:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8153 -*-fixed-medium-r-normal-*-24-*-ISO8859-1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8154 Here is the substitution rule:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8155 Change CHARSET_REGISTRY and CHARSET_ENCODING to that of the charset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8156 defined in the variable x-charset-registries. For instance, ASCII has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8157 the entry (ascii . "ISO8859-1") in this variable. Then, reduce
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8158 sequences of wild cards -*-...-*- with a single wildcard -*-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8159 (This is to prevent use of auto-scaled fonts.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8161 The function which processes the fontset resource value to create the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8162 fontset is called create-fontset-from-fontset-spec. You can also call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8163 that function explicitly to create a fontset.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8164
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8165 With the X resource Emacs.Font, you can specify a fontset name just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8166 like an actual font name. But be careful not to specify a fontset
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8167 name in a wildcard resource like Emacs*Font--that tries to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8168 fontset for other purposes including menus, and they cannot handle
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8169 fontsets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8170
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8171 *** The command M-x set-language-environment sets certain global Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8172 defaults for a particular choice of language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8174 Selecting a language environment typically specifies a default input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8175 method and which coding systems to recognize automatically when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8176 visiting files. However, it does not try to reread files you have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8177 already visited; the text in those buffers is not affected. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8178 language environment may also specify a default choice of coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8179 system for new files that you create.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8180
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8181 It makes no difference which buffer is current when you use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8182 set-language-environment, because these defaults apply globally to the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8183 whole Emacs session.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8184
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8185 For example, M-x set-language-environment RET Latin-1 RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8186 chooses the Latin-1 character set. In the .emacs file, you can do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8187 with (set-language-environment "Latin-1").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8188
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8189 *** The command C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8190 specifies the file coding system for the current buffer. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8191 specifies what sort of character code translation to do when saving
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8192 the file. As an argument, you must specify the name of one of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8193 coding systems that Emacs supports.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8195 *** The command C-x RET c (universal-coding-system-argument)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8196 lets you specify a coding system when you read or write a file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8197 This command uses the minibuffer to read a coding system name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8198 After you exit the minibuffer, the specified coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8199 is used for *the immediately following command*.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8200
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8201 So if the immediately following command is a command to read or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8202 write a file, it uses the specified coding system for that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8203
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8204 If the immediately following command does not use the coding system,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8205 then C-x RET c ultimately has no effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8206
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8207 For example, C-x RET c iso-8859-1 RET C-x C-f temp RET
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8208 visits the file `temp' treating it as ISO Latin-1.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8209
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8210 *** You can specify the coding system for a file using the -*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8211 construct. Include `coding: CODINGSYSTEM;' inside the -*-...-*-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8212 to specify use of coding system CODINGSYSTEM. You can also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8213 specify the coding system in a local variable list at the end
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8214 of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8216 *** The command C-x RET t (set-terminal-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8217 the coding system for terminal output. If you specify a character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8218 code for terminal output, all characters output to the terminal are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8219 translated into that character code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8220
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8221 This feature is useful for certain character-only terminals built in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8222 various countries to support the languages of those countries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8224 By default, output to the terminal is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8225
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8226 *** The command C-x RET k (set-keyboard-coding-system) specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8227 the coding system for keyboard input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8228
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8229 Character code translation of keyboard input is useful for terminals
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8230 with keys that send non-ASCII graphic characters--for example,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8231 some terminals designed for ISO Latin-1 or subsets of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8232
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8233 By default, keyboard input is not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8234
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8235 Character code translation of keyboard input is similar to using an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8236 input method, in that both define sequences of keyboard input that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8237 translate into single characters. However, input methods are designed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8238 to be convenient for interactive use, while the code translations are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8239 designed to work with terminals.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8240
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8241 *** The command C-x RET p (set-buffer-process-coding-system)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8242 specifies the coding system for input and output to a subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8243 This command applies to the current buffer; normally, each subprocess
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8244 has its own buffer, and thus you can use this command to specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8245 translation to and from a particular subprocess by giving the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8246 in the corresponding buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8247
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8248 By default, process input and output are not translated at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8249
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8250 *** The variable file-name-coding-system specifies the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8251 to use for encoding file names before operating on them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8252 It is also used for decoding file names obtained from the system.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8253
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8254 *** The command C-\ (toggle-input-method) activates or deactivates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8255 an input method. If no input method has been selected before, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8256 command prompts for you to specify the language and input method you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8257 want to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8258
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8259 C-u C-\ (select-input-method) lets you switch to a different input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8260 method. C-h C-\ (or C-h I) describes the current input method.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8262 *** Some input methods remap the keyboard to emulate various keyboard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8263 layouts commonly used for particular scripts. How to do this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8264 remapping properly depends on your actual keyboard layout. To specify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8265 which layout your keyboard has, use M-x quail-set-keyboard-layout.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8266
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8267 *** The command C-h C (describe-coding-system) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8268 the coding systems currently selected for various purposes, plus
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8269 related information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8271 *** The command C-h h (view-hello-file) displays a file called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8272 HELLO, which has examples of text in many languages, using various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8273 scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8274
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8275 *** The command C-h L (describe-language-support) displays
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8276 information about the support for a particular language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8277 You specify the language as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8279 *** The mode line now contains a letter or character that identifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8280 the coding system used in the visited file. It normally follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8281 first dash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8282
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8283 A dash indicates the default state of affairs: no code conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8284 (except CRLF => newline if appropriate). `=' means no conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8285 whatsoever. The ISO 8859 coding systems are represented by digits
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8286 1 through 9. Other coding systems are represented by letters:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8287
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8288 A alternativnyj (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8289 B big5 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8290 C cn-gb-2312 (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8291 C iso-2022-cn (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8292 D in-is13194-devanagari (Indian languages)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8293 E euc-japan (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8294 I iso-2022-cjk or iso-2022-ss2 (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8295 J junet (iso-2022-7) or old-jis (iso-2022-jp-1978-irv) (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8296 K euc-korea (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8297 R koi8 (Russian)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8298 Q tibetan
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8299 S shift_jis (Japanese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8300 T lao
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8301 T tis620 (Thai)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8302 V viscii or vscii (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8303 i iso-2022-lock (Chinese, Japanese, Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8304 k iso-2022-kr (Korean)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8305 v viqr (Vietnamese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8306 z hz (Chinese)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8307
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8308 When you are using a character-only terminal (not a window system),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8309 two additional characters appear in between the dash and the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8310 coding system. These two characters describe the coding system for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8311 keyboard input, and the coding system for terminal output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8312
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8313 *** The new variable rmail-file-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8314 conversion to use for RMAIL files. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8315
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8316 When you read mail with Rmail, each message is decoded automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8317 into Emacs' internal format. This has nothing to do with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8318 rmail-file-coding-system. That variable controls reading and writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8319 Rmail files themselves.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8321 *** The new variable sendmail-coding-system specifies the code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8322 conversion for outgoing mail. The default value is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8324 Actually, there are three different ways of specifying the coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8325 for sending mail:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8326
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8327 - If you use C-x RET f in the mail buffer, that takes priority.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8328 - Otherwise, if you set sendmail-coding-system non-nil, that specifies it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8329 - Otherwise, the default coding system for new files is used,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8330 if that is non-nil. That comes from your language environment.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8331 - Otherwise, Latin-1 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8332
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8333 *** The command C-h t (help-with-tutorial) accepts a prefix argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8334 to specify the language for the tutorial file. Currently, English,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8335 Japanese, Korean and Thai are supported. We welcome additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8336 translations.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8337
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8338 ** An easy new way to visit a file with no code or format conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8339 of any kind: Use M-x find-file-literally. There is also a command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8340 insert-file-literally which inserts a file into the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8341 without any conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8343 ** C-q's handling of octal character codes is changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8344 You can now specify any number of octal digits.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8345 RET terminates the digits and is discarded;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8346 any other non-digit terminates the digits and is then used as input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8347
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8348 ** There are new commands for looking up Info documentation for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8349 functions, variables and file names used in your programs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8350
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8351 Type M-x info-lookup-symbol to look up a symbol in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8352 Type M-x info-lookup-file to look up a file in the buffer at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8353
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8354 Precisely which Info files are used to look it up depends on the major
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8355 mode. For example, in C mode, the GNU libc manual is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8356
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8357 ** M-TAB in most programming language modes now runs the command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8358 complete-symbol. This command performs completion on the symbol name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8359 in the buffer before point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8360
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8361 With a numeric argument, it performs completion based on the set of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8362 symbols documented in the Info files for the programming language that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8363 you are using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8364
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8365 With no argument, it does completion based on the current tags tables,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8366 just like the old binding of M-TAB (complete-tag).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8368 ** File locking works with NFS now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8370 The lock file for FILENAME is now a symbolic link named .#FILENAME,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8371 in the same directory as FILENAME.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8373 This means that collision detection between two different machines now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8374 works reasonably well; it also means that no file server or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8375 can become a bottleneck.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8376
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8377 The new method does have drawbacks. It means that collision detection
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8378 does not operate when you edit a file in a directory where you cannot
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8379 create new files. Collision detection also doesn't operate when the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8380 file server does not support symbolic links. But these conditions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8381 rare, and the ability to have collision detection while using NFS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8382 so useful that the change is worth while.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8384 When Emacs or a system crashes, this may leave behind lock files which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8385 are stale. So you may occasionally get warnings about spurious
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8386 collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8387 tell Emacs to go ahead anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8388
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8389 ** If you wish to use Show Paren mode to display matching parentheses,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8390 it is no longer sufficient to load paren.el. Instead you must call
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8391 show-paren-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8393 ** If you wish to use Delete Selection mode to replace a highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8394 selection when you insert new text, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8395 delsel.el. Instead you must call the function delete-selection-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8396
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8397 ** If you wish to use Partial Completion mode to complete partial words
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8398 within symbols or filenames, it is no longer sufficient to load
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8399 complete.el. Instead you must call the function partial-completion-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8400
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8401 ** If you wish to use uniquify to rename buffers for you,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8402 it is no longer sufficient to load uniquify.el. You must also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8403 set uniquify-buffer-name-style to one of the non-nil legitimate values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8404
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8405 ** Changes in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8407 *** Several new commands are available in View mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8408 Do H in view mode for a list of commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8409
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8410 *** There are two new commands for entering View mode:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8411 view-file-other-frame and view-buffer-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8412
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8413 *** Exiting View mode does a better job of restoring windows to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8414 previous state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8415
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8416 *** New customization variable view-scroll-auto-exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8417 scrolling past end of buffer makes view mode exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8419 *** New customization variable view-exits-all-viewing-windows. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8420 non-nil, view-mode will at exit restore all windows viewing buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8421 not just the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8422
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8423 *** New customization variable view-read-only. If non-nil, visiting a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8424 read-only file automatically enters View mode, and toggle-read-only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8425 turns View mode on or off.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8427 *** New customization variable view-remove-frame-by-deleting controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8428 how to remove a not needed frame at view mode exit. If non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8429 delete the frame, if nil make an icon of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8431 ** C-x v l, the command to print a file's version control log,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8432 now positions point at the entry for the file's current branch version.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8433
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8434 ** C-x v =, the command to compare a file with the last checked-in version,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8435 has a new feature. If the file is currently not locked, so that it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8436 presumably identical to the last checked-in version, the command now asks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8437 which version to compare with.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8438
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8439 ** When using hideshow.el, incremental search can temporarily show hidden
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8440 blocks if a match is inside the block.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8442 The block is hidden again if the search is continued and the next match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8443 is outside the block. By customizing the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8444 isearch-hide-immediately you can choose to hide all the temporarily
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8445 shown blocks only when exiting from incremental search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8446
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8447 By customizing the variable hs-isearch-open you can choose what kind
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8448 of blocks to temporarily show during isearch: comment blocks, code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8449 blocks, all of them or none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8450
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8451 ** The new command C-x 4 0 (kill-buffer-and-window) kills the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8452 current buffer and deletes the selected window. It asks for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8453 confirmation first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8454
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8455 ** C-x C-w, which saves the buffer into a specified file name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8456 now changes the major mode according to that file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8457 However, the mode will not be changed if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8458 (1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8459 (2) the current major mode is a "special" mode,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8460 not suitable for ordinary files, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8461 (3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8462
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8463 This applies to M-x set-visited-file-name as well.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8464
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8465 However, if you set change-major-mode-with-file-name to nil, then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8466 these commands do not change the major mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8467
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8468 ** M-x occur changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8469
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8470 *** If the argument to M-x occur contains upper case letters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8471 it performs a case-sensitive search.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8472
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8473 *** In the *Occur* buffer made by M-x occur,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8474 if you type g or M-x revert-buffer, this repeats the search
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8475 using the same regular expression and the same buffer as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8476
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8477 ** In Transient Mark mode, the region in any one buffer is highlighted
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8478 in just one window at a time. At first, it is highlighted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8479 window where you set the mark. The buffer's highlighting remains in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8480 that window unless you select to another window which shows the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8481 buffer--then the highlighting moves to that window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8482
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8483 ** The feature to suggest key bindings when you use M-x now operates
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8484 after the command finishes. The message suggesting key bindings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8485 appears temporarily in the echo area. The previous echo area contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8486 come back after a few seconds, in case they contain useful information.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8487
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8488 ** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8489 selected buffers, so that the default for C-x b is now based on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8490 buffers recently selected in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8492 ** Outline mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8493
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8494 *** Outline mode now uses overlays (this is the former noutline.el).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8495
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8496 *** Incremental searches skip over invisible text in Outline mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8497
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8498 ** When a minibuffer window is active but not the selected window, if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8499 you try to use the minibuffer, you used to get a nested minibuffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8500 Now, this not only gives an error, it also cancels the minibuffer that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8501 was already active.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8502
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8503 The motive for this change is so that beginning users do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8504 unknowingly move away from minibuffers, leaving them active, and then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8505 get confused by it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8506
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8507 If you want to be able to have recursive minibuffers, you must
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8508 set enable-recursive-minibuffers to non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8509
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8510 ** Changes in dynamic abbrevs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8512 *** Expanding dynamic abbrevs with M-/ is now smarter about case
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8513 conversion. If the expansion has mixed case not counting the first
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8514 character, and the abbreviation matches the beginning of the expansion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8515 including case, then the expansion is copied verbatim.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8516
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8517 The expansion is also copied verbatim if the abbreviation itself has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8518 mixed case. And using SPC M-/ to copy an additional word always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8519 copies it verbatim except when the previous copied word is all caps.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8520
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8521 *** The values of `dabbrev-case-replace' and `dabbrev-case-fold-search'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8522 are no longer Lisp expressions. They have simply three possible
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8523 values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8524
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8525 `dabbrev-case-replace' has these three values: nil (don't preserve
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8526 case), t (do), or `case-replace' (do like M-x query-replace).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8527 `dabbrev-case-fold-search' has these three values: nil (don't ignore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8528 case), t (do), or `case-fold-search' (do like search).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8530 ** Minibuffer history lists are truncated automatically now to a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8531 certain length. The variable history-length specifies how long they
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8532 can be. The default value is 30.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8533
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8534 ** Changes in Mail mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8535
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8536 *** The key C-x m no longer runs the `mail' command directly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8537 Instead, it runs the command `compose-mail', which invokes the mail
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8538 composition mechanism you have selected with the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8539 `mail-user-agent'. The default choice of user agent is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8540 `sendmail-user-agent', which gives behavior compatible with the old
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8541 behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8542
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8543 C-x 4 m now runs compose-mail-other-window, and C-x 5 m runs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8544 compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8546 *** While composing a reply to a mail message, from Rmail, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8547 the command C-c C-r to cite just the region from the message you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8548 replying to. This copies the text which is the selected region in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8549 buffer that shows the original message.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8550
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8551 *** The command C-c C-i inserts a file at the end of the message,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8552 with separator lines around the contents.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8553
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8554 *** The command M-x expand-mail-aliases expands all mail aliases
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8555 in suitable mail headers. Emacs automatically extracts mail alias
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8556 definitions from your mail alias file (e.g., ~/.mailrc). You do not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8557 need to expand mail aliases yourself before sending mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8558
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8559 *** New features in the mail-complete command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8560
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8561 **** The mail-complete command now inserts the user's full name,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8562 for local users or if that is known. The variable mail-complete-style
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8563 controls the style to use, and whether to do this at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8564 Its values are like those of mail-from-style.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8566 **** The variable mail-passwd-command lets you specify a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8567 to run to fetch a set of password-entries that add to the ones in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8568 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8569
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8570 **** The variable mail-passwd-file now specifies a list of files to read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8571 to get the list of user ids. By default, one file is used:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8572 /etc/passwd.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8573
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8574 ** You can "quote" a file name to inhibit special significance of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8575 special syntax, by adding `/:' to the beginning. Thus, if you have a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8576 directory named `/foo:', you can prevent it from being treated as a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8577 reference to a remote host named `foo' by writing it as `/:/foo:'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8579 Emacs uses this new construct automatically when necessary, such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8580 when you start it with a working directory whose name might otherwise
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8581 be taken to be magic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8582
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8583 ** There is a new command M-x grep-find which uses find to select
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8584 files to search through, and grep to scan them. The output is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8585 available in a Compile mode buffer, as with M-x grep.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8586
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8587 M-x grep now uses the -e option if the grep program supports that.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8588 (-e prevents problems if the search pattern starts with a dash.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8589
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8590 ** In Dired, the & command now flags for deletion the files whose names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8591 suggest they are probably not needed in the long run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8592
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8593 In Dired, * is now a prefix key for mark-related commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8594
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8595 new key dired.el binding old key
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8596 ------- ---------------- -------
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8597 * c dired-change-marks c
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8598 * m dired-mark m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8599 * * dired-mark-executables * (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8600 * / dired-mark-directories / (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8601 * @ dired-mark-symlinks @ (binding deleted)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8602 * u dired-unmark u
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8603 * DEL dired-unmark-backward DEL
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
8604 * ? dired-unmark-all-files C-M-?
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8605 * ! dired-unmark-all-marks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8606 * % dired-mark-files-regexp % m
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8607 * C-n dired-next-marked-file M-}
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8608 * C-p dired-prev-marked-file M-{
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8609
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8610 ** Rmail changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8611
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8612 *** When Rmail cannot convert your incoming mail into Babyl format, it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8613 saves the new mail in the file RMAILOSE.n, where n is an integer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8614 chosen to make a unique name. This way, Rmail will not keep crashing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8615 each time you run it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8616
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8617 *** In Rmail, the variable rmail-summary-line-count-flag now controls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8618 whether to include the line count in the summary. Non-nil means yes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8619
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8620 *** In Rmail summary buffers, d and C-d (the commands to delete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8621 messages) now take repeat counts as arguments. A negative argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8622 means to move in the opposite direction.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8623
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8624 *** In Rmail, the t command now takes an optional argument which lets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8625 you specify whether to show the message headers in full or pruned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8626
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8627 *** In Rmail, the new command w (rmail-output-body-to-file) writes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8628 just the body of the current message into a file, without the headers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8629 It takes the file name from the message subject, by default, but you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8630 can edit that file name in the minibuffer before it is actually used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8631 for output.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8632
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8633 ** Gnus changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8634
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8635 *** nntp.el has been totally rewritten in an asynchronous fashion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8636
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8637 *** Article prefetching functionality has been moved up into
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8638 Gnus.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8639
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8640 *** Scoring can now be performed with logical operators like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8641 `and', `or', `not', and parent redirection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8642
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8643 *** Article washing status can be displayed in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8644 article mode line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8645
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8646 *** gnus.el has been split into many smaller files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8647
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8648 *** Suppression of duplicate articles based on Message-ID.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8649
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8650 (setq gnus-suppress-duplicates t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8651
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8652 *** New variables for specifying what score and adapt files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8653 are to be considered home score and adapt files. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8654 `gnus-home-score-file' and `gnus-home-adapt-files'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8655
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8656 *** Groups can inherit group parameters from parent topics.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8657
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8658 *** Article editing has been revamped and is now usable.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8659
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8660 *** Signatures can be recognized in more intelligent fashions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8661 See `gnus-signature-separator' and `gnus-signature-limit'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8662
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8663 *** Summary pick mode has been made to look more nn-like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8664 Line numbers are displayed and the `.' command can be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8665 used to pick articles.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8666
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8667 *** Commands for moving the .newsrc.eld from one server to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8668 another have been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8669
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8670 `M-x gnus-change-server'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8671
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8672 *** A way to specify that "uninteresting" fields be suppressed when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8673 generating lines in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8675 *** Several commands in the group buffer can be undone with
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
8676 `C-M-_'.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8677
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8678 *** Scoring can be done on words using the new score type `w'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8679
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8680 *** Adaptive scoring can be done on a Subject word-by-word basis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8682 (setq gnus-use-adaptive-scoring '(word))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8683
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8684 *** Scores can be decayed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8685
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8686 (setq gnus-decay-scores t)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8687
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8688 *** Scoring can be performed using a regexp on the Date header. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8689 Date is normalized to compact ISO 8601 format first.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8690
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8691 *** A new command has been added to remove all data on articles from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8692 the native server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8693
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8694 `M-x gnus-group-clear-data-on-native-groups'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8695
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8696 *** A new command for reading collections of documents
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
8697 (nndoc with nnvirtual on top) has been added -- `C-M-d'.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8698
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8699 *** Process mark sets can be pushed and popped.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8700
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8701 *** A new mail-to-news backend makes it possible to post
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8702 even when the NNTP server doesn't allow posting.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8703
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8704 *** A new backend for reading searches from Web search engines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8705 (DejaNews, Alta Vista, InReference) has been added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8706
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8707 Use the `G w' command in the group buffer to create such
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8708 a group.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8709
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8710 *** Groups inside topics can now be sorted using the standard
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8711 sorting functions, and each topic can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8712
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8713 See the commands under the `T S' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8714
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8715 *** Subsets of the groups can be sorted independently.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8716
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8717 See the commands under the `G P' submap.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8718
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8719 *** Cached articles can be pulled into the groups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8720
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8721 Use the `Y c' command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8723 *** Score files are now applied in a more reliable order.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8725 *** Reports on where mail messages end up can be generated.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8726
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8727 `M-x nnmail-split-history'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8728
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8729 *** More hooks and functions have been added to remove junk
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8730 from incoming mail before saving the mail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8731
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8732 See `nnmail-prepare-incoming-header-hook'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8733
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8734 *** The nnml mail backend now understands compressed article files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8735
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8736 *** To enable Gnus to read/post multi-lingual articles, you must execute
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8737 the following code, for instance, in your .emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8738
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8739 (add-hook 'gnus-startup-hook 'gnus-mule-initialize)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8740
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8741 Then, when you start Gnus, it will decode non-ASCII text automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8742 and show appropriate characters. (Note: if you are using gnus-mime
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8743 from the SEMI package, formerly known as TM, you should NOT add this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8744 hook to gnus-startup-hook; gnus-mime has its own method of handling
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8745 this issue.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8746
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8747 Since it is impossible to distinguish all coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8748 automatically, you may need to specify a choice of coding system for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8749 particular news group. This can be done by:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8750
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8751 (gnus-mule-add-group NEWSGROUP 'CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8752
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8753 Here NEWSGROUP should be a string which names a newsgroup or a tree
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8754 of newsgroups. If NEWSGROUP is "XXX.YYY", all news groups under
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8755 "XXX.YYY" (including "XXX.YYY.ZZZ") will use the specified coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8756 system. CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to use (for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8757 for reading and posting).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8758
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8759 CODING-SYSTEM can also be a cons cell of the form
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8760 (READ-CODING-SYSTEM . POST-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8761 Then READ-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you read messages from the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8762 newsgroups, while POST-CODING-SYSTEM is used when you post messages
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8763 there.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8764
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8765 Emacs knows the right coding systems for certain newsgroups by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8766 default. Here are some of these default settings:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8767
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8768 (gnus-mule-add-group "fj" 'iso-2022-7)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8769 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8770 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.hk" 'hz-gb-2312)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8771 (gnus-mule-add-group "alt.chinese.text.big5" 'cn-big5)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8772 (gnus-mule-add-group "soc.culture.vietnamese" '(nil . viqr))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8773
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8774 When you reply by mail to an article, these settings are ignored;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8775 the mail is encoded according to sendmail-coding-system, as usual.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8776
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8777 ** CC mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8778
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8779 *** If you edit primarily one style of C (or C++, Objective-C, Java)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8780 code, you may want to make the CC Mode style variables have global
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8781 values so that you can set them directly in your .emacs file. To do
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8782 this, set c-style-variables-are-local-p to nil in your .emacs file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8783 Note that this only takes effect if you do it *before* cc-mode.el is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8784 loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8785
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8786 If you typically edit more than one style of C (or C++, Objective-C,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8787 Java) code in a single Emacs session, you may want to make the CC Mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8788 style variables have buffer local values. By default, all buffers
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8789 share the same style variable settings; to make them buffer local, set
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8790 c-style-variables-are-local-p to t in your .emacs file. Note that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8791 must do this *before* CC Mode is loaded.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8792
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8793 *** The new variable c-indentation-style holds the C style name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8794 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8796 *** The variable c-block-comments-indent-p has been deleted, because
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8797 it is no longer necessary. C mode now handles all the supported styles
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8798 of block comments, with no need to say which one you will use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8799
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8800 *** There is a new indentation style "python", which specifies the C
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8801 style that the Python developers like.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8802
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8803 *** There is a new c-cleanup-list option: brace-elseif-brace.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8804 This says to put ...} else if (...) {... on one line,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8805 just as brace-else-brace says to put ...} else {... on one line.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8806
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8807 ** VC Changes [new]
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8808
36908
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8809 *** In vc-retrieve-snapshot (C-x v r), if you don't specify a snapshot
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8810 name, it retrieves the *latest* versions of all files in the current
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8811 directory and its subdirectories (aside from files already locked).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8812
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8813 This feature is useful if your RCS directory is a link to a common
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8814 master directory, and you want to pick up changes made by other
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8815 developers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8816
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8817 You can do the same thing for an individual file by typing C-u C-x C-q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8818 RET in a buffer visiting that file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8819
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8820 *** VC can now handle files under CVS that are being "watched" by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8821 other developers. Such files are made read-only by CVS. To get a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8822 writable copy, type C-x C-q in a buffer visiting such a file. VC then
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8823 calls "cvs edit", which notifies the other developers of it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8824
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8825 *** vc-version-diff (C-u C-x v =) now suggests reasonable defaults for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8826 version numbers, based on the current state of the file.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8827
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8828 ** Calendar changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8829
36908
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8830 *** A new function, list-holidays, allows you list holidays or
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8831 subclasses of holidays for ranges of years. Related menu items allow
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8832 you do this for the year of the selected date, or the
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8833 following/previous years.
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8834
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8835 *** There is now support for the Baha'i calendar system. Use `pb' in
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8836 the *Calendar* buffer to display the current Baha'i date. The Baha'i
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8837 calendar, or "Badi calendar" is a system of 19 months with 19 days
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8838 each, and 4 intercalary days (5 during a Gregorian leap year). The
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8839 calendar begins May 23, 1844, with each of the months named after a
365eecf7e7d7 Added a note about new support for the Baha'i calendar.
John Wiegley <johnw@newartisans.com>
parents: 36885
diff changeset
8840 supposed attribute of God.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8842 ** ps-print changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
8843
37289
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8844 There are some new user variables and subgroups for customizing the page
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8845 layout.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8846
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8847 *** Headers & Footers (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8848
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8849 Some printer systems print a header page and force the first page to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8850 be printed on the back of the header page when using duplex. If your
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8851 printer system has this behavior, set variable
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8852 `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' to t.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8853
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8854 If variable `ps-banner-page-when-duplexing' is non-nil, it prints a
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8855 blank page as the very first printed page. So, it behaves as if the
37375
612c8df1b6a5 Fix a typo.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37365
diff changeset
8856 very first character of buffer (or region) were a form feed ^L (\014).
37289
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8857
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8858 The variable `ps-spool-config' specifies who is responsible for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8859 setting duplex mode and page size. Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8860
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8861 lpr-switches duplex and page size are configured by `ps-lpr-switches'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8862 Don't forget to set `ps-lpr-switches' to select duplex
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8863 printing for your printer.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8864
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8865 setpagedevice duplex and page size are configured by ps-print using the
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8866 setpagedevice PostScript operator.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8867
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8868 nil duplex and page size are configured by ps-print *not* using
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8869 the setpagedevice PostScript operator.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8870
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8871 The variable `ps-spool-tumble' specifies how the page images on
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8872 opposite sides of a sheet are oriented with respect to each other. If
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8873 `ps-spool-tumble' is nil, ps-print produces output suitable for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8874 bindings on the left or right. If `ps-spool-tumble' is non-nil,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8875 ps-print produces output suitable for bindings at the top or bottom.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8876 This variable takes effect only if `ps-spool-duplex' is non-nil.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8877 The default value is nil.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8878
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8879 The variable `ps-header-frame-alist' specifies a header frame
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8880 properties alist. Valid frame properties are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8881
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8882 fore-color Specify the foreground frame color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8883 Value should be a float number between 0.0 (black
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8884 color) and 1.0 (white color), or a string which is a
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8885 color name, or a list of 3 float numbers which
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8886 correspond to the Red Green Blue color scale, each
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8887 float number between 0.0 (dark color) and 1.0 (bright
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8888 color). The default is 0 ("black").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8889
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8890 back-color Specify the background frame color (similar to fore-color).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8891 The default is 0.9 ("gray90").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8892
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8893 shadow-color Specify the shadow color (similar to fore-color).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8894 The default is 0 ("black").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8895
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8896 border-color Specify the border color (similar to fore-color).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8897 The default is 0 ("black").
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8898
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8899 border-width Specify the border width.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8900 The default is 0.4.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8901
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8902 Any other property is ignored.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8903
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8904 Don't change this alist directly; instead use Custom, or the
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8905 `ps-value', `ps-get', `ps-put' and `ps-del' functions (see there for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8906 documentation).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8907
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8908 Ps-print can also print footers. The footer variables are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8909 `ps-print-footer', `ps-footer-offset', `ps-print-footer-frame',
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8910 `ps-footer-font-family', `ps-footer-font-size', `ps-footer-line-pad',
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8911 `ps-footer-lines', `ps-left-footer', `ps-right-footer' and
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8912 `ps-footer-frame-alist'. These variables are similar to those
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8913 controlling headers.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8914
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8915 *** Color management (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8916
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8917 If `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil, the buffer's text will be printed in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8918 color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8919
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8920 *** Face Management (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8921
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8922 If you need to print without worrying about face background colors,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8923 set the variable `ps-use-face-background' which specifies if face
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8924 background should be used. Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8925
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8926 t always use face background color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8927 nil never use face background color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8928 (face...) list of faces whose background color will be used.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8929
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8930 *** N-up printing (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8931
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8932 The variable `ps-n-up-printing' specifies the number of pages per
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8933 sheet of paper.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8934
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8935 The variable `ps-n-up-margin' specifies the margin in points (pt)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8936 between the sheet border and the n-up printing.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8937
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8938 If variable `ps-n-up-border-p' is non-nil, a border is drawn around
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8939 each page.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8940
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8941 The variable `ps-n-up-filling' specifies how the page matrix is filled
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8942 on each sheet of paper. Following are the valid values for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8943 `ps-n-up-filling' with a filling example using a 3x4 page matrix:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8944
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8945 `left-top' 1 2 3 4 `left-bottom' 9 10 11 12
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8946 5 6 7 8 5 6 7 8
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8947 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8948
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8949 `right-top' 4 3 2 1 `right-bottom' 12 11 10 9
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8950 8 7 6 5 8 7 6 5
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8951 12 11 10 9 4 3 2 1
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8952
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8953 `top-left' 1 4 7 10 `bottom-left' 3 6 9 12
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8954 2 5 8 11 2 5 8 11
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8955 3 6 9 12 1 4 7 10
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8956
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8957 `top-right' 10 7 4 1 `bottom-right' 12 9 6 3
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8958 11 8 5 2 11 8 5 2
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8959 12 9 6 3 10 7 4 1
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8960
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8961 Any other value is treated as `left-top'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8962
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8963 *** Zebra stripes (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8964
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8965 The variable `ps-zebra-color' controls the zebra stripes grayscale or
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8966 RGB color.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8967
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8968 The variable `ps-zebra-stripe-follow' specifies how zebra stripes
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8969 continue on next page. Visually, valid values are (the character `+'
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8970 to the right of each column indicates that a line is printed):
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8971
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8972 `nil' `follow' `full' `full-follow'
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8973 Current Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8974 1 XXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXX + 1 XXXXXX + 1 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8975 2 XXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXX + 2 XXXXXX + 2 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8976 3 XXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXX + 3 XXXXXX + 3 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8977 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8978 5 + 5 + 5 + 5 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8979 6 + 6 + 6 + 6 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8980 7 XXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXX + 7 XXXXXX + 7 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8981 8 XXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXX + 8 XXXXXX + 8 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8982 9 XXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXX + 9 XXXXXX + 9 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8983 10 + 10 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8984 11 + 11 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8985 -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8986 Next Page -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8987 12 XXXXX + 12 + 10 XXXXXX + 10 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8988 13 XXXXX + 13 XXXXXXXX + 11 XXXXXX + 11 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8989 14 XXXXX + 14 XXXXXXXX + 12 XXXXXX + 12 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8990 15 + 15 XXXXXXXX + 13 + 13 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8991 16 + 16 + 14 + 14 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8992 17 + 17 + 15 + 15 XXXXXXXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8993 18 XXXXX + 18 + 16 XXXXXX + 16 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8994 19 XXXXX + 19 XXXXXXXX + 17 XXXXXX + 17 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8995 20 XXXXX + 20 XXXXXXXX + 18 XXXXXX + 18 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8996 21 + 21 XXXXXXXX +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8997 22 + 22 +
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8998 -------- ----------- --------- ----------------
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
8999
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9000 Any other value is treated as `nil'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9001
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9002
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9003 *** Printer management (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9004
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9005 The variable `ps-printer-name-option' determines the option used by
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9006 some utilities to indicate the printer name; it's used only when
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9007 `ps-printer-name' is a non-empty string. If you're using the lpr
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9008 utility to print, for example, `ps-printer-name-option' should be set
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9009 to "-P".
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9010
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9011 The variable `ps-manual-feed' indicates if the printer requires manual
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9012 paper feeding. If it's nil, automatic feeding takes place. If it's
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9013 non-nil, manual feeding takes place.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9014
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9015 The variable `ps-end-with-control-d' specifies whether C-d (\x04)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9016 should be inserted at end of the generated PostScript. Non-nil means
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9017 do so.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9018
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9019 *** Page settings (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9020
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9021 If variable `ps-warn-paper-type' is nil, it's *not* treated as an
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9022 error if the PostScript printer doesn't have a paper with the size
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9023 indicated by `ps-paper-type'; the default paper size will be used
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9024 instead. If `ps-warn-paper-type' is non-nil, an error is signaled if
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9025 the PostScript printer doesn't support a paper with the size indicated
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9026 by `ps-paper-type'. This is used when `ps-spool-config' is set to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9027 `setpagedevice'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9028
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9029 The variable `ps-print-upside-down' determines the orientation for
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9030 printing pages: nil means `normal' printing, non-nil means
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9031 `upside-down' printing (that is, the page is rotated by 180 degrees).
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9032
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9033 The variable `ps-selected-pages' specifies which pages to print. If
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9034 it's nil, all pages are printed. If it's a list, list elements may be
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9035 integers specifying a single page to print, or cons cells (FROM . TO)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9036 specifying to print from page FROM to TO. Invalid list elements, that
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9037 is integers smaller than one, or elements whose FROM is greater than
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9038 its TO, are ignored.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9039
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9040 The variable `ps-even-or-odd-pages' specifies how to print even/odd
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9041 pages. Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9042
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9043 nil print all pages.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9044
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9045 `even-page' print only even pages.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9046
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9047 `odd-page' print only odd pages.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9048
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9049 `even-sheet' print only even sheets.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9050 That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9051 `even-page', but for values greater than 1, it'll
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9052 print only the even sheet of paper.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9053
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9054 `odd-sheet' print only odd sheets.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9055 That is, if `ps-n-up-printing' is 1, it behaves like
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9056 `odd-page'; but for values greater than 1, it'll print
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9057 only the odd sheet of paper.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9058
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9059 Any other value is treated as nil.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9060
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9061 If you set `ps-selected-pages' (see there for documentation), pages
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9062 are filtered by `ps-selected-pages', and then by
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9063 `ps-even-or-odd-pages'. For example, if we have:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9064
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9065 (setq ps-selected-pages '(1 4 (6 . 10) (12 . 16) 20))
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9066
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9067 and we combine this with `ps-even-or-odd-pages' and
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9068 `ps-n-up-printing', we get:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9069
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9070 `ps-n-up-printing' = 1:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9071 `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9072 nil 1, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9073 even-page 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9074 odd-page 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9075 even-sheet 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9076 odd-sheet 1, 7, 9, 13, 15
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9077
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9078 `ps-n-up-printing' = 2:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9079 `ps-even-or-odd-pages' PAGES PRINTED
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9080 nil 1/4, 6/7, 8/9, 10/12, 13/14, 15/16, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9081 even-page 4/6, 8/10, 12/14, 16/20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9082 odd-page 1/7, 9/13, 15
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9083 even-sheet 6/7, 10/12, 15/16
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9084 odd-sheet 1/4, 8/9, 13/14, 20
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9085
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9086 *** Miscellany (subgroup)
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9087
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9088 The variable `ps-error-handler-message' specifies where error handler
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9089 messages should be sent.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9090
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9091 It is also possible to add a user-defined PostScript prologue code in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9092 front of all generated prologue code by setting the variable
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9093 `ps-user-defined-prologue'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9094
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9095 The variable `ps-line-number-font' specifies the font for line numbers.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9096
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9097 The variable `ps-line-number-font-size' specifies the font size in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9098 points for line numbers.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9099
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9100 The variable `ps-line-number-color' specifies the color for line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9101 numbers. See `ps-zebra-color' for documentation.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9102
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9103 The variable `ps-line-number-step' specifies the interval in which
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9104 line numbers are printed. For example, if `ps-line-number-step' is set
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9105 to 2, the printing will look like:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9106
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9107 1 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9108 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9109 3 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9110 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9111 5 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9112 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9113 ...
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9114
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9115 Valid values are:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9116
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9117 integer an integer specifying the interval in which line numbers are
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9118 printed. If it's smaller than or equal to zero, 1
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9119 is used.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9120
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9121 `zebra' specifies that only the line number of the first line in a
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9122 zebra stripe is to be printed.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9123
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9124 Any other value is treated as `zebra'.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9125
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9126 The variable `ps-line-number-start' specifies the starting point in
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9127 the interval given by `ps-line-number-step'. For example, if
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9128 `ps-line-number-step' is set to 3, and `ps-line-number-start' is set to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9129 3, the output will look like:
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9130
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9131 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9132 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9133 3 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9134 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9135 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9136 6 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9137 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9138 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9139 9 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9140 one line
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9141 ...
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9142
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9143 The variable `ps-postscript-code-directory' specifies the directory
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9144 where the PostScript prologue file used by ps-print is found.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9145
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9146 The variable `ps-line-spacing' determines the line spacing in points,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9147 for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9148 `ps-font-size').
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9149
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9150 The variable `ps-paragraph-spacing' determines the paragraph spacing,
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9151 in points, for ordinary text, when generating PostScript (similar to
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9152 `ps-font-size').
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9153
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9154 The variable `ps-paragraph-regexp' specifies the paragraph delimiter.
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9155
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9156 The variable `ps-begin-cut-regexp' and `ps-end-cut-regexp' specify the
a1af2574e64b Ps-print news.
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 37230
diff changeset
9157 start and end of a region to cut out when printing.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9158
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9159 ** hideshow changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9160
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9161 *** now supports hiding of blocks of single line comments (like // for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9162 C++, ; for lisp).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9163
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9164 *** Support for java-mode added.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9166 *** When doing `hs-hide-all' it is now possible to also hide the comments
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9167 in the file if `hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all' is set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9168
35862
9604ca6b3728 More typos from Juanma Barranquero <lektu@uol.com.br>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents: 35847
diff changeset
9169 *** The new function `hs-hide-initial-comment' hides the comments at
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9170 the beginning of the files. Finally those huge RCS logs don't stay in your
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9171 way! This is run by default when entering the `hs-minor-mode'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9172
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9173 *** Now uses overlays instead of `selective-display', so is more
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9174 robust and a lot faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9175
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9176 *** A block beginning can span multiple lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9177
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9178 *** The new variable `hs-show-hidden-short-form' if t, directs hideshow
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9179 to show only the beginning of a block when it is hidden. See the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9180 documentation for more details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9181
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9182 ** Changes in Enriched mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9183
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9184 *** When you visit a file in enriched-mode, Emacs will make sure it is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9185 filled to the current fill-column. This behavior is now independent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9186 of the size of the window. When you save the file, the fill-column in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9187 use is stored as well, so that the whole buffer need not be refilled
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9188 the next time unless the fill-column is different.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9189
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9190 *** use-hard-newlines is now a minor mode. When it is enabled, Emacs
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9191 distinguishes between hard and soft newlines, and treats hard newlines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9192 as paragraph boundaries. Otherwise all newlines inserted are marked
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9193 as soft, and paragraph boundaries are determined solely from the text.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9194
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9195 ** Font Lock mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9196
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9197 *** Custom support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9198
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9199 The variables font-lock-face-attributes, font-lock-display-type and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9200 font-lock-background-mode are now obsolete; the recommended way to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9201 faces to use for Font Lock mode is with M-x customize-group on the new custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9202 group font-lock-highlighting-faces. If you set font-lock-face-attributes in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9203 your ~/.emacs file, Font Lock mode will respect its value. However, you should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9204 consider converting from setting that variable to using M-x customize.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9205
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9206 You can still use X resources to specify Font Lock face appearances.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9207
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9208 *** Maximum decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9209
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9210 Fontification now uses the maximum level of decoration supported by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9211 default. Previously, fontification used a mode-specific default level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9212 of decoration, which is typically the minimum level of decoration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9213 supported. You can set font-lock-maximum-decoration to nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9214 to get the old behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9215
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9216 *** New support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9217
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9218 Support is now provided for Java, Objective-C, AWK and SIMULA modes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9219
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9220 Note that Font Lock mode can be turned on without knowing exactly what modes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9221 support Font Lock mode, via the command global-font-lock-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9222
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9223 *** Configurable support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9224
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9225 Support for C, C++, Objective-C and Java can be more easily configured for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9226 additional types and classes via the new variables c-font-lock-extra-types,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9227 c++-font-lock-extra-types, objc-font-lock-extra-types and, you guessed it,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9228 java-font-lock-extra-types. These value of each of these variables should be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9229 list of regexps matching the extra type names. For example, the default value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9230 of c-font-lock-extra-types is ("\\sw+_t") which means fontification follows the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9231 convention that C type names end in _t. This results in slower fontification.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9232
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9233 Of course, you can change the variables that specify fontification in whatever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9234 way you wish, typically by adding regexps. However, these new variables make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9235 it easier to make specific and common changes for the fontification of types.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9236
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9237 *** Adding highlighting patterns to existing support
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9238
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9239 You can use the new function font-lock-add-keywords to add your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9240 highlighting patterns, such as for project-local or user-specific constructs,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9241 for any mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9242
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9243 For example, to highlight `FIXME:' words in C comments, put:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9245 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\<FIXME:" 0 font-lock-warning-face t)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9247 in your ~/.emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9248
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9249 *** New faces
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9250
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9251 Font Lock now defines two new faces, font-lock-builtin-face and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9252 font-lock-warning-face. These are intended to highlight builtin keywords,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9253 distinct from a language's normal keywords, and objects that should be brought
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9254 to user attention, respectively. Various modes now use these new faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9255
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9256 *** Changes to fast-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9257
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9258 The fast-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9259 cache files silently. You can use the new variable fast-lock-verbose, in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9260 same way as font-lock-verbose, to control this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9262 *** Changes to lazy-lock support mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9263
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9264 The lazy-lock package, one of the two Font Lock support modes, can now fontify
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9265 according to the true syntactic context relative to other lines. You can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9266 the new variable lazy-lock-defer-contextually to control this feature. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9267 non-nil, changes to the buffer will cause subsequent lines in the buffer to be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9268 refontified after lazy-lock-defer-time seconds of idle time. If nil, then only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9269 the modified lines will be refontified; this is the same as the previous Lazy
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9270 Lock mode behaviour and the behaviour of Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9271
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9272 This feature is useful in modes where strings or comments can span lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9273 For example, if a string or comment terminating character is deleted, then if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9274 this feature is enabled subsequent lines in the buffer will be correctly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9275 refontified to reflect their new syntactic context. Previously, only the line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9276 containing the deleted character would be refontified and you would have to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9277 the command M-g M-g (font-lock-fontify-block) to refontify some lines.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9278
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9279 As a consequence of this new feature, two other variables have changed:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9280
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9281 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-driven' is renamed `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9282 Variable `lazy-lock-defer-time' can now only be a time, i.e., a number.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9283 Buffer modes for which on-the-fly deferral applies can be specified via the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9284 new variable `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9285
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9286 If you set these variables in your ~/.emacs, then you may have to change those
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9287 settings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9288
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9289 ** Ada mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9291 *** There is now better support for using find-file.el with Ada mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9292 If you switch between spec and body, the cursor stays in the same
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9293 procedure (modulo overloading). If a spec has no body file yet, but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9294 you try to switch to its body file, Ada mode now generates procedure
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9295 stubs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9296
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9297 *** There are two new commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9298 - `ada-make-local' : invokes gnatmake on the current buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9299 - `ada-check-syntax' : check syntax of current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9300
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9301 The user options `ada-compiler-make', `ada-make-options',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9302 `ada-language-version', `ada-compiler-syntax-check', and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9303 `ada-compile-options' are used within these commands.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9304
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9305 *** Ada mode can now work with Outline minor mode. The outline level
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9306 is calculated from the indenting, not from syntactic constructs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9307 Outlining does not work if your code is not correctly indented.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9308
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9309 *** The new function `ada-gnat-style' converts the buffer to the style of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9310 formatting used in GNAT. It places two blanks after a comment start,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9311 places one blank between a word end and an opening '(', and puts one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9312 space between a comma and the beginning of a word.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9313
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9314 ** Scheme mode changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9315
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9316 *** Scheme mode indentation now uses many of the facilities of Lisp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9317 mode; therefore, the variables to customize it are the variables used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9318 for Lisp mode which have names starting with `lisp-'. The variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9319 with names starting with `scheme-' which used to do this no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9320 have any effect.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9321
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9322 If you want to use different indentation for Scheme and Lisp, this is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9323 still possible, but now you must do it by adding a hook to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9324 scheme-mode-hook, which could work by setting the `lisp-' indentation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9325 variables as buffer-local variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9326
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9327 *** DSSSL mode is a variant of Scheme mode, for editing DSSSL scripts.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9328 Use M-x dsssl-mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9329
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9330 ** Changes to the emacsclient program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9331
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9332 *** If a socket can't be found, and environment variables LOGNAME or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9333 USER are set, emacsclient now looks for a socket based on the UID
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9334 associated with the name. That is an emacsclient running as root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9335 can connect to an Emacs server started by a non-root user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9337 *** The emacsclient program now accepts an option --no-wait which tells
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9338 it to return immediately without waiting for you to "finish" the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9339 buffer in Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9340
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9341 *** The new option --alternate-editor allows to specify an editor to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9342 use if Emacs is not running. The environment variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9343 ALTERNATE_EDITOR can be used for the same effect; the command line
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9344 option takes precedence.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9346 ** M-x eldoc-mode enables a minor mode in which the echo area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9347 constantly shows the parameter list for function being called at point
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9348 (in Emacs Lisp and Lisp Interaction modes only).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9349
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9350 ** C-x n d now runs the new command narrow-to-defun,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9351 which narrows the accessible parts of the buffer to just
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9352 the current defun.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9353
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9354 ** Emacs now handles the `--' argument in the standard way; all
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9355 following arguments are treated as ordinary file names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9356
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9357 ** On MSDOS and Windows, the bookmark file is now called _emacs.bmk,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9358 and the saved desktop file is now called _emacs.desktop (truncated if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9359 necessary).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9360
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9361 ** When you kill a buffer that visits a file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9362 if there are any registers that save positions in the file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9363 these register values no longer become completely useless.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9364 If you try to go to such a register with C-x j, then you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9365 asked whether to visit the file again. If you say yes,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9366 it visits the file and then goes to the same position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9367
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9368 ** When you visit a file that changes frequently outside Emacs--for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9369 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run--it may
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9370 be useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you whenever
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9371 you visit the file afresh with C-x C-f.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9373 You can request this behavior for certain files by setting the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9374 variable revert-without-query to a list of regular expressions. If a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9375 file's name matches any of these regular expressions, find-file and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9376 revert-buffer revert the buffer without asking for permission--but
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9377 only if you have not edited the buffer text yourself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9378
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9379 ** set-default-font has been renamed to set-frame-font
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9380 since it applies only to the current frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9381
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9382 ** In TeX mode, you can use the variable tex-main-file to specify the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9383 file for tex-file to run TeX on. (By default, tex-main-file is nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9384 and tex-file runs TeX on the current visited file.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9385
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9386 This is useful when you are editing a document that consists of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9387 multiple files. In each of the included files, you can set up a local
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9388 variable list which specifies the top-level file of your document for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9389 tex-main-file. Then tex-file will run TeX on the whole document
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9390 instead of just the file you are editing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9391
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9392 ** RefTeX mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9393
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9394 RefTeX mode is a new minor mode with special support for \label, \ref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9395 and \cite macros in LaTeX documents. RefTeX distinguishes labels of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9396 different environments (equation, figure, ...) and has full support for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9397 multifile documents. To use it, select a buffer with a LaTeX document and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9398 turn the mode on with M-x reftex-mode. Here are the main user commands:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9399
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9400 C-c ( reftex-label
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9401 Creates a label semi-automatically. RefTeX is context sensitive and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9402 knows which kind of label is needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9403
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9404 C-c ) reftex-reference
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9405 Offers in a menu all labels in the document, along with context of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9406 label definition. The selected label is referenced as \ref{LABEL}.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9407
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9408 C-c [ reftex-citation
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9409 Prompts for a regular expression and displays a list of matching BibTeX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9410 database entries. The selected entry is cited with a \cite{KEY} macro.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9411
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9412 C-c & reftex-view-crossref
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9413 Views the cross reference of a \ref or \cite command near point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9414
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9415 C-c = reftex-toc
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9416 Shows a table of contents of the (multifile) document. From there you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9417 can quickly jump to every section.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9418
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9419 Under X, RefTeX installs a "Ref" menu in the menu bar, with additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9420 commands. Press `?' to get help when a prompt mentions this feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9421 Full documentation and customization examples are in the file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9422 reftex.el. You can use the finder to view the file documentation:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9423 C-h p --> tex --> reftex.el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9424
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9425 ** Changes in BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9426
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9427 *** Info documentation is now available.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9428
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9429 *** Don't allow parentheses in string constants anymore. This confused
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9430 both the BibTeX program and Emacs BibTeX mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9431
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9432 *** Renamed variable bibtex-mode-user-optional-fields to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9433 bibtex-user-optional-fields.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9435 *** Removed variable bibtex-include-OPTannote
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9436 (use bibtex-user-optional-fields instead).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9437
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9438 *** New interactive functions to copy and kill fields and complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9439 entries to the BibTeX kill ring, from where they can be yanked back by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9440 appropriate functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9441
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9442 *** New interactive functions for repositioning and marking of
40526
b466f4f946a7 *** empty log message ***
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents: 40493
diff changeset
9443 entries. They are bound by default to C-M-l and C-M-h.
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9444
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9445 *** New hook bibtex-clean-entry-hook. It is called after entry has
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9446 been cleaned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9448 *** New variable bibtex-field-delimiters, which replaces variables
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9449 bibtex-field-{left|right}-delimiter.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9450
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9451 *** New variable bibtex-entry-delimiters to determine how entries
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9452 shall be delimited.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9453
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9454 *** Allow preinitialization of fields. See documentation of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9455 bibtex-user-optional-fields, bibtex-entry-field-alist, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9456 bibtex-include-OPTkey for details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9457
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9458 *** Book and InBook entries require either an author or an editor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9459 field. This is now supported by bibtex.el. Alternative fields are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9460 prefixed with `ALT'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9461
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9462 *** New variable bibtex-entry-format, which replaces variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9463 bibtex-clean-entry-zap-empty-opts and allows specification of many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9464 formatting options performed on cleaning an entry (see variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9465 documentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9466
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9467 *** Even more control on how automatic keys are generated. See
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9468 documentation of bibtex-generate-autokey for details. Transcriptions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9469 for foreign languages other than German are now handled, too.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9470
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9471 *** New boolean user option bibtex-comma-after-last-field to decide if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9472 comma should be inserted at end of last field.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9473
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9474 *** New boolean user option bibtex-align-at-equal-sign to determine if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9475 alignment should be made at left side of field contents or at equal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9476 signs. New user options to control entry layout (e.g. indentation).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9477
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9478 *** New function bibtex-fill-entry to realign entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9479
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9480 *** New function bibtex-reformat to reformat region or buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9482 *** New function bibtex-convert-alien to convert a BibTeX database
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9483 from alien sources.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9484
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9485 *** New function bibtex-complete-key (similar to bibtex-complete-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9486 to complete prefix to a key defined in buffer. Mainly useful in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9487 crossref entries.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9488
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9489 *** New function bibtex-count-entries to count entries in buffer or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9490 region.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9491
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9492 *** Added support for imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9493
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9494 *** The function `bibtex-validate' now checks current region instead
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9495 of buffer if mark is active. Now it shows all errors of buffer in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9496 `compilation mode' buffer. You can use the normal commands (e.g.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9497 `next-error') for compilation modes to jump to errors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9498
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9499 *** New variable `bibtex-string-file-path' to determine where the files
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9500 from `bibtex-string-files' are searched.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9501
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9502 ** Iso Accents mode now supports Latin-3 as an alternative.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9503
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9504 ** The command next-error now opens blocks hidden by hideshow.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9505
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9506 ** The function using-unix-filesystems has been replaced by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9507 functions add-untranslated-filesystem and remove-untranslated-filesystem.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9508 Each of these functions takes the name of a drive letter or directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9509 as an argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9510
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9511 When a filesystem is added as untranslated, all files on it are read
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9512 and written in binary mode (no cr/lf translation is performed).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9513
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9514 ** browse-url changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9515
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9516 *** New methods for: Grail (browse-url-generic), MMM (browse-url-mmm),
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9517 Lynx in a separate xterm (browse-url-lynx-xterm) or in an Emacs window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9518 (browse-url-lynx-emacs), remote W3 (browse-url-w3-gnudoit), generic
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9519 non-remote-controlled browsers (browse-url-generic) and associated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9520 customization variables.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9521
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9522 *** New commands `browse-url-of-region' and `browse-url'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9523
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9524 *** URLs marked up with <URL:...> (RFC1738) work if broken across
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9525 lines. Browsing methods can be associated with URL regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9526 (e.g. mailto: URLs) via `browse-url-browser-function'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9527
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9528 ** Changes in Ediff
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9529
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9530 *** Clicking Mouse-2 on a brief command description in Ediff control panel
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9531 pops up the Info file for this command.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9533 *** There is now a variable, ediff-autostore-merges, which controls whether
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9534 the result of a merge is saved in a file. By default, this is done only when
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9535 merge is done from a session group (eg, when merging files in two different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9536 directories).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9538 *** Since Emacs 19.31 (this hasn't been announced before), Ediff can compare
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9539 and merge groups of files residing in different directories, or revisions of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9540 files in the same directory.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9542 *** Since Emacs 19.31, Ediff can apply multi-file patches interactively.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9543 The patches must be in the context format or GNU unified format. (The bug
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9544 related to the GNU format has now been fixed.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9545
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9546 ** Changes in Viper
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9547
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9548 *** The startup file is now .viper instead of .vip
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9549 *** All variable/function names have been changed to start with viper-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9550 instead of vip-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9551 *** C-\ now simulates the meta-key in all Viper states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9552 *** C-z in Insert state now escapes to Vi for the duration of the next
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9553 Viper command. In Vi and Insert states, C-z behaves as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9554 *** C-c \ escapes to Vi for one command if Viper is in Insert or Emacs states.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9555 *** _ is no longer the meta-key in Vi state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9556 *** The variable viper-insert-state-cursor-color can be used to change cursor
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9557 color when Viper is in insert state.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9558 *** If search lands the cursor near the top or the bottom of the window,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9559 Viper pulls the window up or down to expose more context. The variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9560 viper-adjust-window-after-search controls this behavior.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9561
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9562 ** Etags changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9563
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9564 *** In C, C++, Objective C and Java, Etags tags global variables by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9565 default. The resulting tags files are inflated by 30% on average.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9566 Use --no-globals to turn this feature off. Etags can also tag
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9567 variables which are members of structure-like constructs, but it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9568 not by default. Use --members to turn this feature on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9569
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9570 *** C++ member functions are now recognized as tags.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9571
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9572 *** Java is tagged like C++. In addition, "extends" and "implements"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9573 constructs are tagged. Files are recognised by the extension .java.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9574
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9575 *** Etags can now handle programs written in Postscript. Files are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9576 recognised by the extensions .ps and .pdb (Postscript with C syntax).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9577 In Postscript, tags are lines that start with a slash.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9578
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9579 *** Etags now handles Objective C and Objective C++ code. The usual C and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9580 C++ tags are recognized in these languages; in addition, etags
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9581 recognizes special Objective C syntax for classes, class categories,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9582 methods and protocols.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9583
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9584 *** Etags also handles Cobol. Files are recognised by the extension
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9585 .cobol. The tagged lines are those containing a word that begins in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9586 column 8 and ends in a full stop, i.e. anything that could be a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9587 paragraph name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9588
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9589 *** Regexps in Etags now support intervals, as in ed or grep. The syntax of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9590 an interval is \{M,N\}, and it means to match the preceding expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9591 at least M times and as many as N times.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9592
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9593 ** The format for specifying a custom format for time-stamp to insert
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9594 in files has changed slightly.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9595
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9596 With the new enhancements to the functionality of format-time-string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9597 time-stamp-format will change to be eventually compatible with it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9598 This conversion is being done in two steps to maintain compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9599 with old time-stamp-format values.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9600
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9601 In the new scheme, alternate case is signified by the number-sign
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9602 (`#') modifier, rather than changing the case of the format character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9603 This feature is as yet incompletely implemented for compatibility
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9604 reasons.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9605
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9606 In the old time-stamp-format, all numeric fields defaulted to their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9607 natural width. (With format-time-string, each format has a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9608 fixed-width default.) In this version, you can specify the colon
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9609 (`:') modifier to a numeric conversion to mean "give me the historical
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9610 time-stamp-format width default." Do not use colon if you are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9611 specifying an explicit width, as in "%02d".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9612
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9613 Numbers are no longer truncated to the requested width, except in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9614 case of "%02y", which continues to give a two-digit year. Digit
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9615 truncation probably wasn't being used for anything else anyway.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9616
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9617 The new formats will work with old versions of Emacs. New formats are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9618 being recommended now to allow time-stamp-format to change in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9619 future to be compatible with format-time-string. The new forms being
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9620 recommended now will continue to work then.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9621
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9622 See the documentation string for the variable time-stamp-format for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9623 details.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9624
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9625 ** There are some additional major modes:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9626
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9627 dcl-mode, for editing VMS DCL files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9628 m4-mode, for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9629 meta-mode, for editing MetaFont and MetaPost source files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9630
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9631 ** In Shell mode, the command shell-copy-environment-variable lets you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9632 copy the value of a specified environment variable from the subshell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9633 into Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9634
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9635 ** New Lisp packages include:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9636
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9637 *** battery.el displays battery status for laptops.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9638
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9639 *** M-x bruce (named after Lenny Bruce) is a program that might
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9640 be used for adding some indecent words to your email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9641
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9642 *** M-x crisp-mode enables an emulation for the CRiSP editor.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9643
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9644 *** M-x dirtrack arranges for better tracking of directory changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9645 in shell buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9646
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9647 *** The new library elint.el provides for linting of Emacs Lisp code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9648 See the documentation for `elint-initialize', `elint-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9649 and `elint-defun'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9650
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9651 *** M-x expand-add-abbrevs defines a special kind of abbrev which is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9652 meant for programming constructs. These abbrevs expand like ordinary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9653 ones, when you type SPC, but only at the end of a line and not within
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9654 strings or comments.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9655
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9656 These abbrevs can act as templates: you can define places within an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9657 abbrev for insertion of additional text. Once you expand the abbrev,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9658 you can then use C-x a p and C-x a n to move back and forth to these
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9659 insertion points. Thus you can conveniently insert additional text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9660 at these points.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9661
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9662 *** filecache.el remembers the location of files so that you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9663 can visit them by short forms of their names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9664
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9665 *** find-func.el lets you find the definition of the user-loaded
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9666 Emacs Lisp function at point.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9667
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9668 *** M-x handwrite converts text to a "handwritten" picture.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9669
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9670 *** M-x iswitchb-buffer is a command for switching to a buffer, much like
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9671 switch-buffer, but it reads the argument in a more helpful way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9672
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9673 *** M-x landmark implements a neural network for landmark learning.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9674
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9675 *** M-x locate provides a convenient interface to the `locate' program.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9676
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9677 *** M4 mode is a new mode for editing files of m4 input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9678
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9679 *** mantemp.el creates C++ manual template instantiations
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9680 from the GCC error messages which indicate which instantiations are needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9681
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9682 *** mouse-copy.el provides a one-click copy and move feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9683 You can drag a region with M-mouse-1, and it is automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9684 inserted at point. M-Shift-mouse-1 deletes the text from its
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9685 original place after inserting the copy.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9686
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9687 *** mouse-drag.el lets you do scrolling by dragging Mouse-2
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9688 on the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9689
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9690 You click the mouse and move; that distance either translates into the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9691 velocity to scroll (with mouse-drag-throw) or the distance to scroll
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9692 (with mouse-drag-drag). Horizontal scrolling is enabled when needed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9693
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9694 Enable mouse-drag with:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9695 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9696 -or-
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9697 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9698
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9699 *** mspools.el is useful for determining which mail folders have
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9700 mail waiting to be read in them. It works with procmail.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9701
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9702 *** Octave mode is a major mode for editing files of input for Octave.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9703 It comes with a facility for communicating with an Octave subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9704
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9705 *** ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9706
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9707 The ogonek package provides functions for changing the coding of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9708 Polish diacritic characters in buffers. Codings known from various
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9709 platforms are supported such as ISO8859-2, Mazovia, IBM Latin2, and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9710 TeX. For example, you can change the coding from Mazovia to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9711 ISO8859-2. Another example is a change of coding from ISO8859-2 to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9712 prefix notation (in which `/a' stands for the aogonek character, for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9713 instance) and vice versa.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9714
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9715 To use this package load it using
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9716 M-x load-library [enter] ogonek
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9717 Then, you may get an explanation by calling one of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9718 M-x ogonek-jak -- in Polish
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9719 M-x ogonek-how -- in English
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9720 The info specifies the commands and variables provided as well as the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9721 ways of customization in `.emacs'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9722
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9723 *** Interface to ph.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9724
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9725 Emacs provides a client interface to CCSO Nameservers (ph/qi)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9726
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9727 The CCSO nameserver is used in many universities to provide directory
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9728 services about people. ph.el provides a convenient Emacs interface to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9729 these servers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9730
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9731 *** uce.el is useful for replying to unsolicited commercial email.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9732
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9733 *** vcursor.el implements a "virtual cursor" feature.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9734 You can move the virtual cursor with special commands
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9735 while the real cursor does not move.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9736
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9737 *** webjump.el is a "hot list" package which you can set up
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9738 for visiting your favorite web sites.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9739
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9740 *** M-x winner-mode is a minor mode which saves window configurations,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9741 so you can move back to other configurations that you have recently used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9742
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9743 ** movemail change
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9744
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9745 Movemail no longer needs to be installed setuid root in order for POP
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9746 mail retrieval to function properly. This is because it no longer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9747 supports the RPOP (reserved-port POP) protocol; instead, it uses the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9748 user's POP password to authenticate to the mail server.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9749
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9750 This change was made earlier, but not reported in NEWS before.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
9751
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9752 * Emacs 20.1 changes for MS-DOS and MS-Windows.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9753
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9754 ** Changes in handling MS-DOS/MS-Windows text files.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9755
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9756 Emacs handles three different conventions for representing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9757 end-of-line: CRLF for MSDOS, LF for Unix and GNU, and CR (used on the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9758 Macintosh). Emacs determines which convention is used in a specific
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9759 file based on the contents of that file (except for certain special
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9760 file names), and when it saves the file, it uses the same convention.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9761
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9762 To save the file and change the end-of-line convention, you can use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9763 C-x RET f (set-buffer-file-coding-system) to specify a different
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9764 coding system for the buffer. Then, when you save the file, the newly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9765 specified coding system will take effect. For example, to save with
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9766 LF, specify undecided-unix (or some other ...-unix coding system); to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9767 save with CRLF, specify undecided-dos.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
9768
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9769 * Lisp Changes in Emacs 20.1
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9770
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9771 ** Byte-compiled files made with Emacs 20 will, in general, work in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9772 Emacs 19 as well, as long as the source code runs in Emacs 19. And
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9773 vice versa: byte-compiled files made with Emacs 19 should also run in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9774 Emacs 20, as long as the program itself works in Emacs 20.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9775
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9776 ** Windows-specific functions and variables have been renamed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9777 to start with w32- instead of win32-.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9778
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9779 In hacker language, calling something a "win" is a form of praise. We
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9780 don't want to praise a non-free Microsoft system, so we don't call it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9781 "win".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9782
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9783 ** Basic Lisp changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9784
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9785 *** A symbol whose name starts with a colon now automatically
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9786 evaluates to itself. Therefore such a symbol can be used as a constant.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9787
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9788 *** The defined purpose of `defconst' has been changed. It should now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9789 be used only for values that should not be changed whether by a program
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9790 or by the user.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9791
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9792 The actual behavior of defconst has not been changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9793
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9794 *** There are new macros `when' and `unless'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9795
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9796 (when CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION (progn BODY...))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9797 (unless CONDITION BODY...) is short for (if CONDITION nil BODY...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9798
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9799 *** Emacs now defines functions caar, cadr, cdar and cddr with their
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9800 usual Lisp meanings. For example, caar returns the car of the car of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9801 its argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9802
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9803 *** equal, when comparing strings, now ignores their text properties.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9804
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9805 *** The new function `functionp' tests whether an object is a function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9806
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9807 *** arrayp now returns t for char-tables and bool-vectors.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9808
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9809 *** Certain primitives which use characters (as integers) now get an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9810 error if the integer is not a valid character code. These primitives
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9811 include insert-char, char-to-string, and the %c construct in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9812 `format' function.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9813
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9814 *** The `require' function now insists on adding a suffix, either .el
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9815 or .elc, to the file name. Thus, (require 'foo) will not use a file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9816 whose name is just foo. It insists on foo.el or foo.elc.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9817
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9818 *** The `autoload' function, when the file name does not contain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9819 either a directory name or the suffix .el or .elc, insists on
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9820 adding one of these suffixes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9821
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9822 *** string-to-number now takes an optional second argument BASE
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9823 which specifies the base to use when converting an integer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9824 If BASE is omitted, base 10 is used.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9825
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9826 We have not implemented other radices for floating point numbers,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9827 because that would be much more work and does not seem useful.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9828
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9829 *** substring now handles vectors as well as strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9830
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9831 *** The Common Lisp function eql is no longer defined normally.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9832 You must load the `cl' library to define it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9833
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9834 *** The new macro `with-current-buffer' lets you evaluate an expression
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9835 conveniently with a different current buffer. It looks like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9836
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9837 (with-current-buffer BUFFER BODY-FORMS...)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9838
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9839 BUFFER is the expression that says which buffer to use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9840 BODY-FORMS say what to do in that buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9841
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9842 *** The new primitive `save-current-buffer' saves and restores the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9843 choice of current buffer, like `save-excursion', but without saving or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9844 restoring the value of point or the mark. `with-current-buffer'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9845 works using `save-current-buffer'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9846
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9847 *** The new macro `with-temp-file' lets you do some work in a new buffer and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9848 write the output to a specified file. Like `progn', it returns the value
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9849 of the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9850
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9851 *** The new macro `with-temp-buffer' lets you do some work in a new buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9852 which is discarded after use. Like `progn', it returns the value of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9853 last form. If you wish to return the buffer contents, use (buffer-string)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9854 as the last form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9855
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9856 *** The new function split-string takes a string, splits it at certain
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9857 characters, and returns a list of the substrings in between the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9858 matches.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9859
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9860 For example, (split-string "foo bar lose" " +") returns ("foo" "bar" "lose").
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9861
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9862 *** The new macro with-output-to-string executes some Lisp expressions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9863 with standard-output set up so that all output feeds into a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9864 Then it returns that string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9865
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9866 For example, if the current buffer name is `foo',
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9867
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9868 (with-output-to-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9869 (princ "The buffer is ")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9870 (princ (buffer-name)))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9871
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9872 returns "The buffer is foo".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9873
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9874 ** Non-ASCII characters are now supported, if enable-multibyte-characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9875 is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9876
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9877 These characters have character codes above 256. When inserted in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9878 buffer or stored in a string, they are represented as multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9879 characters that occupy several buffer positions each.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9880
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9881 *** When enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, a single character in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9882 a buffer or string can be two or more bytes (as many as four).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9883
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9884 Buffers and strings are still made up of unibyte elements;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9885 character positions and string indices are always measured in bytes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9886 Therefore, moving forward one character can increase the buffer
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9887 position by 2, 3 or 4. The function forward-char moves by whole
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9888 characters, and therefore is no longer equivalent to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9889 (lambda (n) (goto-char (+ (point) n))).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9890
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9891 ASCII characters (codes 0 through 127) are still single bytes, always.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9892 Sequences of byte values 128 through 255 are used to represent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9893 non-ASCII characters. These sequences are called "multibyte
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9894 characters".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9895
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9896 The first byte of a multibyte character is always in the range 128
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9897 through 159 (octal 0200 through 0237). These values are called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9898 "leading codes". The second and subsequent bytes are always in the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9899 range 160 through 255 (octal 0240 through 0377). The first byte, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9900 leading code, determines how many bytes long the sequence is.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9901
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9902 *** The function forward-char moves over characters, and therefore
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9903 (forward-char 1) may increase point by more than 1 if it moves over a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9904 multibyte character. Likewise, delete-char always deletes a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9905 character, which may be more than one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9906
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9907 This means that some Lisp programs, which assume that a character is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9908 always one buffer position, need to be changed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9909
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9910 However, all ASCII characters are always one buffer position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9911
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9912 *** The regexp [\200-\377] no longer matches all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9913 because when enable-multibyte-characters is non-nil, these characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9914 have codes that are not in the range octal 200 to octal 377. However,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9915 the regexp [^\000-\177] does match all non-ASCII characters,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9916 guaranteed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9917
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9918 *** The function char-boundary-p returns non-nil if position POS is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9919 between two characters in the buffer (not in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9920 character).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9921
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9922 When the value is non-nil, it says what kind of character follows POS:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9923
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9924 0 if POS is at an ASCII character or at the end of range,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9925 1 if POS is before a 2-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9926 2 if POS is at a head of 3-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9927 3 if POS is at a head of 4-byte length multi-byte form,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9928 4 if POS is at a head of multi-byte form of a composite character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9929
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9930 *** The function char-bytes returns how many bytes the character CHAR uses.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9931
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9932 *** Strings can contain multibyte characters. The function
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9933 `length' returns the string length counting bytes, which may be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9934 more than the number of characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9935
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9936 You can include a multibyte character in a string constant by writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9937 it literally. You can also represent it with a hex escape,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9938 \xNNNNNNN..., using as many digits as necessary. Any character which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9939 is not a valid hex digit terminates this construct. If you want to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9940 follow it with a character that is a hex digit, write backslash and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9941 newline in between; that will terminate the hex escape.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9942
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9943 *** The function concat-chars takes arguments which are characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9944 and returns a string containing those characters.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9945
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9946 *** The function sref access a multibyte character in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9947 (sref STRING INDX) returns the character in STRING at INDEX. INDEX
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9948 counts from zero. If INDEX is at a position in the middle of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9949 character, sref signals an error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9950
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9951 *** The function chars-in-string returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9952 in a string. This is less than the length of the string, if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9953 string contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9954
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9955 *** The function chars-in-region returns the number of characters
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9956 in a region from BEG to END. This is less than (- END BEG) if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9957 region contains multibyte characters (the length counts bytes).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9958
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9959 *** The function string-to-list converts a string to a list of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9960 the characters in it. string-to-vector converts a string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9961 to a vector of the characters in it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9962
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9963 *** The function store-substring alters part of the contents
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9964 of a string. You call it as follows:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9965
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9966 (store-substring STRING IDX OBJ)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9967
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9968 This says to alter STRING, by storing OBJ starting at index IDX in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9969 STRING. OBJ may be either a character or a (smaller) string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9970 This function really does alter the contents of STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9971 Since it is impossible to change the length of an existing string,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9972 it is an error if OBJ doesn't fit within STRING's actual length.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9973
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9974 *** char-width returns the width (in columns) of the character CHAR,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9975 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9976
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9977 *** string-width returns the width (in columns) of the text in STRING,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9978 if it were displayed in the current buffer and the selected window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9979
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9980 *** truncate-string-to-width shortens a string, if necessary,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9981 to fit within a certain number of columns. (Of course, it does
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9982 not alter the string that you give it; it returns a new string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9983 which contains all or just part of the existing string.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9984
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9985 (truncate-string-to-width STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9986
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9987 This returns the part of STR up to column END-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9988
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9989 The optional argument START-COLUMN specifies the starting column.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9990 If this is non-nil, then the first START-COLUMN columns of the string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9991 are not included in the resulting value.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9992
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9993 The optional argument PADDING, if non-nil, is a padding character to be added
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9994 at the beginning and end the resulting string, to extend it to exactly
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9995 WIDTH columns. If PADDING is nil, that means do not pad; then, if STRING
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9996 is narrower than WIDTH, the value is equal to STRING.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9997
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9998 If PADDING and START-COLUMN are both non-nil, and if there is no clean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
9999 place in STRING that corresponds to START-COLUMN (because one
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10000 character extends across that column), then the padding character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10001 PADDING is added one or more times at the beginning of the result
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10002 string, so that its columns line up as if it really did start at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10003 column START-COLUMN.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10004
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10005 *** When the functions in the list after-change-functions are called,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10006 the third argument is the number of bytes in the pre-change text, not
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10007 necessarily the number of characters. It is, in effect, the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10008 difference in buffer position between the beginning and the end of the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10009 changed text, before the change.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10010
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10011 *** The characters Emacs uses are classified in various character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10012 sets, each of which has a name which is a symbol. In general there is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10013 one character set for each script, not for each language.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10014
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10015 **** The function charsetp tests whether an object is a character set name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10016
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10017 **** The variable charset-list holds a list of character set names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10018
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10019 **** char-charset, given a character code, returns the name of the character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10020 set that the character belongs to. (The value is a symbol.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10021
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10022 **** split-char, given a character code, returns a list containing the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10023 name of the character set, followed by one or two byte-values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10024 which identify the character within that character set.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10025
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10026 **** make-char, given a character set name and one or two subsequent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10027 byte-values, constructs a character code. This is roughly the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10028 opposite of split-char.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10029
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10030 **** find-charset-region returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10031 of all the characters between BEG and END.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10032
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10033 **** find-charset-string returns a list of the character sets
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10034 of all the characters in a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10035
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10036 *** Here are the Lisp facilities for working with coding systems
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10037 and specifying coding systems.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10038
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10039 **** The function coding-system-list returns a list of all coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10040 system names (symbols). With optional argument t, it returns a list
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10041 of all distinct base coding systems, not including variants.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10042 (Variant coding systems are those like latin-1-dos, latin-1-unix
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10043 and latin-1-mac which specify the end-of-line conversion as well
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10044 as what to do about code conversion.)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10045
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10046 **** coding-system-p tests a symbol to see if it is a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10047 name. It returns t if so, nil if not.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10048
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10049 **** file-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10050 for certain file names. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10051 except that the PATTERN is matched against the file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10052
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10053 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10054 which file names the element applies to. PATTERN should be a regexp
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10055 to match against a file name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10056
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10057 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10058 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10059 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10060 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10061 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10062 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10063
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10064 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10065 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10066
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10067 **** The variable network-coding-system-alist specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10068 the coding system to use for network sockets.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10069
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10070 Each element has the format (PATTERN . VAL), where PATTERN determines
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10071 which network sockets the element applies to. PATTERN should be
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10072 either a port number or a regular expression matching some network
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10073 service names.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10074
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10075 VAL is a coding system, a cons cell containing two coding systems, or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10076 a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10077 decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10078 to the network stream. If VAL is a cons cell containing two coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10079 systems, the car specifies the coding system for decoding, and the cdr
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10080 specifies the coding system for encoding.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10081
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10082 If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10083 or a cons cell containing two coding systems, which is used as above.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10084
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10085 **** process-coding-system-alist specifies which coding systems to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10086 for certain subprocess. It works like network-coding-system-alist,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10087 except that the PATTERN is matched against the program name used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10088 start the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10089
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10090 **** The variable default-process-coding-system specifies the coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10091 systems to use for subprocess (and net connection) input and output,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10092 when nothing else specifies what to do. The value is a cons cell
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10093 (OUTPUT-CODING . INPUT-CODING). OUTPUT-CODING applies to output
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10094 to the subprocess, and INPUT-CODING applies to input from it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10095
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10096 **** The variable coding-system-for-write, if non-nil, specifies the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10097 coding system to use for writing a file, or for output to a synchronous
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10098 subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10099
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10100 It also applies to any asynchronous subprocess or network connection,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10101 but in a different way: the value of coding-system-for-write when you
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10102 start the subprocess or connection affects that subprocess or
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10103 connection permanently or until overridden.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10104
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10105 The variable coding-system-for-write takes precedence over
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10106 file-coding-system-alist, process-coding-system-alist and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10107 network-coding-system-alist, and all other methods of specifying a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10108 coding system for output. But most of the time this variable is nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10109 It exists so that Lisp programs can bind it to a specific coding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10110 system for one operation at a time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10111
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10112 **** coding-system-for-read applies similarly to input from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10113 files, subprocesses or network connections.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10114
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10115 **** The function process-coding-system tells you what
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10116 coding systems(s) an existing subprocess is using.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10117 The value is a cons cell,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10118 (DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10119 where DECODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for decoding output from
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10120 the subprocess, and ENCODING-CODING-SYSTEM is used for encoding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10121 input to the subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10122
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10123 **** The function set-process-coding-system can be used to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10124 change the coding systems in use for an existing subprocess.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10125
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10126 ** Emacs has a new facility to help users manage the many
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10127 customization options. To make a Lisp program work with this facility,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10128 you need to use the new macros defgroup and defcustom.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10129
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10130 You use defcustom instead of defvar, for defining a user option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10131 variable. The difference is that you specify two additional pieces of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10132 information (usually): the "type" which says what values are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10133 legitimate, and the "group" which specifies the hierarchy for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10134 customization.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10135
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10136 Thus, instead of writing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10137
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10138 (defvar foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10139 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely.")
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10140
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10141 you would now write this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10142
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10143 (defcustom foo-blurgoze nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10144 "*Non-nil means that foo will act very blurgozely."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10145 :type 'boolean
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10146 :group foo)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10147
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10148 The type `boolean' means that this variable has only
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10149 two meaningful states: nil and non-nil. Other type values
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10150 describe other possibilities; see the manual for Custom
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10151 for a description of them.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10152
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10153 The "group" argument is used to specify a group which the option
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10154 should belong to. You define a new group like this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10155
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10156 (defgroup ispell nil
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10157 "Spell checking using Ispell."
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10158 :group 'processes)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10159
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10160 The "group" argument in defgroup specifies the parent group. The root
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10161 group is called `emacs'; it should not contain any variables itself,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10162 but only other groups. The immediate subgroups of `emacs' correspond
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10163 to the keywords used by C-h p. Under these subgroups come
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10164 second-level subgroups that belong to individual packages.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10165
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10166 Each Emacs package should have its own set of groups. A simple
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10167 package should have just one group; a more complex package should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10168 have a hierarchy of its own groups. The sole or root group of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10169 package should be a subgroup of one or more of the "keyword"
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10170 first-level subgroups.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10171
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10172 ** New `widget' library for inserting UI components in buffers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10173
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10174 This library, used by the new custom library, is documented in a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10175 separate manual that accompanies Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10176
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10177 ** easy-mmode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10178
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10179 The easy-mmode package provides macros and functions that make
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10180 developing minor modes easier. Roughly, the programmer has to code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10181 only the functionality of the minor mode. All the rest--toggles,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10182 predicate, and documentation--can be done in one call to the macro
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10183 `easy-mmode-define-minor-mode' (see the documentation). See also
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10184 `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10185
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10186 ** Text property changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10187
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10188 *** The `intangible' property now works on overlays as well as on a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10189 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10190
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10191 *** The new functions next-char-property-change and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10192 previous-char-property-change scan through the buffer looking for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10193 place where either a text property or an overlay might change. The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10194 functions take two arguments, POSITION and LIMIT. POSITION is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10195 starting position for the scan. LIMIT says where to stop the scan.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10196
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10197 If no property change is found before LIMIT, the value is LIMIT. If
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10198 LIMIT is nil, scan goes to the beginning or end of the accessible part
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10199 of the buffer. If no property change is found, the value is the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10200 position of the beginning or end of the buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10201
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10202 *** In the `local-map' text property or overlay property, the property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10203 value can now be a symbol whose function definition is a keymap. This
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10204 is an alternative to using the keymap itself.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10205
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10206 ** Changes in invisibility features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10207
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10208 *** Isearch can now temporarily show parts of the buffer which are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10209 hidden by an overlay with a invisible property, when the search match
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10210 is inside that portion of the buffer. To enable this the overlay
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10211 should have a isearch-open-invisible property which is a function that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10212 would be called having the overlay as an argument, the function should
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10213 make the overlay visible.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10214
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10215 During incremental search the overlays are shown by modifying the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10216 invisible and intangible properties, if beside this more actions are
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10217 needed the overlay should have a isearch-open-invisible-temporary
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10218 which is a function. The function is called with 2 arguments: one is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10219 the overlay and the second is nil when it should show the overlay and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10220 t when it should hide it.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10221
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10222 *** add-to-invisibility-spec, remove-from-invisibility-spec
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10223
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10224 Modes that use overlays to hide portions of a buffer should set the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10225 invisible property of the overlay to the mode's name (or another symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10226 and modify the `buffer-invisibility-spec' to include that symbol.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10227 Use `add-to-invisibility-spec' and `remove-from-invisibility-spec' to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10228 manipulate the `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10229 Here is an example of how to do this:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10230
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10231 ;; If we want to display an ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10232 (add-to-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10233 ;; If you don't want ellipsis:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10234 (add-to-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10235
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10236 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10237 (overlay-put (make-overlay beginning end) 'invisible 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10238
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10239 ...
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10240 ;; When done with the overlays:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10241 (remove-from-invisibility-spec '(my-symbol . t))
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10242 ;; Or respectively:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10243 (remove-from-invisibility-spec 'my-symbol)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10244
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10245 ** Changes in syntax parsing.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10246
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10247 *** The syntax-directed buffer-scan functions (such as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10248 `parse-partial-sexp', `forward-word' and similar functions) can now
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10249 obey syntax information specified by text properties, if the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10250 `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10251
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10252 If the value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is nil, the behavior
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10253 is as before: the syntax-table of the current buffer is always
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10254 used to determine the syntax of the character at the position.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10255
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10256 When `parse-sexp-lookup-properties' is non-nil, the syntax of a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10257 character in the buffer is calculated thus:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10258
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10259 a) if the `syntax-table' text-property of that character
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10260 is a cons, this cons becomes the syntax-type;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10261
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10262 Valid values of `syntax-table' text-property are: nil, a valid
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10263 syntax-table, and a valid syntax-table element, i.e.,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10264 a cons cell of the form (SYNTAX-CODE . MATCHING-CHAR).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10265
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10266 b) if the character's `syntax-table' text-property
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10267 is a syntax table, this syntax table is used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10268 (instead of the syntax-table of the current buffer) to
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10269 determine the syntax type of the character.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10270
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10271 c) otherwise the syntax-type is determined by the syntax-table
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10272 of the current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10273
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10274 *** The meaning of \s in regular expressions is also affected by the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10275 value of `parse-sexp-lookup-properties'. The details are the same as
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10276 for the syntax-directed buffer-scan functions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10277
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10278 *** There are two new syntax-codes, `!' and `|' (numeric values 14
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10279 and 15). A character with a code `!' starts a comment which is ended
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10280 only by another character with the same code (unless quoted). A
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10281 character with a code `|' starts a string which is ended only by
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10282 another character with the same code (unless quoted).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10283
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10284 These codes are mainly meant for use as values of the `syntax-table'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10285 text property.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10286
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10287 *** The function `parse-partial-sexp' has new semantics for the sixth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10288 arg COMMENTSTOP. If it is `syntax-table', parse stops after the start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10289 of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10290
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10291 *** The state-list which the return value from `parse-partial-sexp'
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10292 (and can also be used as an argument) now has an optional ninth
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10293 element: the character address of the start of last comment or string;
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10294 nil if none. The fourth and eighth elements have special values if the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10295 string/comment is started by a "!" or "|" syntax-code.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10296
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10297 *** Since new features of `parse-partial-sexp' allow a complete
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10298 syntactic parsing, `font-lock' no longer supports
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10299 `font-lock-comment-start-regexp'.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10300
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10301 ** Changes in face features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10302
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10303 *** The face functions are now unconditionally defined in Emacs, even
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10304 if it does not support displaying on a device that supports faces.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10305
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10306 *** The function face-documentation returns the documentation string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10307 of a face (or nil if it doesn't have one).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10308
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10309 *** The function face-bold-p returns t if a face should be bold.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10310 set-face-bold-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10311
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10312 *** The function face-italic-p returns t if a face should be italic.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10313 set-face-italic-p sets that flag.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10314
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10315 *** You can now specify foreground and background colors for text
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10316 by adding elements of the form (foreground-color . COLOR-NAME)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10317 and (background-color . COLOR-NAME) to the list of faces in
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10318 the `face' property (either the character's text property or an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10319 overlay property).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10320
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10321 This means that you no longer need to create named faces to use
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10322 arbitrary colors in a Lisp package.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10323
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10324 ** Changes in file-handling functions
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10325
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10326 *** File-access primitive functions no longer discard an extra redundant
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10327 directory name from the beginning of the file name. In other words,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10328 they no longer do anything special with // or /~. That conversion
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10329 is now done only in substitute-in-file-name.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10330
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10331 This makes it possible for a Lisp program to open a file whose name
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10332 begins with ~.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10333
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10334 *** If copy-file is unable to set the date of the output file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10335 it now signals an error with the condition file-date-error.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10336
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10337 *** The inode number returned by file-attributes may be an integer (if
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10338 the number fits in a Lisp integer) or a list of integers.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10339
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10340 *** insert-file-contents can now read from a special file,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10341 as long as the arguments VISIT and REPLACE are nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10342
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10343 *** The RAWFILE arg to find-file-noselect, if non-nil, now suppresses
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10344 character code conversion as well as other things.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10345
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10346 Meanwhile, this feature does work with remote file names
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10347 (formerly it did not).
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10348
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10349 *** Lisp packages which create temporary files should use the TMPDIR
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10350 environment variable to decide which directory to put them in.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10351
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10352 *** interpreter-mode-alist elements now specify regexps
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10353 instead of constant strings.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10354
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10355 *** expand-file-name no longer treats `//' or `/~' specially. It used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10356 to delete all the text of a file name up through the first slash of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10357 any `//' or `/~' sequence. Now it passes them straight through.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10358
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10359 substitute-in-file-name continues to treat those sequences specially,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10360 in the same way as before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10361
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10362 *** The variable `format-alist' is more general now.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10363 The FROM-FN and TO-FN in a format definition can now be strings
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10364 which specify shell commands to use as filters to perform conversion.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10365
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10366 *** The new function access-file tries to open a file, and signals an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10367 error if that fails. If the open succeeds, access-file does nothing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10368 else, and returns nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10369
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10370 *** The function insert-directory now signals an error if the specified
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10371 directory cannot be listed.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10372
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10373 ** Changes in minibuffer input
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10374
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10375 *** The functions read-buffer, read-variable, read-command, read-string
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10376 read-file-name, read-from-minibuffer and completing-read now take an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10377 additional argument which specifies the default value. If this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10378 argument is non-nil, it should be a string; that string is used in two
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10379 ways:
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10380
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10381 It is returned if the user enters empty input.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10382 It is available through the history command M-n.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10383
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10384 *** The functions read-string, read-from-minibuffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10385 read-no-blanks-input and completing-read now take an additional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10386 argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD. If this is non-nil, then the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10387 minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10388 enable-multibyte-characters from the previously current buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10389
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10390 In an interactive spec, you can use M instead of s to read an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10391 argument in this way.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10392
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10393 *** All minibuffer input functions discard text properties
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10394 from the text you enter in the minibuffer, unless the variable
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10395 minibuffer-allow-text-properties is non-nil.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10396
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10397 ** Echo area features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10398
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10399 *** Clearing the echo area now runs the normal hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10400 echo-area-clear-hook. Note that the echo area can be used while the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10401 minibuffer is active; in that case, the minibuffer is still active
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10402 after the echo area is cleared.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10403
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10404 *** The function current-message returns the message currently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10405 in the echo area, or nil if there is none.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10406
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10407 ** Keyboard input features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10408
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10409 *** tty-erase-char is a new variable that reports which character was
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10410 set up as the terminal's erase character when time Emacs was started.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10411
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10412 *** num-nonmacro-input-events is the total number of input events
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10413 received so far from the terminal. It does not count those generated
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10414 by keyboard macros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10415
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10416 ** Frame-related changes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10417
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10418 *** make-frame runs the normal hook before-make-frame-hook just before
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10419 creating a frame, and just after creating a frame it runs the abnormal
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10420 hook after-make-frame-functions with the new frame as arg.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10421
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10422 *** The new hook window-configuration-change-hook is now run every time
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10423 the window configuration has changed. The frame whose configuration
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10424 has changed is the selected frame when the hook is run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10425
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10426 *** Each frame now independently records the order for recently
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10427 selected buffers, in its buffer-list frame parameter, so that the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10428 value of other-buffer is now based on the buffers recently displayed
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10429 in the selected frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10430
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10431 *** The value of the frame parameter vertical-scroll-bars
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10432 is now `left', `right' or nil. A non-nil value specifies
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10433 which side of the window to put the scroll bars on.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10434
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10435 ** X Windows features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10436
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10437 *** You can examine X resources for other applications by binding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10438 x-resource-class around a call to x-get-resource. The usual value of
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10439 x-resource-class is "Emacs", which is the correct value for Emacs.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10440
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10441 *** In menus, checkboxes and radio buttons now actually work.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10442 The menu displays the current status of the box or button.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10443
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10444 *** The function x-list-fonts now takes an optional fourth argument
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10445 MAXIMUM which sets a limit on how many matching fonts to return.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10446 A smaller value of MAXIMUM makes the function faster.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10447
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10448 If the only question is whether *any* font matches the pattern,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10449 it is good to supply 1 for this argument.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10450
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10451 ** Subprocess features
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10452
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10453 *** A reminder: it is no longer necessary for subprocess filter
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10454 functions and sentinels to do save-match-data, because Emacs does this
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10455 automatically.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10456
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10457 *** The new function shell-command-to-string executes a shell command
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10458 and returns the output from the command as a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10459
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10460 *** The new function process-contact returns t for a child process,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10461 and (HOSTNAME SERVICE) for a net connection.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10462
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10463 ** An error in running pre-command-hook or post-command-hook
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10464 does clear the variable to nil. The documentation was wrong before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10465
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10466 ** In define-key-after, if AFTER is t, the new binding now always goes
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10467 at the end of the keymap. If the keymap is a menu, this means it
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10468 goes after the other menu items.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10469
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10470 ** If you have a program that makes several changes in the same area
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10471 of the buffer, you can use the macro combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10472 around that Lisp code to make it faster when after-change hooks
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10473 are in use.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10474
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10475 The macro arranges to call the after-change functions just once for a
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10476 series of several changes--if that seems safe.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10477
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10478 Don't alter the variables after-change-functions and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10479 after-change-function within the body of a combine-after-change-calls
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10480 form.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10481
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10482 ** If you define an abbrev (with define-abbrev) whose EXPANSION
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10483 is not a string, then the abbrev does not expand in the usual sense,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10484 but its hook is still run.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10485
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10486 ** Normally, the Lisp debugger is not used (even if you have enabled it)
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10487 for errors that are handled by condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10488
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10489 If you set debug-on-signal to a non-nil value, then the debugger is called
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10490 regardless of whether there is a handler for the condition. This is
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10491 useful for debugging problems that happen inside of a condition-case.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10492
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10493 This mode of operation seems to be unreliable in other ways. Errors that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10494 are normal and ought to be handled, perhaps in timers or process
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10495 filters, will instead invoke the debugger. So don't say you weren't
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10496 warned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10497
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10498 ** The new variable ring-bell-function lets you specify your own
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10499 way for Emacs to "ring the bell".
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10500
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10501 ** If run-at-time's TIME argument is t, the action is repeated at
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10502 integral multiples of REPEAT from the epoch; this is useful for
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10503 functions like display-time.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10504
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10505 ** You can use the function locate-library to find the precise file
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10506 name of a Lisp library. This isn't new, but wasn't documented before.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10507
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10508 ** Commands for entering view mode have new optional arguments that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10509 can be used from Lisp. Low-level entrance to and exit from view mode
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10510 is done by functions view-mode-enter and view-mode-exit.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10511
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10512 ** batch-byte-compile-file now makes Emacs return a nonzero status code
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10513 if there is an error in compilation.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10514
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10515 ** pop-to-buffer, switch-to-buffer-other-window and
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10516 switch-to-buffer-other-frame now accept an additional optional
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10517 argument NORECORD, much like switch-to-buffer. If it is non-nil,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10518 they don't put the buffer at the front of the buffer list.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10519
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10520 ** If your .emacs file leaves the *scratch* buffer non-empty,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10521 Emacs does not display the startup message, so as to avoid changing
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10522 the *scratch* buffer.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10523
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10524 ** The new function regexp-opt returns an efficient regexp to match a string.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10525 The arguments are STRINGS and (optionally) PAREN. This function can be used
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10526 where regexp matching or searching is intensively used and speed is important,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10527 e.g., in Font Lock mode.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10528
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10529 ** The variable buffer-display-count is local to each buffer,
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10530 and is incremented each time the buffer is displayed in a window.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10531 It starts at 0 when the buffer is created.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10532
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10533 ** The new function compose-mail starts composing a mail message
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10534 using the user's chosen mail composition agent (specified with the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10535 variable mail-user-agent). It has variants compose-mail-other-window
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10536 and compose-mail-other-frame.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10537
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10538 ** The `user-full-name' function now takes an optional parameter which
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10539 can either be a number (the UID) or a string (the login name). The
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10540 full name of the specified user will be returned.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10541
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10542 ** Lisp packages that load files of customizations, or any other sort
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10543 of user profile, should obey the variable init-file-user in deciding
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10544 where to find it. They should load the profile of the user name found
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10545 in that variable. If init-file-user is nil, meaning that the -q
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10546 option was used, then Lisp packages should not load the customization
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10547 files at all.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10548
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10549 ** format-time-string now allows you to specify the field width
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10550 and type of padding. This works as in printf: you write the field
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10551 width as digits in the middle of a %-construct. If you start
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10552 the field width with 0, it means to pad with zeros.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10553
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10554 For example, %S normally specifies the number of seconds since the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10555 minute; %03S means to pad this with zeros to 3 positions, %_3S to pad
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10556 with spaces to 3 positions. Plain %3S pads with zeros, because that
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10557 is how %S normally pads to two positions.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10558
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10559 ** thing-at-point now supports a new kind of "thing": url.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10560
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10561 ** imenu.el changes.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10562
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10563 You can now specify a function to be run when selecting an
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10564 item from menu created by imenu.
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10565
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10566 An example of using this feature: if we define imenu items for the
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10567 #include directives in a C file, we can open the included file when we
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10568 select one of those items.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
10569
30922
6c3081f54e62 *** empty log message ***
Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>
parents: 30871
diff changeset
10570 * For older news, see the file ONEWS
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10571
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10572 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10573 Copyright information:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10574
35326
f30feeecf1c1 backward-delete-char-untabify-method
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35297
diff changeset
10575 Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10576
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10577 Permission is granted to anyone to make or distribute verbatim copies
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10578 of this document as received, in any medium, provided that the
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10579 copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10580 thus giving the recipient permission to redistribute in turn.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10581
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10582 Permission is granted to distribute modified versions
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10583 of this document, or of portions of it,
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10584 under the above conditions, provided also that they
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10585 carry prominent notices stating who last changed them.
35577
db5649648a65 Replace formfeeds removed on 2001/01/22.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents: 35567
diff changeset
10586
25853
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10587 Local variables:
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10588 mode: outline
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10589 paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$"
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
diff changeset
10590 end: